Catalog IC 10 2015

Catalog IC 10 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies – for Switching Motors
3/2
3/6
3/14
3/51
3/77
3/79
3/103
3/108
3/123
3/127
3/137
3/145
3/155
3/160
3/170
3/174
3/188
3/193
3/194
3/198
3/203
Introduction
Power contactors for
switching motors
General data
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole,
up to 37 kW
Accessories for 3RT2 contactors
Spare parts for 3RT2 contactors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole,
30 ... 250 kW
SIRIUS 3RT12 vacuum contactors,
3-pole, 110 ... 250 kW
Accessories for 3RT1 contactors
Spare parts for 3RT1 contactors
3TF6 vacuum contactors, 3-pole,
335 ... 450 kW
3TB5 contactors with DC solenoid
system, 3-pole, 55 ... 200 kW
3TF2 contactors, 3-pole, 2.2 ... 4 kW
Notes:
3RT1 contactors in sizes S00/S0 to
S12 and 3RA1 contactor assemblies in
sizes S00/S0 to S3 can be found
-in the catalog Add-On
IC 10 AO · 2015
at the Information and
Download Center
- in the interactive catalog CA 01
- in the Industry Mall
Conversion tool,
e.g. from 3RT10 to 3RT20 see
www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool
Coupling contactors
SIRIUS 3RT20 coupling contactors
(interface), 3-pole, up to 15 kW
Contactor assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14
contactor assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA23
reversing contactor assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA13 reversing contactor
assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies
for wye-delta starting
SIRIUS 3RA14 contactor assemblies
for wye-delta starting
Function modules for mounting onto
SIRIUS 3RT2 contactors
Introduction
SIRIUS function modules
SIRIUS function modules for IO-Link
SIRIUS function modules for
AS-Interface
Click on the Article No. in the
catalog PDF to access it in the
Industry Mall and get all related
information.
Article-No.
3RA1943-2C
3RA1943-2B
3RA1953-2B
3RA1953-2N
Or directly in the Internet, e. g.
www.siemens.com/
product?3RA1943-2C
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3
Price groups
PG 41A, 41B, 41H, 42F
3
© Siemens AG 2015
Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Introduction
3
■ Overview
Size
Type
S00
3RT201
S0
3RT202
3RT20 contactors
Type
3RT2015
AC, DC operation
(p. 3/35, 3/37)
3RT2016
3RT2017
3RT2018
3RT2023
3RT2024
3RT2025
3RT2026
3RT2027
3RT2028
17
25
32
38
11
15
18.5
5.5
11
--
7.5
18.5
--
11
18.5
--
(p. 3/42, 3/44, 3/47)
AC-3
Ie/AC-3/400 V
A
7
9
400 V
kW
3
4
12
5.5
16
7.5
9
4
12
5.5
230 V
690 V
1 000 V
kW
kW
kW
1.5
4
--
2.2
5.5
--
3
5.5
--
4
7.5
--
2.2
7.5
--
3
7.5
--
400 V
kW
3
4
4
5.5
4
5.5
7.5
7.5
11
11
400 V
(200 000 operating cycles)
kW
1.15
2
2
2.5
2
2.6
3.5
4.4
6
6
22
22
50
50
7.5
4
11
--
AC-4 (for Ia = 6 x Ie)
AC-1 (40 °C, ≤ 690 V)
3RT20
Ie
A
18
22
40
40
40
40
Accessories for contactors
On front
3RH2911
(p. 3/64)
3RH2911
(p. 3/64)
Lateral
3RH2911
(p. 3/66)
3RH2921
(p. 3/66)
Function modules (timing relays) 3RA281.
(p. 3/196)
3RA281.
(p. 3/196)
Function modules (IO-Link, AS-i)
3RA271.-. AA00
(p. 3/201, 3/206)
3RA271.-. AA00
(p. 3/201, 3/206)
Surge suppressors
3RT2916
(p. 3/71)
3RT2926
(p. 3/71)
Auxiliary switch
blocks
3RU2 and 3RB3 overload relays (Chapter 7, "Protection Equipment" ➞ "Overload Relays")
3RU2116
0.11 ... 16 A
3RU2126
1.8 ... 40 A
• For standard applications
3RB3016
3RB3113
0.1 ... 16 A
3RB3026
3RB3123
0.1 ... 40 A
• For High-Feature applications
3RB22, 3RB23 and 3RB24 with
3RB2906-2.G1 current measuring module
3RU thermal overload relays
3RB electronic overload relays
3RB22, 3RB23 and 3RB24 with
3RB2906-2.G1 current measuring module
0.3 ... 100 A
0.3 ... 100 A
3RV20 motor starter protectors (Chapter 7, "Protection Equipment" ➞ "Motor Starter Protectors")
Type
3RV2011
Link modules
3RA2911
0.11 ... 16 A
3RV2021
0.45 ... 40 A
3RA2921
3RA23 reversing contactor assemblies
Complete units
Type 3RA2315
3RA2316
3RA2317
3RA2318
--
(p. 3/163)
400 V
kW
3
3RA2324
3RA2325
3RA2326
3RA2327
3RA2328
7.5
11
15
18.5
(p. 3/165)
4
5.5
7.5
5.5
Assembly kits/wiring modules
3RA2913-2AA.
(p. 3/168)
--
3RA2923-2AA.
(p. 3/168)
Function modules
3RA271.-. BA00
(p. 3/169)
--
3RA271.-. BA0
(p. 3/169)
3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
Complete units
Type 3RA2415
3RA2416
3RA2417
(p. 3/180)
400 V
kW
5.5
3RA2423
3RA2425
3RA2426
22
(p. 3/182)
11
11
15/18.5
Assembly kits/wiring modules
3RA2913-2BB.
7.5
(p. 3/185)
3RA2923-2BB.
(p. 3/185)
Function modules
3RA271.-. CA00
(p. 3/187)
3RA271.-. CA00
(p. 3/187)
Note:
Safety characteristics for contactors, see Chap. 16,
"Appendix" ➞ "Standards and Approvals" ➞ "Overview".
3/2
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3
Introduction
Size
Type
S2
3RT203
S3
3RT104
S6
3RT105
3RT10 contactors
Type
3RT2035
AC, DC operation
(p. 3/40, 3/48)
3RT2036
3RT2037
3RT2038
3RT1044
3RT1045
3RT1046
(p. 3/97, 3/98)
3RT1054
3RT1055
3RT1056
(p. 3/99)
AC-3
Ie/AC-3/400 V
A
400 V
230 V
500 V
690 V
1 000 V
50
65
80
65
80
95
115
150
185
kW 18.5
40
22
30
37
30
37
45
55
75
90
kW
kW
kW
kW
15
30
22
--
18.5
37
37
--
22
37
45
--
18.5
37
45
30
22
45
55
37
22
55
55
37
37
75
110
75
45
90
132
90
55
110
160
90
11
22
22
--
AC-4 (for Ia = 6 x Ie)
400 V
kW 18.5
22
30
37
30
37
45
55
75
90
400 V
(200 000 operating cycles)
kW
11.6
12.6
14.7
15.8
15.1
17.9
22
29
38
45
A
60
70
80
90
120
160
185
215
AC-1 (40 °C, ≤ 690 V)
Ie
100
120
3RT14 AC-1 contactors
Type
Ie/AC-1/40 °C/≤ 690 V
A
--
3RT1446
--
140
(Chap. 4) 3RT1456
(Chap. 4)
275
Accessories for contactors
Auxiliary switch
blocks
On front
Lateral
(p. 3/64)
(p. 3/66)
3RH2911
3RH2921
(p. 3/114) 3RH1921
(p. 3/116) 3RH1921
3RH1921
3RH1921
(p. 3/114)
(p. 3/116)
Function modules (timing relays)
3RA283.
(p. 3/196)
--
--
Function modules (IO-Link, AS-i)
3RA271.-. AA00
(p. 3/201, 3/206)
--
--
Surge suppressors
3RT2936
(p. 3/71)
3RT1926/36
(p. 3/119) 3RT1956-1C (RC element)
(p. 3/119)
Terminal covers
--
3RT1946-4EA1/2
(p. 3/121) 3RT1956-4EA1/2/3
Box terminal blocks
--
--
3RT1955/56-4G
(p. 3/121)
(p. 3/121)
3RU and 3RB overload relays (Chapter 7, "Protection Equipment" ➞ "Overload Relays")
3RU2136 11 ... 80 A
3RU1146 18 ... 100 A
--
• For standard applications
3RB3036 12 ... 80 A
3RB3133
3RB2046 12.5 ... 100 A
3RB2143
3RB2056 50 ... 200 A
3RB2153
• For High-Feature applications
3RB22, 3RB23 and 3RB24 with
3RB22, 3RB23 and 3RB24
3RB2906-2JG1 current measuring module with 3RB2906-2JG1 current
measuring module
3RU thermal overload relays
3RB electronic overload relays
10 ... 100 A
3RB22, 3RB23 and 3RB24
with 3RB2956-2TH2 current
measuring module
10 ... 100 A
20 ... 200 A
3RV2031/3RV1041 motor starter protectors and 3RV1063 molded case circuit breakers
(Chapter 7, "Protection Equipment" ➞ "Motor Starter Protectors")
Type
3RV2031 9.5 ... 80 A
3RV1041 45 ... 100 A
3RV1063 40 ... 200 A
Link modules
3RA2931
3RA1941
--
3RA.3 reversing contactor assemblies
Complete units
Type 3RA2335 3RA2336 3RA2337 3RA2338 3RA1344 3RA1345 3RA1346 -(p. 3/167)
(p. 3/171)
400 V
kW 18.5
22
30
37
30
37
45
55
75
90
Assembly kits/wiring modules
3RA2933-2AA.
(p. 3/168) 3RA1943-2A
(p. 3/173) 3RA1953-2A
(p. 3/173)
Mechanical interlocks
3RA2934-2B
(p. 3/169) 3RA2924-1A/-2B
(p. 3/172) 3RA1954-2A
(p. 3/172)
3RA.4 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
Complete units
Type 3RA2434 3RA2435 3RA2436 3RA2437 3RA1444 3RA145
(p. 3/184)
(p. 3/191)
400 V
kW 22/30
37
45
55
55
75
Assembly kits/wiring modules
3RA2933-2BB./-2C
(p. 3/185) 3RA1943-2B/-2C
Function modules
3RA271.-. CA00
(p. 3/187) --
--(p. 3/192) 3RA1953-2B
(p. 3/192)
--
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/3
© Siemens AG 2015
Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3
Introduction
Size
Type
S10
3RT1. 6
S12
3RT1. 7
14
3TF6
3RT10 contactors · 3RT12 and 3TF68/69 vacuum contactors
Type
AC, DC operation
3RT1064
(p. 3/99)
3RT1065
3RT1066
3RT1075
(p. 3/99)
3RT1076
--
Type
3RT1264
(p. 3/107)
3RT1265
3RT1266
3RT1275
(p. 3/107)
3RT1276
3TF68
(p. 3/133)
3TF69
225
265
300
400
500
630
820
kW 110
132
160
200
250
335
450
75
160
250
132/355
90
200
250
132/400
132
250
400
250/560
160
355
400/500
250/710
200
434
600
600
260
600
800
800
132
66/93
160
71/112
200
84/140
250
98/161
355
168
400
191
330
330
430/610
610
700
910
(Chap. 4)
3RT1476
(Chap. 4)
--
AC-3
Ie/AC-3/400 V
A
400 V
230 V
500 V
690 V
1 000 V
kW
kW
3RT10/3RT12 kW
3RT10/3RT12 kW
55
160
200
90/315
AC-4 (for Ia = 6 x Ie)
400 V
kW 110
3RT10/3RT12 kW 54/78
400 V
(200 000 operating cycles)
AC-1 (40 °C, ≤ 690 V)
3RT10/3RT12 A
Ie
275/330
3RT14 AC-1 contactors
Type
3RT1466
Ie/AC-1/40 °C/≤ 690 V
A
400
690
--
Accessories for contactors
3RH1921
3RH1921
(p. 3/114)
(p. 3/116)
-3TY7561
(p. 3/135)
Surge suppressors
3RT1956-1C (RC element)
(p. 3/119)
3TX7572
(p. 3/135)
Terminal covers
3RT1966-4EA1/-4EA2/-4EA3
(p. 3/121)
3TX7686/696
(p. 3/135)
Box terminal blocks
3RT1966-4G
(p. 3/121)
--
Auxiliary switch
blocks
On front
Lateral
3RB2 overload relays (Chapter 7, "Protection Equipment" ➞ "Overload Relays")
3RB electronic overload relays
55 ... 250 A or 160 ... 630 A
• For standard applications
3RB2066
3RB2163
• For High-Feature applications
3RB22, 3RB23 and 3RB24 with 3RB2966-2WH2 current measuring module
63 ... 630 A
3RV10 molded case circuit breakers (Chapter 7, "Protection Equipment" ➞ "Motor Starter Protectors")
Type
3RV1073
Link modules
--
160 ... 400 A
3RV1083
252 ... 630 A
--
3RV1083
252 ... 630 A
--
3RA13 reversing contactor assemblies
Complete units
Type --
400 V
kW 110
-132
--
160
200
250
335
3RA1973-2A
(p. 3/173)
3TX7680-1A
(Industry Mall)
3TX7686-1A
(Industry Mall)
Assembly kits/wiring modules
3RA1963-2A
(p. 3/173)
Mechanical interlocks
3RA1954-2A
(p. 3/172)
3RA14 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
Complete units
Type --
--
400 V
kW --
--
Assembly kits/wiring modules
3RA1963-2B
Note:
Safety characteristics for contactors, see Chap. 16,
"Appendix" ➞ "Standards and Approvals" ➞ "Overview".
3/4
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
(p. 3/192)
3RA1973-2B
-630
(p. 3/192)
3TX7680-1B
(Industry Mall)
© Siemens AG 2015
Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Connection methods
Support function
The contactors are available with screw terminals (box terminals
or flat connectors) or with spring-type terminals.
The 3RT20 contactors can also be ordered via an online
configurator.
Devices of the 3TF2 series are also available for connection with
flat connectors and solder pin connectors.
Configurator available in the Industry Mall
As an option the devices of the 3RT2 series are also available for
connection with ring terminal lugs, particularly versions for
North America and Japan.
The online configurator is indicated in the
corresponding tables by the symbol shown on an
orange background.
Screw terminals
Use of 3RT2 contactors with IE3 motors
Spring-type terminals
Flat connectors
Solder pin connections
Ring terminal lug connections
Note:
For the use of 3RT2 contactors in conjunction with highly energyefficient IE3 motors, please observe the information on dimensioning and configuring, see
" SIRIUS Industrial controls with IE3 motors",
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/94770820
More information, see page 3.
The terminals are indicated in the corresponding
tables by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/5
3
Introduction
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
■ Overview
The SIRIUS family of controls
3RT2 contactors and coupling contactors
Size S00 with mountable accessories
10
6
11
12
3
13
7
14
4
16
8
1
5
1
9
2
15
NSB0_02056c
3
The SIRIUS modular system with its components for the switching, starting, protection and monitoring of motors and industrial
systems stands for the fast, flexible and space-saving construction of control cabinets.
13
14
1 Contactor size S00
2 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable
3 1-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front
cable entry from the top
4 2-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front
cable entry from the bottom
5 4-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front
6 3RA28 function module
7 3RA27 function module for AS-Interface, direct starting
8 3RA27 function module for IO-Link, direct starting
9 Surge suppressor with/without LED
10 Three-phase feeder terminal
Accessories, see pages 3/59 to 3/76.
11 Star jumper, 3-pole, without connecting terminal
12 Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with connecting terminal
13 Wiring modules, on the top and bottom (reversing duty)
14 Solder pin adapter
15 Connection module (adapter and connector) for contactors
with screw-type connection
16 Safety main current connector for two contactors
For contactors
For contactors and coupling contactors (interface)
Contactor assemblies, see pages 3/163 to 3/165.
Mountable overload relays, see Chapter 7,
"Protection Equipment" ➞ "Overload Relays".
Assembly kit for reversing contactor assemblies
(mech. interlocking, wiring modules), see page 3/168.
Fuseless load feeders, see Chapter 8,
"Load Feeders and Motor Starters" ➞
"SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders".
3/6
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
3RT2 contactors and coupling contactors
Size S0 with mountable accessories
16
17
3
14
15
2
1
18
11
1
10
3
4
6
15
5
NSB0_02057c
14
7
13
8
12
9
1 Contactor size S0
2 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable
3 1-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front
cable entry from the top
4 4-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front
5 2-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front
cable entry from the bottom
6 Surge suppressor with/without LED
7 3RA27 function module for AS-Interface, direct starting
8 3RA28 function module
9 3RA27 function module for IO-Link, direct starting
10 Pneumatic delay block
11 Mechanical latching block
12 Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with connecting terminal
13 Connection module (adapter and plug) for contactors
with screw-type connection
14 Coil terminal module, on the top and bottom
15 Wiring modules, on the top and bottom (reversing duty)
16 Three-phase feeder terminal
17 Link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole,
without connecting terminal
18 Safety main current connector for two contactors
Accessories, see pages 3/59 to 3/76.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/7
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
3RT2 contactors
Size S2 with mountable accessories
14
3
15
12
13
2
1
16
1
3
4
5
6
13
7
8
11
9
1 Contactor, size S2
2 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable
3 1-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front,
cable entry from above
4 4-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front
5 2-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front,
cable entry from below
6 Surge suppressor with/without LED
7 3RA27 function modules for AS-Interface, direct start
8 3RA28 function modules
Accessories, see pages 3/59 to 3/76.
3/8
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
9 3RA27 function modules for IO-Link, direct start
11 Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with connection terminal
12 Coil terminal module, top and bottom
13 Wiring modules, top and bottom (reversing duty)
14 3-phase feeder terminal
15 Link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole,
without connection terminal
16 Safety main current connector for two contactors
IC01_00340
12
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
3RT1 contactors
Size S3 with mountable accessories
4
16
5
17
3
10
2
15
11
2
IC01_00352b
13
6
9
14
7
18
8
15
19
12
20
21
2
22
2 Contactor, size S2
3 Contactor, size S3
For sizes S2 and S3:
4
Electronic timing relay block, ON-delay
5
6
Electronic timing relay block, OFF-delay
Auxiliary switch block, solid-state time-delay
(ON or OFF-delay or wye-delta function)
2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above
7
8
9
2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below
4-pole auxiliary switch block
(terminal designations according to EN 50012 or EN 50005)
10 Link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole,
without connecting terminal
11 Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with connecting terminal
12 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable left or right
(terminal designations according to EN 50012 or EN 50005)
13 Single-pole auxiliary switch block (up to 4 can be snapped on)
14 Mechanical interlock, laterally mountable
15 Mechanical interlock, mountable to the front
16 Wiring connectors on the top and bottom (reversing duty)
17 Surge suppressor (varistor, RC element, diode assembly),
can be mounted on the top or bottom
18 Mechanical latching interface for mounting directly onto contactor coil
19 LED module for indicating contactor operation
Only for size S2:
20 Mechanical latching
Only for sizes S2 and S3:
21 Coil repeat terminal for making contactor assemblies
22 Terminal cover for box terminal
Only for size S3:
23 Terminal cover for cable lug and bar connection
24 Auxiliary conductor terminal, 3-pole
Accessories identical for sizes S2 and S3
Accessories differ according to size
Accessories, see pages 3/114 to 3/122.
Fuseless load feeders, see Chapter 8,
"Load Feeders and Motor Starters" ➞
"SIRIUS 3RA1 Load Feeders".
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/9
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
3RT1 contactors
Sizes S6 to S12 with mountable accessories
(illustration for basic unit)
3
8
9
7
1
2
10
3
4
11
5
NSB0_01157e
6
1
3RT10 and 3RT14 air-break contactors, sizes S6, S10 and S12
2
Auxiliary switch block, solid-state time-delay
(ON or OFF-delay or wye-delta function)
4-pole auxiliary switch block
(terminal designations according to EN 50012 or EN 50005)
2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above
3
4
5
6
10 Terminal cover for box terminal, different for
sizes S6 and S10/S12
11 Box terminal block, different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below
Single-pole auxiliary switch block (up to 4 can be snapped on)
7
2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable left or right
(terminal designations according to EN 50012 or EN 50005)
(identical for S0 to S12)
8
Surge suppressor (RC element) for plugging into top of withdrawable coil
Accessories, see pages 3/114 to 3/122.
Mountable overload relays, see Chapter 7
"Protection Equipment" ➞ "Overload Relays".
3/10
9 Terminal cover for cable lug and busbar connection,
different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
Accessories identical for sizes S0 to S12
Accessories identical for sizes S6 to S12
Accessories differ according to size
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
3RA1 contactor assemblies, 3RT1 contactors
Size S6 with accessories
4
3
3
5
1
2
6
1
7
NSB0_01668d
3
1
3RT10 and 3RT14 air-break contactor, size S6
2
Mechanical interlock, laterally mountable
Wiring modules on the top and bottom, 3RA1953-2A
3
4
Link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole,
with through-hole, 3RT1956-4BA31
5
Terminal cover for cable lug and bar connection
different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
6
Terminal cover for box terminal different for
sizes S6 and S10/S12
Accessories identical for sizes S6 to S12
7
Box terminal block, different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
Accessories differ according to size
Accessories, see pages 3/172, 3/173 and 3/114 to 3/122.
Mountable overload relays, see Chapter 7,
"Protection Equipment" ➞ "Overload Relays".
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/11
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
3RA1 contactor assemblies, 3RT1 contactors
Sizes S6, S10 and S12 with accessories
4
3
3
1
2
5
1
6
NSB0_01669d
3
1
3RT10 and 3RT14 air-break contactor, sizes S6, S10 and S12 or
3RT12 vacuum contactor, sizes S10 and S12
2
3
Mechanical interlock, laterally mountable
4
5
6
Wiring modules on the top and bottom, 3RA19
Link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole,
with through-hole, 3RT1956-4BA31
Terminal cover for box terminal,
different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
Terminal cover for cable lug and busbar connection,
different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
Accessories, see pages 3/172, 3/173 and 3/114 to 3/122.
Mountable overload relays, see Chapter 7,
"Protection Equipment" ➞ "Overload Relays".
3/12
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
Accessories identical for sizes S6 to S12
Accessories different according to size
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
3RT1 contactors
Sizes S6 to S12 with accessories
6
3
3
4
5
2
1
NSB0_01410d
5
1 Air-break contactor, sizes S6, S10 and S12
2 Vacuum contactor, sizes S10 and S12
3 Withdrawable coils for 3RT1...-.A.. contactors with conventional operating mechanism
(size S10: differentiation between 3RT10/3RT14 air-break contactors and
3RT12 vacuum contactors)
(size S12: the same for air-break and vacuum contactors)
4 Withdrawable coils for 3RT1...-.N.. contactors with solid-state operating mechanism.
(size S10: differentiation between 3RT10/3RT14 air-break contactors and
3RT12 vacuum contactors)
(size S12: the same for air-break and vacuum contactors)
5 Withdrawable coils and laterally mountable module (plug-on) for 3RT1...-.P.. air-break
contactors with solid-state operating mechanism and remaining lifetime indicator
6 Surge suppressor (RC element), plug-mountable on withdrawable coils
• 3RT1...-.A.. with conventional operating mechanism
• 3RT1...-.N.. with solid-state operating mechanism
Identical for sizes S6 to S12
Different according to size
For surge suppressors, see page 3/119,
for withdrawable coils, see pages 3/124 and 3/125.
Mountable overload relays, see Chapter 7,
"Protection Equipment" ➞ "Overload Relays".
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/13
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
■ Overview
Sizes S00 to S2, up to 37 kW
These auxiliary contacts are suitable for electronic circuits with
currents ≥ 1 mA at a voltage ≥ 17 V.
Connection methods
3
The 3RT2 contactors are available with screw terminals,
spring-type terminals (up to size S2 only for control circuit)
or ring terminal lug connections (not for size S2).
Short-circuit protection of the contactors
For short-circuit protection of contactors without overload relays,
see "Technical specifications" on pages 3/19 and 3/24.
For short-circuit protection of the contactors with overload relay,
see Configuration Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations",
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39714188.
To assemble fuseless motor feeders, you must select combinations of motor starter protector and contactor as explained in
"SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders" (see Chapter 8 "Load Feeders and
Motor Starters").
Motor protection
Contactor size S00 with spring-type terminals and contactor size S0
with screw terminals
3RU21 thermal overload relays or 3RB30 electronic overload
relays can be fitted to the 3RT2 contactors for protection against
overload. The overload relays must be ordered separately
(see Chapter 7, "Protection Equipment" ➞ "Overload relays").
Compared to the former 3RT1 series, the 3RT2 series is notable
for its higher rating:
• Size S00, up to 7.5 kW
• Size S0, up to 18.5 kW
• Size S2, up to 37 kW
Ratings of three-phase motors
Standards
Control supply voltage
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1,
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1,
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 (auxiliary switches)
The contactors are available in various basic versions
depending on the size:
• AC operation for sizes S00 to S2
• DC operation for sizes S00 and S0
• AC/DC operating mechanism for sizes S0 and S2, which can
be operated with AC (50 to 60 Hz) as well as DC
The 3RT2 contactors are climate-proof and are suitable and
tested for use worldwide.
If the devices are used in ambient conditions which deviate from
common industrial conditions (IEC 60721-3-3 "Stationary Use,
Weather-Protected"), information must be obtained about
possible restrictions with regard to the reliability and endurance
of the device and possible protective measures. In this case
contact our Technical Assistance.
3RT2 contactors are finger-safe according to EN 50274.
The devices with ring terminal lug connection comply with
degree of protection IP20 when fitted with the related terminal
cover.
Auxiliary contact complement
Size S00 contactors have an auxiliary contact integrated in the
basic unit. The basic units sizes S0 and S2 contain two
integrated auxiliary contacts (1 NO + 1 NC).
All basic units (except coupling contactors) can be extended
with auxiliary switch blocks:
• Additional auxiliary switches with a maximum of four auxiliary
contacts can be mounted. The combination of a 2-pole
auxiliary switch for mounting on the front and an auxiliary
switch for mounting on the side is not permitted.
• Of the maximum number of auxiliary contacts (integrated plus
mountable) possible on the device, no more than four NC
contacts are permitted for both sizes.
In addition, complete units with permanently mounted auxiliary
switch block (2 NO + 2 NC) are offered for sizes S00 to S2.
Contact reliability
If voltages ≤ 110 V and currents ≤ 100 mA are to be switched,
the auxiliary contacts of the 3RT2 contactor or 3RH21 contactor
relay should be used as they guarantee a high level of contact
reliability.
3/14
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
The quoted rating (in kW) refers to the output power on the motor
shaft (according to the nameplate).
Surge suppression
3RT2 contactors can be retrofitted with RC elements, varistors,
diodes or diode assemblies (assembly of diode and Zener diode
for short break times) for damping opening surges in the coil.
The surge suppressors are plugged onto the front of size
S00 contactors. Space is provided for them next to a snap-on
auxiliary switch block.
The surge suppressors can be plugged onto the front of size S0
and S2 contactors.
Note:
The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the
NC contact are increased if the contactor coils are attenuated
against voltage peaks (noise suppression diode 6 to 10 times;
diode assembly 2 to 6 times, varistor and suppressor diode
+2 to 5 ms).
S00 to S2 contactors with voltage tap-off
The S00 to S2 contactors with voltage tap-off are special versions for mounting the SIRIUS function modules for connection
to the control system through IO-Link or AS-Interface (see page
3/198 and 3/203).
Without a function module, the contactors can be used like the
standard versions.
Further information on IO-Link and AS-Interface, see Chapter 2
"Industrial Communication".
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
Article No. scheme
Digit of the article No.
1st - 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
@@@
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
13th 14th 15th 16th
–
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
3RT
SIRIUS power contactors
2nd generation
2
@
Device type (e.g. 0 = 3-pole motor contactor, 3 = 4-pole AC-1 contactor)
@
Contactor size (1 = S00, 2 = S0, 3 = S2)
3
@
Power dependent on size (e.g. 27 = 15 kW)
@
Connection type (1 = screw, 2 = spring)
@
Operating range / solenoid coil circuit (e.g. A = AC standard / without)
Rated control supply voltage (e.g. P0 = 230 V, 50 Hz)
@
Auxiliary switches (e.g. S0: 0 = 1 NO + 1 NC integrated)
Special version
3RT
Example
2
0
2
7
–
1
A
P
0
0
Note:
Manuals
The article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For more information, see
• System manual "SIRIUS Innovations – System Overview",
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/60311318
• Manual "SIRIUS Innovations – SIRIUS 3RT2 Contactors/
Contactor Assemblies",
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/60306557
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
■ Benefits
Advantages through energy efficiency
We offer you a unique portfolio for industrial energy management, using an energy management system that helps to
optimally define your energy needs. We split up our industrial
energy management into three phases – identify, evaluate,
and realize – and we support you with the appropriate hardware
and software solutions in every process phase.
IC0
1_ 0
0 24
4
The innovative products of the SIRIUS industrial controls
portfolio can also make a substantial contribution to a plant's
energy efficiency (see www.siemens.com/sirius/energysaving).
Overview of the energy management process
3RT20 contactors contribute to energy efficiency throughout the
plant as follows:
• UC coils with electric control for reduced power consumption
when closing and in the closed state
• Smaller power supply units in the control circuit through lower
power consumption in the closed state with 24 V DC
• Reduced heating of control cabinet:
Technology-reduced inherent power loss of the contactors,
resulting in lower cooling costs and a more compact design
■ Accessories
Auxiliary switch blocks
Terminal designations according to EN 50012 or EN 50005.
Size S00 contactors have an auxiliary contact (NO or NC)
integrated in the basic unit. Size S0 and S2 contactors have
2 auxiliary contacts (1 NO and 1 NC) integrated in the basic unit.
The contactors can be expanded with front-mounting 3RH2911
auxiliary switch blocks to form contactors with up to 5 auxiliary
contacts (S00) or up to 6 auxiliary contacts (S0 and S2). Of the
auxiliary contacts (integrated plus mountable) possible on the
device, no more than four NC contacts are permitted.
Single- or 2-pole auxiliary switch blocks with connection options
from above or below enable easy and clearly arranged wiring
especially for the installation of feeders. These auxiliary switch
blocks are offered only with screw terminals.
All the previously mentioned auxiliary switch variants can be
snap-fitted onto the front of the contactor. The auxiliary switch
block has a centrally positioned release lever for disassembly.
If the installation space is limited in depth, 2-pole auxiliary switch
blocks can be attached laterally on the left or on the right.
These auxiliary switch blocks can be used only when no 4-pole
auxiliary switch blocks are snapped onto the front.
The solid-state compatible 3RH2911-.NF. . auxiliary switch
blocks include 2 enclosed contacts. They are suitable in
particular for switching small voltages and currents
(hard gold-plated contacts) and for operation in dusty atmospheres. The front NC auxiliary contacts are not mirror contacts.
There are also versions for mounting on the side.
For details of selecting the auxiliary switches, see pages 3/58 to
3/63.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/15
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
■ Technical specifications
Type
3RT2
Size
S00 to S2
Rated data of the auxiliary contacts
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3)
V
690
Conventional thermal current Ith =
Rated operational current Ie/AC-12
A
10
Up to 230 V
A
101)
380 V
400 V
500 V
660 V
690 V
A
A
A
A
A
3
3
2
1
1
24 V
60 V
110 V
125 V
A
A
A
A
10
6
3
2
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
1
0.3
0.15
24 V
60 V
110 V
125 V
A
A
A
A
101)
2
1
0.9
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
0.3
0.14
0.1
AC load
Rated operational current Ie/AC-15/AC-14
• For rated operational voltage Ue
DC load
Rated operational current Ie/DC-12
• For rated operational voltage Ue
Rated operational current Ie/DC-13
• For rated operational voltage Ue
Contact reliability at 17 V, 1 mA
according to IEC 60947-5-4/EN 60947-5-4
Frequency of contact faults < 10-8 i.e. < 1 fault per 100 million operating
cycles
Endurance of the auxiliary contacts
It is assumed that the operating mechanisms are switched randomly,
i.e. not synchronized with the phase angle of the supply system.
The contact endurance is mainly dependent on the breaking current.
The characteristic curves apply to:
• Integrated auxiliary contacts on 3RT20
• 3RH2911, 3RH2921 auxiliary switch blocks1)
30
NSB0_02061b
Basic unit
Million operating cycles (106)
3
Acc. to IEC 60947-5-1/EN 60947-5-1
The data apply to integrated auxiliary contacts and contacts in the
auxiliary switch blocks for contactor sizes S00 to S0
10
5
4
3
2
1
DC-13
220 V
Basic unit with
attachable
contact block
DC-13
110 V
AC-15/AC-14
Basic unit with
attachable
contact block
0,5
DC-13
24V
0,1
0,05
0,01
0,01
0,03 0,05 0,1
0,3 0,5
1
-DC-13 e -DC-13
220 V
110 V
e
Diagram legend:
a = Breaking current
e = Rated operational current
1)
3RH22, 3RH29, 3RT2. ...-....4: Ie = 6 A for AC-15/AC-14 and DC-13.
3/16
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
2
3 4 5 6 7 10
e -DC-13
24 V
a
(A)
-AC-15
< 230 V
e
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
Type
3RT2
Size
S00 to S0
Endurance of the main contacts
If a shorter contact endurance is sufficient, the rated
operational current Ie/AC-4 can be increased.
If the contacts are used for mixed operation, i.e. normal
switching (breaking the rated operational current
according to utilization category AC-3) in combination
with intermittent inching (breaking several times the
rated operational current according to utilization
category AC-4), the contact endurance can be calculated approximately from the following equation:
7
8
6
4
6
10
8
6
4
6
6
10
8
6
4
5
5
10
8
6
4
NSB0_02059
2
6
10
8
6
4
2
105
8
6
4
10
8
2
4
10
2
3
4 5 6
8 10
20
7 9 12 16
3
4
30
40 50 60 80 a(A)
e(A)
5,5 7,5
Prated(kW)
Diagram legend:
Prated = Rated power for squirrel-cage motors at 400 V
a = Breaking current
e = Rated operational current
Characters in the equation:
X Contact endurance for mixed operation
in operating cycles
A Contact endurance for normal operation
( Ia = Ie) in operating cycles
B Contact endurance for inching
( Ia = multiple of Ie) in operating cycles
C Inching operations as a percentage of total switching
operations
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/17
3
3RT20 17, 3RT20 18
(5,5 kW, 7,5 kW)
10
8
6
4
4
4
10
A
X = -------------------------------------------------------C §A
1 + ---------- ---- – 1·
¹
100 © B
3RT20 15, 3RT20 16
(3 kW, 4 kW)
2
2
2
10
8
6
4
5
2
Contactor
7 type
2
2
10
8
6
4
6
4
10
8
6
4
2
2
2
400 V
10
8
6
4
500 V
Operating cycles at
690 V
The rated operational current Ie complies with utilization
category AC-4 (breaking six times the rated operational
current) and is intended for a contact endurance of
at least 200 000 operating cycles.
Size S00
230 V
The characteristic curves show the contact endurance
of the contactors when switching resistive and inductive
AC loads (AC-1/AC-3) depending on the breaking
current and rated operational voltage. It is assumed that
the operating mechanisms are switched randomly,
i.e. not synchronized with the phase angle of the supply
system.
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
Type
3RT2
Size
S00 to S0
If a shorter contact endurance is sufficient, the rated
operational current Ie/AC-4 can be increased.
If the contacts are used for mixed operation, i.e. normal
switching (breaking the rated operational current
according to utilization category AC-3) in combination
with intermittent inching (breaking several times the
rated operational current according to utilization
category AC-4), the contact endurance can be calculated approximately from the following equation:
400 V
Operating cycles at
690 V
The rated operational current Ie complies with utilization
category AC-4 (breaking six times the rated operational
current) and is intended for a contact endurance of
at least 200 000 operating cycles.
Size S0
500 V
The characteristic curves show the contact endurance
of the contactors when switching resistive and inductive
AC loads (AC-1/AC-3) depending on the breaking
current and rated operational voltage. It is assumed that
the operating mechanisms are switched randomly,
i.e. not synchronized with the phase angle of the supply
system.
230 V
3
Contact endurance of the main contacts
6
4
10
8
6
4
7
10
8
6
4
7
8
6
4
2
2
106
8
6
4
2
105
8
6
4
2
Contactor 3RT20 23 3RT20 24 3RT20 25 3RT20 26
(4 kW)
(5,5 kW) (7,5 kW) (11 kW)
type
NSB0_02060
2
3RT20 27, 3RT20 28
(15 kW, 18,5 kW)
2
106
8 106
6
8
6
4
4
2
2
2
5
5 10
10 8 105
8
6
8
6
6
4
4
4
2
2
2
4
4 10
10 8 104
6
10
8
6
4
3
A
X = -------------------------------------------------------C §A
1 + ---------- ---- – 1·
¹
100 © B
Characters in the equation:
X Contact endurance for mixed operation
in operating cycles
A Contact endurance for normal operation
( Ia = Ie) in operating cycles
B Contact endurance for inching
( Ia = multiple of Ie) in operating cycles
C Inching operations as a percentage of total switching
operations
3/18
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
4 5 6
8 10
9 12
4 5,5
20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 a(A)
17 25 32 38
e(A)
Prated (kW)
7,5 11 15 18,5
Diagram legend:
Prated = Rated power for squirrel-cage motors at 400 V
= Breaking current
a
= Rated operational current
e
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
W
D
Type
Size
Dimensions (W x H x D)1)
• With mounted auxiliary switch block
• With mounted function module
H
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
3RT2015, 3RT2016
S00
45 x 57.5 x 73 / 45 x 70 x 73
45 x 57.5 x 116 / 45 x 70 x 121
45 x 57.5 x 142 / 45 x 70 x 142
mm
mm
mm
3RT2017, 3RT2018
S00
22,5° 22,5°
NSB0_00478c
360°
3
General technical specifications
Permissible mounting position
The contactors are designed for operation on a
vertical mounting surface.
Upright mounting position
NSB0_00477a
Special version required
Mechanical endurance
• Basic units
Operating cycles 30 million
• Basic units with snap-on auxiliary switch block
Operating cycles 10 million
• Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block
Operating cycles 5 million
Electrical endurance
For contact endurance of the main contacts, see page 3/17.
V
690
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6
Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts
V
400
acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
Mirror contacts
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be closed
simultaneously with an NO main contact.
• 3RT201., 3RT231. (removable auxiliary switch block)
Yes, this applies to both the basic unit as well as to between the basic unit
and the mounted auxiliary switch block acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
• 3RT201., 3RT231. (permanently mounted auxiliary switch block)
Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F, and SUVA
• 3RH2919-.NF. . solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks
Have no mirror contact for size S00
Ambient temperature
• During operation
°C
-25 ... +60
• During storage
°C
-55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix C
IP20
Touch protection acc. to EN 50274
Shock resistance rectangular pulse
• AC operation
• DC operation
Shock resistance sine pulse
• AC operation
• DC operation
Conductor cross-sections
Finger-safe
g/ms
g/ms
6.7/5 and 4.2/10
6.7/5 and 4.2/10
7.3/5 and 4.7/10
7.3/5 and 4.7/10
g/ms
g/ms
10.5/5 and 6.6/10
11.4/5 and 7.3/10
10.5/5 and 6.6/10
11.4/5 and 7.3/10
For conductor cross-sections, see page 3/23.
A
A
A
A
35
20
10
10
A
10
A
6
Short-circuit protection
Main circuit
• Fuse links, operational class gG:
LV HRC, type 3NA; DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
according to IEC 60947-4-1/EN 60947-4-1
- Type of coordination "1"
- Type of coordination "2"
- Weld-free2)
• Miniature circuit breakers (up to 230 V) with C characteristic
Short-circuit current 1 kA, type of coordination "1"
Auxiliary circuit
Short-circuit test acc. to IEC 60947-5-1/EN 60947-5-1
• with fuse links of operational class gG:
DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
with short-circuit current Ik = 1 kA
• with 230 V miniature circuit breakers, C characteristic
with short-circuit current Ik = 400 A
Short-circuit protection for contactors with overload relays
See Configuration Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations",
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39714188.
See Chapter 8 "Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the
Control Cabinet" ➞ "SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders"
Short-circuit protection for fuseless load feeders
1)
Dimensions for devices with screw terminals / spring-type terminals.
50
25
10
10
2)
Test conditions according to IEC 60947-4-1.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/19
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
Type
3RT2015, 3RT2016
3RT2017, 3RT2018
Size
S00
S00
Control
3
Solenoid coil operating range
• AC operation
50 Hz
60 Hz
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
• DC operation
Up to 50 °C
Up to 60 °C
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils (for cold coil and 1.0 x Us)
• AC operation, 50/60 Hz, standard version
- Closing
- P.f.
- Closed
- P.f.
VA
VA
• AC operation, 50 Hz, for USA/Canada
- Closing
- P.f. for closing
- Closed
- P.f. for closed
VA
VA
• AC operation, 60 Hz, for USA/Canada
- Closing
- P.f. for closing
- Closed
- P.f. for closed
VA
VA
• DC operation (closing = closed)
W
27/24.3
0.8/0.75
4.2/3.3
0.25/0.25
37/33
0.8/0.75
5.7/4.4
0.25/0.25
26.4
0.81
4.4
0.24
36
0.8
5.9
0.24
31.7
0.81
4.8
0.25
43
0.8
6.5
0.25
4
4
Permissible residual current of the electronics (with 0 signal)
• AC operation
< 3 mA x (230 V/Us)1)
• DC operation
)1)
< 10 mA x (24 V/Us
< 4 mA x (230 V/Us)1)
Operating times2)
Total break time = Opening delay + Arcing time
• AC operation for 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
Closing delay
Opening delay
ms
ms
9 ... 35
3.5 ... 14
8 ... 33
4 ... 15
• DC operation for 0.85 ... 1.1 × Us
Closing delay
Opening delay
ms
ms
30 ... 100
7 ... 13
30 ... 100
7 ... 13
ms
10 ... 15
10 ... 15
• Arcing time
Operating times for 1.0 x Us2)
• AC operation
Closing delay
Opening delay
ms
ms
9.5 ... 24
4 ... 14
9 ... 22
4.5 ... 15
• DC operation
Closing delay
Opening delay
ms
ms
35 ... 50
7 ... 12
35 ... 50
7 ... 12
1)
The 3RT2916-1GA00 additional load module is recommended
for higher residual currents.
3/20
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
2)
The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the NC contact are
increased if the contactor coils are attenuated against voltage peaks
(noise suppression diode 6 to 10 times; diode assembly 2 to 6 times,
suppressor diode +1 ms to 5 ms; varistor +2 ms to 5 ms).
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
Type
3RT2015
3RT2016
3RT2017
3RT2018
Size
S00
S00
S00
S00
A
A
18
16
22
20
22
20
22
20
kW
kW
kW
6
10.5
18
7.5
13
22
7.5
13
22
7.5
13
22
mm2
mm2
2.5
2.5
4
2.5
4
2.5
4
2.5
A
A
A
A
7
7
6
4.9
9
9
7.7
6.7
12
11
9.2
6.7
16
14
12.4
8.9
kW
kW
kW
1.5
3
4
2.2
4
5.5
3
5.5
5.5
4
7.5
7.5
10 s current2)
A
56
72
96
128
At Ie/AC-3
W
0.42
0.7
1.24
2.2
- Rated operational current Ie
Up to 400 V
A
6.5
8.5
8.5
11.5
- Rated power for squirrel-cage motors
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
Up to 400 V
A
3
4
4
5.5
Up to 400 V
690 V
A
A
2.6
1.8
4.1
3.3
4.1
3.3
5.5
4.4
kW
kW
kW
0.67
1.15
1.15
1.1
2
2.5
1.1
2
2.5
1.5
2.5
3.5
Main circuit
Load rating with AC
• Rated operational current Ie
At 40 °C up to 690 V
At 60 °C up to 690 V
• Rated power for AC loads1)
P.f.= 0.95 (at 60 °C)
230 V
400 V
690 V
• Minimum conductor cross-section
for loads with Ie
At 40 °C
At 60 °C
3
Utilization category AC-1,
Switching resistive loads
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
• Rated operational currents Ie
• Rated power for slipring or squirrel-cage motors at
50 and 60 Hz
Thermal load capacity
Power loss per conducting path
Up to 400 V
440 V
500 V
690 V
At 230 V
400 V
690 V
Utilization category AC-4 (for Ia = 6 x Ie)3)
• Maximum values:
• The following applies to a contact endurance
of about 200 000 operating cycles:
- Rated operational currents Ie
- Rated power for squirrel-cage motors with 50 Hz
and 60 Hz
At 230 V
400 V
690 V
1)
Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, etc.
(increased power consumption on heating up has been taken into
account).
2)
According to IEC 60947-4-1.
Rated values for various start-up conditions,
see Chapter 7, "Protection Equipment" ➞ "Overload Relays".
3)
These data also apply to 3RT2516 and 3RT2517 (2 NO + 2 NC) up to a
rated operational voltage of 400 V.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/21
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
Type
3RT2015
3RT2016
3RT2017
3RT2018
Size
S00
S00
S00
S00
Main circuit
Load rating with DC
Utilization category DC-1,
switching resistive loads (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)
3
- 1 conducting path
- 2 conducting paths in series
- 3 conducting paths in series
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
A
A
A
15
15
1.5
20
20
2.1
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
0.6
0.42
0.42
0.8
0.6
0.6
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
A
A
A
15
15
8.4
20
20
12
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
1.2
0.6
0.5
1.6
0.8
0.7
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
A
A
A
15
15
15
20
20
20
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
15
0.9
0.7
20
1.3
1
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
A
A
A
15
0.35
0.1
20
0.5
0.15
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
----
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
A
A
A
15
3.5
0.25
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
----
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
A
A
A
15
15
15
20
20
20
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
1.2
0.14
0.14
1.5
0.2
0.2
AC/DC
h-1
10 000
At 400 V
At 400 V
At 400 V
At 400 V
h-1
h-1
h-1
h-1
1 000
750
750
250
h-1
15
Utilization category DC-3/DC-5,
shunt-wound and series-wound motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)
- 1 conducting path
- 2 conducting paths in series
- 3 conducting paths in series
Switching frequency
Switching frequency z in operating cycles/hour
Contactors without overload relays
• No-load switching frequency
• Switching frequency z during rated operation1)
-
Ie/AC-1
Ie/AC-2
Ie/AC-3
Ie/AC-4
Contactors with overload relays
• Mean value
1)
Dependence of the switching frequency z'
on the operational current I' and operational voltage U':
z’ = z x (Ie/I’) x (400 V/U’)1.5 x 1/h
3/22
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
20
5
0.35
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
Type
3RT2015
3RT2016
3RT2017
3RT2018
Size
S00
S00
S00
S00
Conductor cross-sections
Main and auxiliary conductors
(1 or 2 conductors can be connected)
Solid or stranded
Finely stranded with end sleeves (DIN 46228-1)
AWG cables, solid or stranded
Terminal screw
Tightening torque
mm
mm2
AWG
Nm
Main conductors, auxiliary conductors and coil terminals2)
(1 or 2 conductors can be connected)
•
•
•
•
•
Operating devices3)
Solid or stranded
Finely stranded with end sleeves (DIN 46228-1)
Finely stranded without end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)1); 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)1); max. 2 x 4
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)1); 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)1)
2 x (20 ... 16)1); 2 x (18 ... 14)1); 2 x 12
M3 (for Pozidriv size 2, ∅ 5 ... 6)
0.8 ... 1.2 (7 ... 10.3 lb.in)
3
•
•
•
•
•
Screw terminals
2
Spring-type terminals
mm
mm2
mm2
mm2
AWG
3.0 x 0.5
2 x (0.5 ... 4)
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
2 x (20 ... 12)
mm
mm2
mm2
mm2
AWG
3.0 x 0.5
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
2 x (20 ... 14)
Auxiliary conductors for front and laterally mounted auxiliary switches2)
(1 or 2 conductors can be connected)
•
•
•
•
•
Operating devices3)
Solid or stranded
Finely stranded with end sleeves (DIN 46228-1)
Finely stranded without end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
Main conductors and auxiliary conductors
Terminal screw
Operating devices
Tightening torque
Usable ring terminal lugs
- DIN 46234 without insulation sleeve
- DIN 46225 without insulation sleeve
- DIN 46237 with insulation sleeve
- JIS C2805 Type R without insulation sleeve
- JIS C2805 Type RAV with insulation sleeve
- JIS C2805 Type RAP with insulation sleeve
d3
d2
mm
Nm
mm
mm
M3, Pozidriv 2
Ø 5 ... 6
0.8 ... 1.2
d2 = min. 3.2
d3 = max. 7.5
I201_12740
•
•
•
•
Ring terminal lug connections
1)
If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping
point, both cross-sections must lie in one of the ranges specified.
Max. external diameter of the cable insulation: 3.6 mm.
On spring-type terminals with conductor cross-sections ≤ 1 mm²,
an insulation stop must be used, see Accessories, page 3/76.
3)
Tool for opening the spring-type terminals,
see "Accessories", page 3/76.
2)
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/23
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
W
D
H
Type
Size
Dimensions (W x H x D) for AC operation1)
• With mounted auxiliary switch block
• With mounted function module
Dimensions (W x H x D) for DC operation1)
• With mounted auxiliary switch block
• With mounted function module
3RT2023
3RT2024
3RT2025
S0
S0
S0
45 x 85 x 97 / 45 x 101.5 x 97
45 x 85 x 141 / 45 x 101.5 x 144
45 x 85 x 166 / 45 x 101.5 x 166
45 x 85 x 107 / 45 x 101.5 x 107
45 x 85 x 151 / 45 x 101.5 x 154
45 x 85 x 176 / 45 x 101.5 x 176
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
3RT2026
S0
3RT2027
S0
3RT2028
S0
General data
Permissible mounting position
The contactors are designed for operation on a
vertical mounting surface.
360°
22,5° 22,5°
NSB0_00478c
3
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
Upright mounting position
NSB0_00477a
Special version required, also applies to
3RT202.-.K.40. coupling contactors
Mechanical endurance
• Basic units
Operating cycles
• Basic units with snap-on auxiliary switch block
Operating cycles
• Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block
Operating cycles
Electrical endurance
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3)
V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts
V
(acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N)
Mirror contacts
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be closed
simultaneously with an NO main contact.
• Integrated auxiliary switches
• 3RT202., 3RT232. (removable auxiliary switch block)
• 3RT202., 3RT232. (permanently mounted auxiliary switch block)
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
°C
• During storage
°C
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix C
Touch protection acc. to EN 50274
Shock resistance rectangular pulse
• AC operation
• DC operation
Shock resistance sine pulse
• AC operation
• DC operation
Conductor cross-sections
10 million
10 million
5 million
2)
690
6
400
Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
-25 ... +60
-55 ... +80
IP20
Finger-safe
g/ms
g/ms
7.5/5 and 4.7/10
10/5 and 7.5/10
8.3/5 and 5.310
10/5 and 7.5/10
g/ms
g/ms
11.8/5 and 7.4/10
15/5 and 10/10
13.5/5 and 8.3/10
15/5 and 10/10
3)
Short-circuit protection
A
A
A
A
Short-circuit protection for contactors with overload relays
See Configuration Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations" 4)
Short-circuit protection for fuseless load feeders
See Chapter 8, "Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the
Control Cabinet" ➞ "SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders"
63
100
125
25
35
50
10
16
16
25
32
40
A
10
A
10
Main circuit
• Fuse links, operational class gG:
LV HRC, type 3NA; DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
according to IEC 60947-4-1/EN 60947-4-1
- Type of coordination "1"
- Type of coordination "2"
- Weld-free5)
• Miniature circuit breakers with C characteristic
(short-circuit current 3 kA, type of coordination "1")
Auxiliary circuit
• Fuse links, operational class gG:
DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
(weld-free protection Ik ≤ 1 kA)
• Miniature circuit breakers 230 V, C characteristic
(short-circuit current Ik < 400 A)
1)
4)
2)
5)
Dimensions for devices with screw terminals / spring-type terminals.
For contact endurance of the main contacts, see page 3/17.
3) For conductor cross-sections, see page 3/28.
3/24
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
See http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39714188
Test conditions according to IEC 60947-4-1.
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
Type
3RT2023 ...
3RT2025
3RT2026 ...
3RT2028
3RT202.
-.NB3
3RT202.
-.NF3..
3RT202.
-.NP3
Size
S0
S0
S0
S0
S0
Control
Type of operating mechanism
Solenoid coil operating range
AC/DC
AC or DC
UC (AC/DC)
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
0.7 ... 1.3 x Us1)
Power consumption of the solenoid coils (for cold coil and 1.0 x Us)
-
Closing
P.f.
Closed
P.f.
VA
3
• AC operation, 50 Hz, standard version
65
0.82
7.6
0.25
77
0.82
9.8
0.25
6.6
0.98
1.9
0.86
11.9
0.98
1.6
0.79
12.7
0.98
3.9
0.51
68/67
0.72/0.74
7.9/6.5
0.25/0.28
81/79
0.72/0.74
10.5/8.5
0.25/0.28
6.6/6.7
0.98/0.98
1.9/2.0
0.86/0.82
11.9/12.0
0.98/0.98
1.6/1.8
0.79/0.74
12.7/14.7
0.98/0.98
3.9/4.3
0.51/0.56
65
0.82
7.6
0.25
77
0.82
9.8
0.28
-----
-----
-----
73
0.76
7.2
0.28
87
0.76
9.4
0.28
-----
-----
-----
W
5.9/5.9
5.9/5.9
5.9/1.4
10.2/1.3
14.3/1.9
• AC operation
mA
<6 mA x
(230 V/Us)
<7 mA x (230 V/Us)
• DC operation
mA
<16 mA x (24 V/Us)
ms
ms
9 ... 38
4 ... 16
8 ... 40
4 ... 16
60 ... 80
30 ... 45
50 ... 70
35 ... 45
60 ... 80
35 ... 45
ms
ms
50 ... 170
15 ... 17.5
50 ... 170
15 ... 17.5
60 ... 75
30 ... 45
50 ... 70
35 ... 45
50 ... 75
40 ... 50
ms
10
10
10
10
10
ms
ms
10 ... 18
4 ... 16
10 ... 17
4 ... 16
65 ... 80
30 ... 45
50 ... 70
35 ... 45
60 ... 80
30 ... 50
ms
ms
55 ... 80
16 ... 17
55 ... 80
16 ... 17
60 ... 80
30 ... 45
56 ... 70
35 ... 45
60 ... 80
30 ... 50
VA
• AC operation, 50/60 Hz, standard version
-
Closing
P.f.
Closed
P.f.
VA
VA
• AC operation, 50 Hz, for USA/Canada
-
Closing
P.f.
Closed
P.f.
VA
VA
• AC operation, 60 Hz, for USA/Canada
-
Closing
P.f.
Closed
P.f.
• DC operation (closing = closed)
VA
VA
Permissible residual current of the electronics (with 0 signal)
Operating times for 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us2)
Total break time = Opening delay + Arcing time
• AC operation
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
• DC operation
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
• Arcing time
Operating times for 1.0 x Us2)
• AC operation
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
• DC operation
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
1)
2)
The following applies to Us max = 280 V: Upper limit =1.1 x Us max.
The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the NC contact are
increased if the contactor coils are attenuated against voltage peaks
(varistor +2 ms to 5 ms, diode assembly: 2 to 6 times).
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/25
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
Type
3RT2023
3RT2024
3RT2025
3RT2026
3RT2027
3RT2028
Size
S0
S0
S0
S0
S0
S0
Main circuit
Load rating with AC
3
Utilization category AC-1,
Switching resistive loads
• Rated operational current Ie
At 40 °C up to 690 V
At 60 °C up to 690 V
• Rated power for AC loads1)
P.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C)
230 V
400 V
690 V
• Minimum conductor
cross-section for loads with Ie
A
A
40
35
50
42
kW
kW
kW
13.3
23
40
15.5
27.5
47.5
mm2
mm2
10
10
10
10
A
A
A
A
9
9
9
9
12
12
12
9
17
17
17
13
25
22
18
13
32
32
32
21
38
35
32
21
kW
kW
kW
2.2
4
7.5
3
5.5
7.5
4
7.5
11
5.5
11
11
7.5
15
18.5
11
18.5
18.5
10 s current2)
A
80
110
150
200
260
300
At Ie/AC-3
W
0.4
0.5
0.9
1.6
2.7
3.8
Up to 400 V
A
8.5
12.5
15.5
15.5
22
kW
4
5.5
7.5
7.5
11
A
A
4.1
3.3
5.5
5.5
7.7
7.7
9
9
12
12
kW
kW
kW
kW
0.5
1.1
2
2.5
0.73
1.5
2.6
4.6
1
2
3.5
6
1.2
2.5
4.4
7.7
1.6
3.4
6
10.3
At 40 °C
At 60 °C
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
• Rated operational currents Ie
• Rated power for slipring
or squirrel-cage motors
at 50 and 60 Hz
Thermal load capacity
Power loss per conducting path
Up to 400 V
440 V
500 V
690 V
At 230 V
400 V
690 V
Utilization category AC-4 (for Ia = 6 x Ie)
• Maximum values:
- Rated operational current Ie
- Rated power
for squirrel-cage motors
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
At 400 V
• The following applies to a contact endurance
of about 200 000 operating cycles:
- Rated operational currents Ie
- Rated power
for squirrel-cage motors
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
1)
Up to 400 V
690 V
At 110 V
230 V
400 V
690 V
Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, etc.
(increased power consumption on heating up has been taken into
account).
2) According to IEC 60947-4-1.
Rated values for various start-up conditions,
see Chapter 7, "Protection Equipment" ➞ "Overload Relays".
3/26
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
Type
3RT2023
3RT2024
3RT2025
3RT2026
3RT2027
3RT2028
Size
S0
S0
S0
S0
S0
S0
Main circuit
Load rating with DC
Utilization category DC-1,
switching resistive loads (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
- 1 conducting path
- 2 conducting paths in series
- 3 conducting paths in series
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
A
A
A
35
20
4.5
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
1
0.4
0.25
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
A
A
A
35
35
35
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
5
1
0.8
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
A
A
A
35
35
35
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
35
2.9
1.4
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
A
A
A
20
5
2.5
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
1
0.09
0.06
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
A
A
A
35
35
15
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
3
0.27
0.16
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
A
A
A
35
35
35
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
10
0.6
0.6
AC
DC
h-1
h-1
5 000
1 500
At 400 V
At 400 V
At 400 V
At 400 V
h-1
h-1
h-1
h-1
1 000
1 000
1 000
300
h-1
15
3
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)
Utilization category DC-3/DC-5,
shunt-wound and series-wound motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)
- 1 conducting path
- 2 conducting paths in series
- 3 conducting paths in series
Switching frequency
Switching frequency z in operating cycles/hour
Contactors without overload relays
• No-load switching frequency
• Switching frequency z during rated operation1)
-
Ie/AC-1
Ie/AC-2
Ie/AC-3
Ie/AC-4
750
750
250
Contactors with overload relays
• Mean value
1)
Dependence of the switching frequency z’
on the operational current I’ and operational voltage U’:
z’ = z x (Ie/I’) x (400 V/U’)1.5 x 1/h
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/27
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
Type
3RT2023
3RT2024
3RT2025
3RT2026
3RT2027
3RT2028
Size
S0
S0
S0
S0
S0
S0
Conductor cross-sections (1 or 2 conductors connectable)
Screw terminals
• Solid or stranded
mm²
2 x (1 ... 2.5)1), 2 x (2.5 ... 10)1)
• Finely stranded with end sleeves (DIN 46228-1)
mm²
2 x (1 ... 2.5)1); 2 x (2.5 ... 6)1); 1 x 10
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
2 x (16 ... 12)1); 2 x (14 ... 8)1)
• Terminal screws
- Tightening torque
Nm
M4 (for Pozidriv size 2, ∅ 5 ... 6)
2 ... 2.5 (18 ... 22 lb.in)
Auxiliary conductors
mm2
• Solid or stranded
2
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)1); 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)1); 2 x 4
• Finely stranded with end sleeves (DIN 46228-1)
mm
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)1); 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)1)
• Solid or stranded AWG (2 x)
AWG
2 x (20 ... 16)1); 2 x (18 ... 14)1); 2 x 12
• Terminal screws
- Tightening torque
Nm
M3 (for Pozidriv size 2, ∅ 5 ... 6)
0.8 ... 1.2 (7 ... 10.3 lb.in)
Main conductors2)
Spring-type terminals
• Operating devices3)
mm
3.0 x 0.5
• Solid or stranded
mm2
2 x (1 ... 10)
• Finely stranded with end sleeves (DIN 46228-1)
mm2
2 x (1 ... 6)
• Finely stranded without end sleeve
mm2
2 x (1 ... 6)
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
2 x (18 ... 8)
Auxiliary conductors2)
• Operating devices3)
3.0 x 0.5
• Solid or stranded
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
• Finely stranded with end sleeves (DIN 46228-1)
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
• Finely stranded without end sleeve
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
2 x (20 ... 14)
Main conductors
Ring terminal lug connections
• Terminal screw
mm
M4, Pozidriv size 2
• Operating devices
mm
Ø 5 ... 6
• Tightening torque
Nm
2 ... 2.5
mm
d2 = min. 4.3
mm
d3 = max. 12.2
• Usable ring terminal lugs
- DIN 46234 without insulation sleeve
- DIN 46225 without insulation sleeve
- DIN 46237 with insulation sleeve
- JIS C2805 Type R without insulation sleeve
- JIS C2805 Type RAV with insulation sleeve
- JIS C2805 Type RAP with insulation sleeve
d3
d2
I201_12740
3
Main conductors
Auxiliary conductors
• Terminal screw
M3, Pozidriv size 2
• Operating devices
mm
Ø 5 ... 6
• Tightening torque
Nm
0.8 ... 1.2
• Usable ring terminal lugs
mm
d2 = min. 3.2
mm
d3 = max. 7.5
1)
If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping
point, both cross-sections must lie in one of the ranges specified.
2)
Max. external diameter of the cable insulation: 3.6 mm.
On spring-type terminals with conductor cross-sections ≤ 1 mm²,
an insulation stop must be used, see Accessories, page 3/76.
3) Tool for opening the spring-type terminals;
see "Accessories", page 3/76.
3/28
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
3RT2035
3RT2036
3RT2037
3RT2038
Size
S2
S2
S2
S2
Dimensions (W x H x D)
H
Type
• With mounted function module1)
D
• With mounted auxiliary switch block1)
W
mm
55 x 114 x 130
mm
55 x 114 x 174 / 55 x 114 x 178
mm
55 x 114 x 199 / 55 x 114 x 202
General data
360°
22,5° 22,5°
NSB0_00478c
The contactors are designed for operation on a
vertical mounting surface.
3
Permissible mounting position
Upright mounting position
NSB0_00477a
Special version required
Mechanical endurance
• Basic units
Operating cycles 10 million
• Basic units with snap-on auxiliary switch block
Operating cycles 10 million
• Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block
Operating cycles 5 million
2)
Electrical endurance
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3)
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6
Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts
(acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N)
V
400
Mirror contacts
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be closed
simultaneously with an NO main contact.
• Integrated auxiliary switches
• 3RT202., 3RT232. (removable auxiliary switch block)
• 3RT202., 3RT232. (permanently mounted auxiliary switch block)
Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
• During storage
°C
°C
-25 ... +60
-55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix C
IP20
Connection range
IP00/open (where applicable, use additional terminal covers)
Touch protection acc. to EN 50274
Finger-safe
Shock resistance rectangular pulse
• AC operation
• AC/DC operation
g/ms
g/ms
11.8/5 and 7.4/10
7.7/5 and 4.5/10
g/ms
g/ms
18.5/5 and 11.6/10
12/5 and 7/10
Shock resistance sine pulse
• AC operation
• AC/DC operation
3)
Conductor cross-sections
Short-circuit protection
A
A
A
Short-circuit protection for contactors with overload relays
See Configuration Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations" 4)
Short-circuit protection for fuseless load feeders
See Chapter 8, "Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the
Control Cabinet" ➞ "SIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders"
160
160
250
250
80
80
125
160
On request
• Fuse links, operational class gG:
DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
(weld-free protection Ik ≤ 1 kA)
A
10
• Miniature circuit breakers 230 V, C characteristic
(short-circuit current Ik < 400 A)
A
10
Main circuit
• Fuse links, operational class gG:
LV HRC, type 3NA; DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
according to IEC 60947-4-1/EN 60947-4-1
- Type of coordination "1"
- Type of coordination "2"
- Weld-free5)
Auxiliary circuit
1)
Dimensions for devices with screw terminals / spring-type terminals.
For contact endurance of the main contacts, see page 3/17.
3)
For conductor cross-sections, see page 3/28.
4)
See http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39714188
5) Test conditions according to IEC 60947-4-1.
2)
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/29
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
Type
3RT203.-.A.0.
3RT203.-.A.2.
3RT203.-.A.6.
3RT203.-.N.3
Size
S2
S2
S2
S2
Control
AC
Type of operating mechanism
AC/DC
3
Solenoid coil operating range
• AC operation, 50 Hz
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
• AC operation, 60 Hz
--
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
• DC operation
--
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils (for cold coil and 1.0 x Us)
• AC operation, 50 Hz, standard version
-
Closing
P.f.
Closed
P.f.
VA
VA
190
0.72
16
0.37
-----
-----
210/188
0.69/0.65
17.2/16.5
0.36/0.39
• AC operation, 50/60 Hz, standard version
-
Closing
P.f.
Closed
P.f.
VA
VA
-----
• AC operation, 50/60 Hz, for USA/Canada
-
Closing
P.f.
Closed
P.f.
VA
VA
-----
212/188
0.67/0.65
18.516.5
0.37/0.39
-----
• AC/DC operation
-
Closing for AC operation
P.f.
Closed for AC operation
P.f.
-----
40
0.64/0.5
2
0.36/0.39
W
W
---
23
1
• AC operation
mA
<20
• DC operation
mA
<20
ms
ms
10 ... 80
10 ... 18
45 ... 70
35 ... 55
ms
ms
---
45 ... 60
35 ... 55
ms
10 ... 20
10 ... 20
ms
ms
12 ...22
10 ...18
50 ... 60
40 ... 50
ms
ms
---
45 ... 55
40 ... 50
- Closing for DC operation
- Closed for DC operation
VA
VA
Permissible residual current of the electronics (with 0 signal)
Operating times for 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us1)
Total break time = Opening delay + Arcing time
• AC operation
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
• DC operation
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
• Arcing time
Operating times for 1.0 x Us1)
• AC operation
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
• DC operation
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
1)
The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the NC contact are
increased if the contactor coils are attenuated against voltage peaks
(varistor +2 ms to 5 ms, diode assembly: 2 to 6 times).
3/30
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
Type
3RT2035
3RT2036
3RT2037
3RT2038
Size
S2
S2
S2
S2
A
A
60
55
70
60
80
70
90
80
kW
kW
kW
23
39
68
26
46
79
30
53
91
34
59
102
mm2
mm2
16
16
25
16
25
25
35
25
A
A
A
A
40
40
40
24
50
50
50
24
65
65
65
47
80
80
80
58
kW
kW
kW
11
18.5
22
15
22
22
18.5
30
37
22
37
45
10 s current2)
A
400
420
520
640
At Ie/AC-3
W
2.2
4
3.8
5.7
Up to 400 V
A
35
41
55
55
kW
18.5
22
30
30
A
A
22
18.5
24
20
28
22
30
24
kW
kW
kW
kW
3.2
6.7
11.6
16.8
3.5
7.3
12.6
18.2
4.1
8.5
14.7
20
4.3
9.1
15.8
21.8
Main circuit
Load rating with AC
• Rated operational current Ie
At 40 °C up to 690 V
At 60 °C up to 690 V
• Rated power for AC loads1)
P.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C)
230 V
400 V
690 V
• Minimum conductor
cross-section for loads with Ie
At 40 °C
At 60 °C
3
Utilization category AC-1,
switching resistive loads
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
• Rated operational currents Ie
• Rated power for slipring
or squirrel-cage motors
at 50 and 60 Hz
Thermal load capacity
Power loss per conducting path
Up to 400 V
440 V
500 V
690 V
At 230 V
400 V
690 V
Utilization category AC-4 (for Ia = 6 x Ie)
• Maximum values:
- Rated operational current Ie
- Rated power
for squirrel-cage motors
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
At 400 V
• The following applies to a contact endurance
of about 200 000 operating cycles:
- Rated operational currents Ie
- Rated power
for squirrel-cage motors
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
Up to 400 V
690 V
At 110 V
230 V
400 V
690 V
1)
Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, etc.
(increased power consumption on heating up has been taken into
account).
2) According to IEC 60947-4-1.
Rated values for various start-up conditions,
see Chapter 7, "Protection Equipment" ➞ "Overload Relays".
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/31
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
Type
3RT2035
3RT2036
3RT2037
3RT2038
Size
S2
S2
S2
S2
1 000
600
800
250
800
400
700
200
700
350
500
150
Main circuit
Load rating with DC
Utilization category DC-1,
switching resistive loads (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)
3
- 1 conducting path
- 2 conducting paths in series
- 3 conducting paths in series
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
A
A
A
55
23
4.5
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
1
0.4
0.25
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
A
A
A
55
45
25
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
5
1
0.8
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
A
A
A
55
55
55
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
45
2.9
1.4
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
A
A
A
35
6
2.5
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
2
0.1
0.06
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
A
A
A
55
45
25
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
5
0.27
0.16
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
A
A
A
55
55
55
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
25
0.6
0.35
AC
AC/DC
h-1
h-1
5 000
1 500
At 400 V
At 400 V
At 400 V
At 400 V
h-1
h-1
h-1
h-1
1 200
750
1 000
300
h-1
15
Utilization category DC-3/DC-5,
shunt-wound and series-wound motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)
- 1 conducting path
- 2 conducting paths in series
- 3 conducting paths in series
Switching frequency
Switching frequency z in operating cycles/hour
Contactors without overload relays
• No-load switching frequency
• Switching frequency z during rated operation1)
-
Ie/AC-1
Ie/AC-2
Ie/AC-3
Ie/AC-4
Contactors with overload relays
• Mean value
1)
Dependence of the switching frequency z’
on the operational current I’ and operational voltage U’:
z’ = z x (Ie/I’) x (400 V/U’)1.5 x 1/h
3/32
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
Type
3RT2035
3RT2036
3RT2037
3RT2038
Size
S2
S2
S2
S2
Conductor cross-sections (1 or 2 conductors connectable)
Screw terminals
• Solid or stranded
mm²
2 x (1 ... 35)1); 1 x (1 ... 50)1)
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm²
2 x (1 ... 25)1); 1 x (1 ... 35)1)
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
2 x (18 ... 2)1); 1 x (18 ... 1)1)
• Terminal screws
- Tightening torque
Nm
Pozidriv size 2; ∅ 5 ... 6
3 ... 4.5 (27 ... 40 lb.in)
3
Main conductors
Auxiliary and control conductors
• Solid or stranded
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)1); 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)1)
2
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)1); 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)1)
• Solid or stranded AWG (2 x)
AWG
2 x (20 ... 16)1); 2 x (18 ... 14)1)
• Terminal screws
- Tightening torque
Nm
M3 (for Pozidriv size 2, ∅ 5 ... 6)
0.8 ... 1.2 (7 ... 10.3 lb.in)
Auxiliary and control conductors2)
Spring-type terminals
• Operating devices3)
mm
3.0 x 0.5
• Solid or stranded
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
• Finely stranded without end sleeve
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
2 x (20 ... 14)
1)
If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping
point, both cross-sections must lie in one of the ranges specified.
Max. external diameter of the cable insulation: 3.6 mm.
On spring-type terminals with conductor cross-sections ≤ 1 mm²,
an insulation stop must be used, see Accessories, page 3/76.
3) Tool for opening the spring-type terminals;
see "Accessories", page 3/76.
2)
Data for North America
Type
3RT2015
3RT2016
3RT2017
3RT2018
Size
S00
S00
S00
S00
2
3
5
7.5
3
3
7.5
10
3
5
10
10
s and u rated data
Rated insulation voltage
V AC
600
Uninterrupted current, at 40 °C, open and enclosed
A
20
hp
hp
hp
hp
1.5
2
3
5
Maximum horsepower ratings
(from s and u approved values)
• Rated power for three-phase motors
at 60 Hz
At 200 V
230 V
460 V
575 V
Short-circuit protection1)
(contactor or overload relay)
At 600 V kA
5
• Fuse CLASS J2)
A
40
• Circuit breakers with overload protection
acc. to UL 489
A
50
• Combination motor controllers type E
according to UL 508 and UL 60947-4-1
Values on request.
Overload relays
• Type
• Setting range
1)
A
3RU211
/ 3RB301
0.11 ... 16
/ 0.1 ... 16
For more information about short-circuit values, e.g. for protection against
short-circuit currents, see the UL reports on the individual devices,
www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals.
For the dimensioning of load feeders, see also the
Configuration Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations for UL",
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/53433538.
2) Values for RK5 fuses on request.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/33
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
Type
3RT2023
3RT2024
3RT2025
3RT2026
3RT2027
3RT2028
Size
S0
S0
S0
S0
S0
S0
s and u rated data
Rated insulation voltage
V AC
600
600
Uninterrupted current, at 40 °C, open and enclosed
A
35
42
hp
hp
hp
hp
2
3
5
7.5
3
Maximum horsepower ratings
(from s and u approved values)
• Rated power for three-phase motors
at 60 Hz
At 200 V
230 V
460 V
575 V
Short-circuit protection1)
(contactor or overload relay)
At 600 V kA
• Fuse CLASS J2)
• Circuit breakers with overload protection
acc. to UL 489
• Combination motor controllers type E
according to UL 508 and UL 60947-4-1
A
A
3
3
7.5
10
3
5
10
15
5
7.5
15
20
10
10
20
25
10
10
25
25
5
125
70
150
100
At 480 V Type
3RV202
Values on request.
At 600 V Type
3RV202
Values on request.
Overload relays
• Type
• Setting range
1)
A
For more information about short-circuit values, e.g. for protection against
short-circuit currents, see the UL reports on the individual devices,
www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals.
3RU212
1.8 ... 40
2)
/ 3RB302
/ 0.1 ... 40
Values for RK5 fuses on request.
For the dimensioning of load feeders, see also the
Configuration Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations for UL",
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/53433538.
Type
3RT2035
3RT2036
3RT2037
3RT2038
Size
S2
S2
S2
S2
s and u rated data
Rated insulation voltage
V AC
600
Uninterrupted current, at 40 °C, open and enclosed
A
55
60
80
90
hp
hp
hp
hp
10
15
30
40
15
15
40
50
20
20
50
50
20
25
50
60
5
10
10
10
150
200
250
250
Maximum horsepower ratings
(from s and u approved values)
• Rated power for three-phase motors
at 60 Hz
Short-circuit protection1)
(contactor or overload relay)
• RK5 fuse
• Circuit breakers with overload protection acc. to UL 489
At 200/208 V
230/240 V
460/480 V
575/600 V
At 600 V kA
A
At 480 V Type
A
kA
3RV1742
50
50
Values on request.
60
70
At 600 V Type
A
kA
3RV1742
40
50
Values on request.
50
60
Thermal / electronic
Overload relays
• Type
• Setting range
1)
A
For more information about short-circuit values, e.g. for protection against
short-circuit currents, see the UL reports on the individual devices,
www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals.
3RU213 / 3RB303
11 ... 80 / 12 ... 80
For the dimensioning of load feeders, see also the
Configuration Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations for UL",
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/53433538.
Type
3RT201
3RT202, 3RT203
Size
S00
S0, S2
Integrated or
mountable
auxiliary switch block
Integrated
Mountable
auxiliary switch block
600
600
600
A 600, Q 600
A 600, P 600
A 600, Q 600
10
10
10
s and u rated data of the auxiliary contacts
Rated voltage
V AC
Switching capacity
Uninterrupted current
3/34
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
At 240 V AC A
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
■ Selection and ordering data
AC operation
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RT201.-1A. . .
Rated data
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Rating1) of
three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
Operational
current Ie
up to
400 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
Operational
current Ie
up to
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us at 50/60 Hz
Configurator
Auxiliary contacts
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
3RT201.-2A. . .
DT Spring-type
terminals
Configurator
Ident. No. Version
Article No.
NO
NC
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
V AC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail
Size S002)3)
• With auxiliary contact 1 NO, Ident. No. 10
A2(–)
7
4
12
16
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14
3
9
• With auxiliary contact 1 NC, Ident. No. 01
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13
A1(+)
5.5
7.5
18
22
22
22
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
10
1
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2015-1AB01
3RT2015-1AF01
3RT2015-1AP01
}
}
}
3RT2015-2AB01
3RT2015-2AF01
3RT2015-2AP01
01
--
1
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2015-1AB02
3RT2015-1AF02
3RT2015-1AP02
}
}
}
3RT2015-2AB02
3RT2015-2AF02
3RT2015-2AP02
10
1
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2016-1AB01
3RT2016-1AF01
3RT2016-1AP01
}
}
}
3RT2016-2AB01
3RT2016-2AF01
3RT2016-2AP01
01
--
1
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2016-1AB02
3RT2016-1AF02
3RT2016-1AP02
}
}
}
3RT2016-2AB02
3RT2016-2AF02
3RT2016-2AP02
10
1
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2017-1AB01
3RT2017-1AF01
3RT2017-1AP01
}
}
}
3RT2017-2AB01
3RT2017-2AF01
3RT2017-2AP01
01
--
1
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2017-1AB02
3RT2017-1AF02
3RT2017-1AP02
}
}
}
3RT2017-2AB02
3RT2017-2AF02
3RT2017-2AP02
10
1
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2018-1AB01
3RT2018-1AF01
3RT2018-1AP01
}
}
}
3RT2018-2AB01
3RT2018-2AF01
3RT2018-2AP01
01
--
1
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2018-1AB02
3RT2018-1AF02
3RT2018-1AP02
}
}
}
3RT2018-2AB02
3RT2018-2AF02
3RT2018-2AP02
For online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
Other voltages according to page 3/50 on request.
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
2) The 3RT20 contactors are also available with ring terminal lug connection.
Please contact your local Siemens representative for information about
these special versions.
3)
For size S00: Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 × Us,
at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 × Us.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
For accessories, see page 3/59.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/35
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
AC operation
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RT201.-1AP04-3MA0
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Operational
current Ie
up to
Rating1) of
three-phase
motors at
50 Hz and
Operational
current Ie
up to
400 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
3RT201.-2AP04-3MA0
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us at 50/60 Hz
Configurator
Auxiliary contacts
DT Spring-type
terminals
Configurator
Ident. No. Version
Article No.
NO
NC
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
V AC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail
Size S002)
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
7
3
18
22
2
2
230
B
3RT2015-1AP04-3MA0
B
3RT2015-2AP04-3MA0
9
4
22
22
2
2
230
B
3RT2016-1AP04-3MA0
B
3RT2016-2AP04-3MA0
12
5.5
22
22
2
2
230
B
3RT2017-1AP04-3MA0
B
3RT2017-2AP04-3MA0
16
7.5
22
22
2
2
230
}
3RT2018-1AP04-3MA0
}
3RT2018-2AP04-3MA0
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block and varistor plugged onto the front side
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
7
3
18
22
2
2
230
B
3RT2015-1CP04-3MA0
B
3RT2015-2CP04-3MA0
9
4
22
22
2
2
230
B
3RT2016-1CP04-3MA0
B
3RT2016-2CP04-3MA0
12
5.5
22
22
2
2
230
B
3RT2017-1CP04-3MA0
B
3RT2017-2CP04-3MA0
16
7.5
22
22
2
2
230
B
3RT2018-1CP04-3MA0
B
3RT2018-2CP04-3MA0
For online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
Other voltages according to page 3/50 on request.
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
For size S00: Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 × Us
at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 × Us
3/36
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
For accessories, see page 3/59.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
AC operation
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RT202.-1A.00
Rated data
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Rating1) of
three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
Operational
current Ie
up to
400 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
Operational
current Ie
up to
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us at 50 Hz
Configurator
Auxiliary contacts
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
3RT202.-2A.00
DT Spring-type
terminals
Configurator
Ident. No. Version
Article No.
NO
NC
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
V AC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail
Size S02)
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22
9
4
40
11
1
1
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2023-1AB00
3RT2023-1AF00
3RT2023-1AP00
A
A
}
3RT2023-2AB00
3RT2023-2AF00
3RT2023-2AP00
12
5.5
40
11
1
1
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2024-1AB00
3RT2024-1AF00
3RT2024-1AP00
A
A
}
3RT2024-2AB00
3RT2024-2AF00
3RT2024-2AP00
17
7.5
40
11
1
1
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2025-1AB00
3RT2025-1AF00
3RT2025-1AP00
A
A
}
3RT2025-2AB00
3RT2025-2AF00
3RT2025-2AP00
25
11
40
11
1
1
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2026-1AB00
3RT2026-1AF00
3RT2026-1AP00
A
A
}
3RT2026-2AB00
3RT2026-2AF00
3RT2026-2AP00
32
15
50
11
1
1
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2027-1AB00
3RT2027-1AF00
3RT2027-1AP00
A
A
}
3RT2027-2AB00
3RT2027-2AF00
3RT2027-2AP00
38
18.5
50
11
1
1
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2028-1AB00
3RT2028-1AF00
3RT2028-1AP00
A
A
B
3RT2028-2AB00
3RT2028-2AF00
3RT2028-2AP00
For online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
Other voltages according to page 3/50 on request.
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
The 3RT20 contactors are also available with ring terminal lug connection.
Please contact your local Siemens representative for information about
these special versions.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
For accessories, see page 3/59.
For spare parts, see page 3/77.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/37
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
AC operation
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RT202.-1A.04
Rated data
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Rating1) of
three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
Operational
current Ie
up to
400 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
Operational
current Ie
up to
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us at 50 Hz
Configurator
Auxiliary contacts
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
3RT202.-2A.04
DT Spring-type
terminals
Configurator
Ident. No. Version
Article No.
NO
NC
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
V AC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail
Size S02)
With mounted auxiliary switch block (removable)3)
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
9
4
40
22
2
2
24
230
B
}
3RT2023-1AB04
3RT2023-1AP04
B
A
3RT2023-2AB04
3RT2023-2AP04
12
5.5
40
22
2
2
24
110
230
B
B
}
3RT2024-1AB04
3RT2024-1AF04
3RT2024-1AP04
B
B
A
3RT2024-2AB04
3RT2024-2AF04
3RT2024-2AP04
17
7.5
40
22
2
2
24
110
230
B
B
}
3RT2025-1AB04
3RT2025-1AF04
3RT2025-1AP04
B
B
A
3RT2025-2AB04
3RT2025-2AF04
3RT2025-2AP04
25
11
40
22
2
2
24
110
230
B
B
}
3RT2026-1AB04
3RT2026-1AF04
3RT2026-1AP04
B
B
A
3RT2026-2AB04
3RT2026-2AF04
3RT2026-2AP04
32
15
50
22
2
2
24
110
230
B
B
}
3RT2027-1AB04
3RT2027-1AF04
3RT2027-1AP04
B
B
A
3RT2027-2AB04
3RT2027-2AF04
3RT2027-2AP04
38
18.5
50
22
2
2
24
110
230
B
B
}
3RT2028-1AB04
3RT2028-1AF04
3RT2028-1AP04
B
B
A
3RT2028-2AB04
3RT2028-2AF04
3RT2028-2AP04
For online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
Other voltages according to page 3/50 on request.
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
The 3RT20 contactors are also available with ring terminal lug connection.
Please contact your local Siemens representative for information about
these special versions.
3)
Article number for the auxiliary switch block (removable): 3RH2911-.HA11
3/38
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
For accessories, see page 3/59.
For spare parts, see page 3/77.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
AC operation
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RT202.-1AL24-3MA0
Rated data
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us at 50/60 Hz
Configurator
Auxiliary contacts
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Operational
current Ie
up to
Rating1) of
three-phase
motors at
50 Hz and
Operational
current Ie
up to
400 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
3RT202.-2AL24-3MA0
DT Spring-type
terminals
Configurator
Ident. No. Version
Article No.
NO
NC
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
V AC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail
Size S0
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block and varistor plugged into the front side2)
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
9
4
40
22
2
2
230
B
3RT2023-1CL24-3MA0
B
3RT2023-2CL24-3MA0
12
5.5
40
22
2
2
230
B
3RT2024-1CL24-3MA0
B
3RT2024-2CL24-3MA0
17
7.5
40
22
2
2
230
B
3RT2025-1CL24-3MA0
B
3RT2025-2CL24-3MA0
25
11
40
22
2
2
230
B
3RT2026-1CL24-3MA0
B
3RT2026-2CL24-3MA0
32
15
50
22
2
2
230
B
3RT2027-1CL24-3MA0
B
3RT2027-2CL24-3MA0
38
18.5
50
22
2
2
230
B
3RT2028-1CL24-3MA0
B
3RT2028-2CL24-3MA0
For online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
Other voltages according to page 3/50 on request.
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
2) Varistor is permanently mounted.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
For accessories, see page 3/59.
For spare parts, see page 3/77.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/39
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
AC operation
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RT203.-1A.04
Rated data
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Rating1) of
three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
Operational
current Ie
up to
400 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
3RT203.-3A.00
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us at 50 Hz
Configurator
Auxiliary contacts
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
Operational
current Ie
up to
3RT203.-1A.00
DT Spring-type
terminals
Configurator
Ident. No. Version
Article No.
NO
NC
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
V AC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail
Size S2
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22
40
18.5
60
11
1
1
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2035-1AB00
3RT2035-1AF00
3RT2035-1AP00
A
B
}
3RT2035-3AB00
3RT2035-3AF00
3RT2035-3AP00
50
22
70
11
1
1
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2036-1AB00
3RT2036-1AF00
3RT2036-1AP00
B
B
}
3RT2036-3AB00
3RT2036-3AF00
3RT2036-3AP00
65
30
80
11
1
1
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2037-1AB00
3RT2037-1AF00
3RT2037-1AP00
B
B
}
3RT2037-3AB00
3RT2037-3AF00
3RT2037-3AP00
80
37
90
11
1
1
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2038-1AB00
3RT2038-1AF00
3RT2038-1AP00
B
B
}
3RT2038-3AB00
3RT2038-3AF00
3RT2038-3AP00
With mounted auxiliary switch block (removable)2)
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
40
18.5
60
22
2
2
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2035-1AB04
3RT2035-1AF04
3RT2035-1AP04
----
50
22
70
22
2
2
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2036-1AB04
3RT2036-1AF04
3RT2036-1AP04
----
65
30
80
22
2
2
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT2037-1AB04
3RT2037-1AF04
3RT2037-1AP04
----
80
37
90
22
2
2
24
110
230
B
}
}
3RT2038-1AB04
3RT2038-1AF04
3RT2038-1AP04
----
For online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
Other voltages according to page 3/50 on request.
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
Article number for the auxiliary switch block (removable): 3RH2911-.HA11.
3/40
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
For accessories, see page 3/59.
For spare parts, see page 3/77.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
AC operation
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RT203.-1CL24-3MA0
Rated data
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us at 50/60 Hz
Configurator
Auxiliary contacts
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Operational
current Ie
up to
Rating1) of
three-phase
motors at
50 Hz and
Operational
current Ie
up to
400 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
3RT203.-3CL24-3MA0
DT Spring-type
terminals
Configurator
Ident. No. Version
Article No.
NO
NC
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
V AC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail
Size S2
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block and varistor plugged into the front side2)
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
40
18.5
60
22
2
2
230
B
3RT2035-1CL24-3MA0
B
3RT2035-3CL24-3MA0
50
22
70
22
2
2
230
B
3RT2036-1CL24-3MA0
B
3RT2036-3CL24-3MA0
65
30
80
22
2
2
230
B
3RT2037-1CL24-3MA0
B
3RT2037-3CL24-3MA0
80
37
90
22
2
2
230
B
3RT2038-1CL24-3MA0
B
3RT2038-3CL24-3MA0
For online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
Other voltages according to page 3/50 on request.
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
Varistor is permanently mounted.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
For accessories, see page 3/59.
For spare parts, see page 3/77.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/41
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
DC operation
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RT201.-1B. . .
Rated data
Auxiliary contacts
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us
Configurator
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Rating1) of
three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
Operational
current Ie
up to
400 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
Operational
current Ie
up to
3RT201.-2B. . .
DT Spring-type
terminals
Configurator
Ident. No. Version
Article No.
NO
NC
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
V DC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail
Size S002)
• With auxiliary contact 1 NO, Ident. No. 10
A2(–)
7
16
A2(–)
18
22
4
12
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14
3
9
• With auxiliary contact 1 NC, Ident. No. 01
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13
A1(+)
5.5
7.5
22
22
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
10
1
--
24
220
}
A
3RT2015-1BB41
3RT2015-1BM41
}
B
3RT2015-2BB41
3RT2015-2BM41
01
--
1
24
220
}
B
3RT2015-1BB42
3RT2015-1BM42
}
B
3RT2015-2BB42
3RT2015-2BM42
10
1
--
24
220
}
B
3RT2016-1BB41
3RT2016-1BM41
}
B
3RT2016-2BB41
3RT2016-2BM41
01
--
1
24
220
}
B
3RT2016-1BB42
3RT2016-1BM42
}
B
3RT2016-2BB42
3RT2016-2BM42
10
1
--
24
220
}
B
3RT2017-1BB41
3RT2017-1BM41
}
B
3RT2017-2BB41
3RT2017-2BM41
01
--
1
24
220
}
B
3RT2017-1BB42
3RT2017-1BM42
}
B
3RT2017-2BB42
3RT2017-2BM42
10
1
--
24
220
}
B
3RT2018-1BB41
3RT2018-1BM41
}
B
3RT2018-2BB41
3RT2018-2BM41
01
--
1
24
220
}
B
3RT2018-1BB42
3RT2018-1BM42
}
B
3RT2018-2BB42
3RT2018-2BM42
With integrated coil circuit (diode)
• With auxiliary contact 1 NO, Ident. No. 10
A1(+)
A2(–)
7
9
22
4
12
16
5.5
7.5
A1(+)
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14
18
3
• With auxiliary contact 1 NC, Ident. No. 01
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13
22
22
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
10
1
--
24
}
3RT2015-1FB41
}
3RT2015-2FB41
01
--
1
24
}
3RT2015-1FB42
}
3RT2015-2FB42
10
1
--
24
}
3RT2016-1FB41
}
3RT2016-2FB41
01
--
1
24
}
3RT2016-1FB42
}
3RT2016-2FB42
10
1
--
24
}
3RT2017-1FB41
}
3RT2017-2FB41
01
--
1
24
}
3RT2017-1FB42
}
3RT2017-2FB42
10
1
--
24
}
3RT2018-1FB41
}
3RT2018-2FB41
01
--
1
24
}
3RT2018-1FB42
}
3RT2018-2FB42
For online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
Other voltages according to page 3/50 on request.
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
2) The 3RT20 contactors are also available with ring terminal lug connection.
Please contact your local Siemens representative for information about
these special contactor versions with ring terminal lug connection.
3/42
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
For accessories, see page 3/59.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
DC operation
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RT201.-1BB4.-0CC0
3RT201. -2BB4 .-0CC0
Rated data
Auxiliary contacts
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
Rating1) of
three-phase
motors at
50 Hz and
Operational
current Ie
up to
400 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
3RT201.-2BB44-3MA0
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us
Configurator
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Operational
current Ie
up to
3RT201.-1BB44-3MA0
DT Spring-type
terminals
Configurator
Ident. No. Version
Article No.
NO
NC
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
V DC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail
Size S00
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
7
3
18
22
2
2
24
}
3RT2015-1BB44-3MA0
B
3RT2015-2BB44-3MA0
9
4
22
22
2
2
24
}
3RT2016-1BB44-3MA0
B
3RT2016-2BB44-3MA0
12
5.5
22
22
2
2
24
B
3RT2017-1BB44-3MA0
B
3RT2017-2BB44-3MA0
16
7.5
22
22
2
2
24
B
3RT2018-1BB44-3MA0
B
3RT2018-2BB44-3MA0
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block and integrated coil circuit (diode)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
7
3
18
22
2
2
24
B
3RT2015-1FB44-3MA0
B
3RT2015-2FB44-3MA0
9
4
22
22
2
2
24
B
3RT2016-1FB44-3MA0
B
3RT2016-2FB44-3MA0
12
5.5
22
22
2
2
24
B
3RT2017-1FB44-3MA0
B
3RT2017-2FB44-3MA0
16
7.5
22
22
2
2
24
B
3RT2018-1FB44-3MA0
B
3RT2018-2FB44-3MA0
Contactor with voltage tap-off (only available with 24 V DC coils)
• With auxiliary contact 1 NO, Ident. No. 10
A1(+)
A2(–)
7
4
12
16
1)
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14
3
9
• With auxiliary contact 1 NC, Ident. No. 01
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13
5.5
7.5
18
22
22
22
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
10
1
--
24
}
3RT2015-1BB41-0CC0
}
3RT2015-2BB41-0CC0
01
--
1
24
}
3RT2015-1BB42-0CC0
A
3RT2015-2BB42-0CC0
10
1
--
24
}
3RT2016-1BB41-0CC0
A
3RT2016-2BB41-0CC0
01
--
1
24
A
3RT2016-1BB42-0CC0
A
3RT2016-2BB42-0CC0
10
1
--
24
A
3RT2017-1BB41-0CC0
}
3RT2017-2BB41-0CC0
01
--
1
24
A
3RT2017-1BB42-0CC0
A
3RT2017-2BB42-0CC0
10
1
--
24
A
3RT2018-1BB41-0CC0
}
3RT2018-2BB41-0CC0
01
--
1
24
A
3RT2018-1BB42-0CC0
A
3RT2018-2BB42-0CC0
For online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
Other voltages according to page 3/50 on request.
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
For accessories, see page 3/59.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/43
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
DC operation
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RT202.-1B.40
3RT202.-2B.40
Rated data
Auxiliary contacts
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
Operational
current Ie
up to
400 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
3RT202.-2B.44
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us
Configurator
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Rating1) of
three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
Operational
current Ie
up to
3RT202.-1B.44
DT Spring-type
terminals
Configurator
Ident. No. Version
Article No.
NO
NC
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
V DC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail
Size S02)
A1(+)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22
9
4
40
11
1
1
24
}
3RT2023-1BB40
}
3RT2023-2BB40
12
5.5
40
11
1
1
24
220
}
B
3RT2024-1BB40
3RT2024-1BM40
}
B
3RT2024-2BB40
3RT2024-2BM40
17
7.5
40
11
1
1
24
220
}
B
3RT2025-1BB40
3RT2025-1BM40
}
B
3RT2025-2BB40
3RT2025-2BM40
25
11
40
11
1
1
24
220
}
B
3RT2026-1BB40
3RT2026-1BM40
}
B
3RT2026-2BB40
3RT2026-2BM40
32
15
50
11
1
1
24
220
}
B
3RT2027-1BB40
3RT2027-1BM40
}
B
3RT2027-2BB40
3RT2027-2BM40
38
18.5
50
11
1
1
24
220
}
B
3RT2028-1BB40
3RT2028-1BM40
}
B
3RT2028-2BB40
3RT2028-2BM40
With coil circuit plugged in (diode assembly)
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22
9
4
40
11
1
1
24
B
3RT2023-1FB40
}
3RT2023-2FB40
12
5.5
40
11
1
1
24
}
3RT2024-1FB40
}
3RT2024-2FB40
17
7.5
40
11
1
1
24
}
3RT2025-1FB40
}
3RT2025-2FB40
25
11
40
11
1
1
24
}
3RT2026-1FB40
}
3RT2026-2FB40
32
15
50
11
1
1
24
}
3RT2027-1FB40
}
3RT2027-2FB40
38
18.5
50
11
1
1
24
}
3RT2028-1FB40
}
3RT2028-2FB40
With mounted auxiliary switch block (removable)3)
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
9
4
40
22
2
2
24
}
3RT2023-1BB44
}
3RT2023-2BB44
12
5.5
40
22
2
2
24
}
3RT2024-1BB44
}
3RT2024-2BB44
17
7.5
40
22
2
2
24
}
3RT2025-1BB44
}
3RT2025-2BB44
25
11
40
22
2
2
24
}
3RT2026-1BB44
}
3RT2026-2BB44
32
15
50
22
2
2
24
}
3RT2027-1BB44
}
3RT2027-2BB44
38
18.5
50
22
2
2
24
}
3RT2028-1BB44
}
3RT2028-2BB44
For online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
Other voltages according to page 3/50 on request.
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
The 3RT20 contactors are also available with ring terminal lug connection.
Please contact your local Siemens representative for information about
these special versions.
3)
Article number for the auxiliary switch block (removable): 3RH2911-.HA11.
3/44
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
For accessories, see page 3/59.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
DC operation
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RT202.-1BB44-3MA0
Rated data
Auxiliary contacts
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us
Configurator
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Operational
current Ie
up to
Rating1) of
three-phase
motors at
50 Hz and
Operational
current Ie
up to
400 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
3RT202.-2BB44-3MA0
DT Spring-type
terminals
Configurator
Ident. No. Version
Article No.
NO
NC
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
V DC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail
Size S0
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block and varistor plugged in2)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
12
5.5
40
22
2
2
24
B
3RT2024-1DB44-3MA0
X
3RT2024-2DB44-3MA0
17
7.5
40
22
2
2
24
B
3RT2025-1DB44-3MA0
X
3RT2025-2DB44-3MA0
25
11
40
22
2
2
24
B
3RT2026-1DB44-3MA0
X
3RT2026-2DB44-3MA0
32
15
50
22
2
2
24
B
3RT2027-1DB44-3MA0
X
3RT2027-2DB44-3MA0
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block and diode assembly plugged in2)
A1(+)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
9
4
40
11
1
1
24
B
3RT2023-1FB44-3MA0
B
3RT2023-2FB44-3MA0
12
5.5
40
11
1
1
24
B
3RT2024-1FB44-3MA0
B
3RT2024-2FB44-3MA0
17
7.5
40
11
1
1
24
B
3RT2025-1FB44-3MA0
B
3RT2025-2FB44-3MA0
25
11
40
11
1
1
24
B
3RT2026-1FB44-3MA0
B
3RT2026-2FB44-3MA0
32
15
50
11
1
1
24
B
3RT2027-1FB44-3MA0
B
3RT2027-2FB44-3MA0
38
18.5
50
11
1
1
24
B
3RT2028-1FB44-3MA0
B
3RT2028-2FB44-3MA0
For online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
Other voltages according to page 3/50 on request.
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
Varistor or diode assembly is permanently mounted.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
For accessories, see page 3/59.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/45
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
Contactors with voltage tap-off (DC operation)
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RT202.-1BB40-0CC0
Rated data
Auxiliary contacts
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us
Configurator
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Operational
current Ie
up to
Rating1) of
three-phase
motors at
50 Hz and
Operational
current Ie
up to
400 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
3RT202.-2BB40-0CC0
DT Spring-type
terminals
Configurator
Ident. No. Version
Article No.
NO
NC
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
V DC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail
Size S0
Contactors with voltage tap-off
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22
9
4
40
11
1
1
24
A
3RT2023-1BB40-0CC0
A
3RT2023-2BB40-0CC0
12
5.5
40
11
1
1
24
A
3RT2024-1BB40-0CC0
A
3RT2024-2BB40-0CC0
17
7.5
40
11
1
1
24
A
3RT2025-1BB40-0CC0
A
3RT2025-2BB40-0CC0
25
11
40
11
1
1
24
A
3RT2026-1BB40-0CC0
A
3RT2026-2BB40-0CC0
32
15
50
11
1
1
24
A
3RT2027-1BB40-0CC0
A
3RT2027-2BB40-0CC0
38
18.5
50
11
1
1
24
A
3RT2028-1BB40-0CC0
A
3RT2028-2BB40-0CC0
For online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
1)
For accessories, see page 3/59.
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
3/46
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
AC/DC operation (50/60 Hz and DC)
• Extended operating range of solenoid coil 0.7 ... 1.3 x Us
• Reduced power consumption when closing and in the
closed state
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RT202.-1N.30
Rated data
Auxiliary contacts
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Rating1) of
three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
Operational
current Ie
up to
400 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
Operational
current Ie
up to
3RT202.-2N.30
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us2)
Configurator
DT Spring-type
terminals
Configurator
Ident. No. Version
Article No.
NO
NC
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
V AC/DC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail
Size S0
With integrated coil circuit (varistor)
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22
9
4
40
11
1
1
21 ... 28
95 ... 130
200 ... 2803)
X
X
X
3RT2023-1NB30
3RT2023-1NF30
3RT2023-1NP30
X
X
X
3RT2023-2NB30
3RT2023-2NF30
3RT2023-2NP30
12
5.5
40
11
1
1
21 ... 28
95 ... 130
200 ... 2803)
}
}
}
3RT2024-1NB30
3RT2024-1NF30
3RT2024-1NP30
B
B
}
3RT2024-2NB30
3RT2024-2NF30
3RT2024-2NP30
17
7.5
40
11
1
1
21 ... 28
95 ... 130
200 ... 2803)
}
}
}
3RT2025-1NB30
3RT2025-1NF30
3RT2025-1NP30
B
B
}
3RT2025-2NB30
3RT2025-2NF30
3RT2025-2NP30
25
11
40
11
1
1
21 ... 28
95 ... 130
200 ... 2803)
}
}
}
3RT2026-1NB30
3RT2026-1NF30
3RT2026-1NP30
}
}
}
3RT2026-2NB30
3RT2026-2NF30
3RT2026-2NP30
32
15
50
11
1
1
21 ... 28
95 ... 130
200 ... 2803)
}
}
}
3RT2027-1NB30
3RT2027-1NF30
3RT2027-1NP30
}
B
}
3RT2027-2NB30
3RT2027-2NF30
3RT2027-2NP30
38
18.5
50
11
1
1
21 ... 28
95 ... 130
200 ... 2803)
B
B
}
3RT2028-1NB30
3RT2028-1NF30
3RT2028-1NP30
B
B
}
3RT2028-2NB30
3RT2028-2NF30
3RT2028-2NP30
For online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
Coil operating range: 0.7 x Us min ...1.3 x Us max.
3) The following applies to U
s max = 280 V: Upper limit =1.1 x Us max.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/47
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
AC/DC operation (50/60 Hz and DC)
• Extended operating range of solenoid coil 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
• Reduced power consumption when closing and in the
closed state
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RT203.-1N.34
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
Operational
current Ie
up to
3RT203.-1N.30
Auxiliary contacts
Rating1) of
three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Operational
current Ie
up to
400 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
3RT203.-3N.30
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us2)
Configurator
DT Spring-type
terminals
Configurator
Ident. No. Version
Article No.
NO
NC
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
V AC/DC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail
Size S2
With integrated coil circuit (varistor)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21
A1(+)
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22
40
18.5
60
11
1
1
20 ... 33
83 ... 155
175 ... 280
}
B
B
3RT2035-1NB30
3RT2035-1NF30
3RT2035-1NP30
}
B
B
3RT2035-3NB30
3RT2035-3NF30
3RT2035-3NP30
50
22
70
11
1
1
20 ... 33
83 ... 155
175 ... 280
}
B
B
3RT2036-1NB30
3RT2036-1NF30
3RT2036-1NP30
B
B
B
3RT2036-3NB30
3RT2036-3NF30
3RT2036-3NP30
65
30
80
11
1
1
20 ... 33
83 ... 155
175 ... 280
}
B
B
3RT2037-1NB30
3RT2037-1NF30
3RT2037-1NP30
B
B
B
3RT2037-3NB30
3RT2037-3NF30
3RT2037-3NP30
80
37
90
11
1
1
20 ... 33
83 ... 155
175 ... 280
}
B
B
3RT2038-1NB30
3RT2038-1NF30
3RT2038-1NP30
}
B
A
3RT2038-3NB30
3RT2038-3NF30
3RT2038-3NP30
With mounted auxiliary switch block (removable)3) and integrated coil circuit
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A1(+)
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
40
18.5
60
22
2
2
20 ... 33
83 ... 155
175 ... 280
}
B
B
3RT2035-1NB34
3RT2035-1NF34
3RT2035-1NP34
----
50
22
70
22
2
2
20 ... 33
83 ... 155
175 ... 280
}
B
B
3RT2036-1NB34
3RT2036-1NF34
3RT2036-1NP34
----
65
30
80
22
2
2
20 ... 33
83 ... 155
175 ... 280
}
B
B
3RT2037-1NB34
3RT2037-1NF34
3RT2037-1NP34
----
80
37
90
22
2
2
20 ... 33
83 ... 155
175 ... 280
}
B
B
3RT2038-1NB34
3RT2038-1NF34
3RT2038-1NP34
----
For online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
3/48
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
2)
3)
Coil operating range: 0.8 x Us min ...1.1 x Us max.
Article number for the auxiliary switch block (removable): 3RH2911-.HA11.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
AC/DC operation (50/60 Hz and DC)
• Extended operating range of solenoid coil 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
• Reduced power consumption when closing and in the
closed state
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RT203.-1NB30-0CC0
3RT203.-3NB30-0CC0
Rated data
Auxiliary contacts
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Operational
current Ie
up to
Rating1) of
three-phase
motors at
50 Hz and
Operational
current Ie
up to
400 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
3RT203.-1N.34-3MA0
3RT203.-3N.34-3MA0
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us2)
Configurator
DT Spring-type
terminals
Configurator
Ident. No. Version
Article No.
NO
NC
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
V AC/DC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail
Size S2
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block and integrated varistor3)
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
40
18.5
60
22
2
2
20 ... 33
B
3RT2035-1NB34-3MA0
B
3RT2035-3NB34-3MA0
50
22
70
22
2
2
20 ... 33
A
3RT2036-1NB34-3MA0
B
3RT2036-3NB34-3MA0
65
30
80
22
2
2
20 ... 33
}
3RT2037-1NB34-3MA0
B
3RT2037-3NB34-3MA0
80
37
90
22
2
2
20 ... 33
}
3RT2038-1NB34-3MA0
A
3RT2038-3NB34-3MA0
Contactors with voltage tap-off
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22
40
18.5
60
11
1
1
20 ... 33
A
3RT2035-1NB30-0CC0
A
3RT2035-3NB30-0CC0
50
22
70
11
1
1
20 ... 33
A
3RT2036-1NB30-0CC0
A
3RT2036-3NB30-0CC0
65
30
80
11
1
1
20 ... 33
A
3RT2037-1NB30-0CC0
A
3RT2037-3NB30-0CC0
80
37
90
11
1
1
20 ... 33
A
3RT2038-1NB30-0CC0
A
3RT2038-3NB30-0CC0
For online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
Coil operating range: 0.8 x Us min ...1.1 x Us max.
3)
Varistor is permanently mounted.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/49
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, up to 37 kW
■ Options
Rated control supply voltages, possible on request
(change of the 10th and 11th digits of the Article No.)
Rated control supply
voltage Us
Contactor type 3RT201
3
Size S00
3RT202
3RT203
3RT231,
3RT251
3RT232,
3RT252
3RT233,
3RT253
S0
S2
S00
S0
S2
Sizes S00 to S2
AC operation1)
Solenoid coils for 50 Hz (exception: Size S00: 50 and 60 Hz2))
24 V AC
42 V AC
48 V AC
110 V AC
230 V AC
240 V AC
400 V AC
B0
D0
H0
F0
P0
U0
V0
B0
D0
H0
F0
P0
U0
V0
B0
D0
H0
F0
P0
U0
V0
B0
D0
H0
F0
P0
-V0
B0
--F0
P0
-V0
B0
--F0
P0
-V0
B0
D0
H0
F0
N2
P0
C2
D2
H2
G2
N2
L2
C2
D2
H2
G2
N2
L2
B0
D0
H0
F0
N2
P0
C2
D2
H2
G2
N2
L2
C2
D2
H2
G2
N2
L2
K6
P6
K6
P6
K6
P6
K6
P6
K6
P6
K6
P6
G6
N6
R6
G6
N6
R6
G6
N6
R6
G6
N6
R6
G6
N6
R6
G6
N6
R6
A4
B4
D4
W4
E4
F4
G4
M4
P4
A4
B4
D4
W4
E4
F4
G4
M4
P4
----------
A4
B4
D4
W4
-F4
G4
M4
P4
A4
B4
D4
W4
-F4
G4
M4
--
----------
Solenoid coils for 50 and 60 Hz2)
24 V AC
42 V AC
48 V AC
110 V AC
220 V AC
230 V AC
Solenoid coils (for USA and Canada3))
50 Hz
60 Hz
110 V AC
220 V AC
120 V AC
240 V AC
Solenoid coils (for Japan)
50/60 Hz4)
60 Hz5)
100 V AC
200 V AC
400 V AC
110 V AC
220 V AC
440 V AC
DC operation1)
12 V DC
24 V DC
42 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
125 V DC
220 V DC
230 V DC
Examples
AC operation
DC operation
Rated control supply
voltage
3RT2023-1AP00
Contactor with screw terminals; with solenoid coil for 50 Hz for rated control supply voltage 230 V AC
3RT2023-1AG20
Contactor with screw terminals; with solenoid coil for 50/60 Hz for rated control supply voltage 110 V AC
3RT2025-2BB40
Contactor with spring-type terminals; for rated control supply voltage 24 V DC
3RT2025-2BG40
Contactor with spring-type terminals; for rated control supply voltage 125 V DC
Contactor type --
Us min ... Us max6)
Size S00
3RT2. 2.-.N
Rated control supply
voltage
S0
Us min ... Us max6)
B3
F3
P3
20 ... 33 V AC/DC
83 ... 155 V AC/DC
175 ... 280 V AC/DC
Contactor 3RT2. 3.-.N
type
Size S2
Sizes S00 to S2
AC/DC operation (50/60 Hz AC, DC)
21 ... 28 V AC/DC
95 ... 130 V AC/DC
200 ... 280 V AC/DC7)
1)
----
For deviating coil voltages and coil operating ranges of sizes S00 and S0,
the SITOP power 24 V DC power supply unit with wide range input
(93 to 264 V AC; 30 to 264 V DC) can be used for coil excitation
(see Chapter 15, "Products for Specific Requirements" ➞
"SITOP Power Supplies").
2) Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
3)
Coil operating range
Size S00:
at 50 Hz: 0.85.... 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
Size S0:
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
3/50
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
4)
B3
F3
P3
Coil operating range
Size S00:
at 50/60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
Size S0:
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
5) Coil operating range
at 60 Hz: 0.8 ...1.1 x Us
6)
Coil operating range for S0: 0.7 x Us min ... 1.3 x Us max
Coil operating range for S2: 0.8 x Us min ...1.1 x Us max
7)
The following applies to S0 and Us max = 280 V: Upper limit =1.1 x Us max
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
General data
Auxiliary switches
Operation
See also pages 3/15 and 3/58.
In the case of the versions for rated control supply voltages of
110 and 230 V, either AC voltage or DC voltage can be applied
on the line side, whereas the variant for 24 V is designed for DC
operation only.
Positively driven contacts (for contactor relays)
Definition according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix L:
Positively-driven contact elements are a combination
of "n" NO contact and "m" NC contact which are
designed in such a way that they cannot be closed
simultaneously.
Mirror contacts (for power contactors)
Definition according to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F:
A mirror contact is an NC contact that cannot be closed
simultaneously with an NO main contact.
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switches
The 3RA28 solid-state delayed auxiliary switches which can be
mounted onto the contactor are designed for applications in the
range from 24 to 240 V AC/DC (wide voltage range). Both the
electrical and mechanical connection are made by simple
snapping on and locking.
The time-delay auxiliary switch is supplied with power directly by
two plug-in contacts through the coil terminals of the contactor,
in parallel with A./A2.
A protection circuit (varistor) is integrated in each module.
A sealable cover is available to protect against careless
adjustment of the set times.
Note:
Mounting more auxiliary switches to the contactor is not permitted.
OFF-delay devices for contactors
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947, EN 60947
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rails. The OFF-delay devices have screw terminals.
A DC-operated contactor is connected to the output according
to the input voltage that is applied.
The mean value of the OFF-delay is approximately 1.5 times the
specified minimum time.
Additional load module
Size S00 for plugging onto the front of the contactors with and
without auxiliary switch block.
The module is used for increasing the permissible residual
current and for limiting the residual voltage. It ensures the safe
opening of contactors with direct control via 230 V AC semiconductor outputs of SIMATIC controllers. It acts simultaneously as
a surge suppressor.
Surge suppressors
• Without LED (also for spring-type terminals)
Sizes S00 to S2
• With LED (also for spring-type terminals)
Sizes S00 to S2
All 3RT2 contactors and 3RH2 contactor relays can be retrofitted
with RC elements or varistors for damping opening surges in the
coil. Diodes or diode assemblies (comprising noise suppression
diodes and Zener diodes for short break times) can be used.
The surge suppressors are plugged onto the front of size
S00 contactors. Space is provided for them next to a snap-on
auxiliary switch block.
Varistors, RC elements or diode assemblies can be plugged
onto the front of size S0 and S2 contactors.
Coupling contactors are supplied either without overvoltage
damping or with a suppressor diode, varistor or diode
connected as standard, according to the version.
Note:
The OFF-delay device prevents a contactor from dropping out
unintentionally when there is a short-time voltage dip or voltage
failure. It supplies a downstream, DC-operated contactor with
the necessary energy during a voltage dip, ensuring that the
contactor does not trip. The 3RA2916 OFF-delay devices are
specifically designed for operation with the 3RT contactors and
3RH contactor relays in the SIRIUS series.
The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the NC
contact are increased if the contactor coils are attenuated
against voltage peaks (noise suppression diode 6 to 10 times;
diode assembly 2 to 6 times, varistor +2 to 5 ms).
The OFF-delay device operates without external voltage on a
capacitive basis, and can be energized with either AC or DC
(24 V version only for DC operation). Voltage matching, which is
only necessary with AC operation, is performed using a rectifier
bridge.
The coupling links are suitable for use in any climate. They are
finger-safe according to EN 50274. The terminal designations
comply with EN 50005.
A contactor opens after a delay when the capacitors of the
solenoid coil, built into the OFF-delay device, are switched in
parallel. In the event of voltage failures, the capacitors are
discharged via the solenoid coil and thereby delay the opening
of the contactor.
If the command devices are upstream of the OFF-delay device
in the circuit, the OFF-delay takes effect with every opening
operation. If the opening operation is downstream of the
OFF-delay device, an OFF-delay only applies in the event of
failure of the mains voltage.
Coupling links for control by PLC
IEC 60947 and EN 60947
System-compatible operation with 24 V DC,
operating range 17 to 30 V.
Low power consumption of 0.5 W in conformity with the technical
specifications of the solid-state systems. An LED indicates the
switching state.
Surge suppression
The 3RH2924-1GP11 coupling link has an integrated surge
suppressor (varistor) for the contactor coil being switched.
Mounting
The 3RH2924-1GP11 coupling link is mounted on the contactor
coil size S0 using a coil connection module.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/51
3
■ Overview
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
General data
EMC suppression module, three-phase for size S00 contactors
Dispensing with fine graduations
There is no need for fine graduations within each performance
class, as smaller motors inherently have a higher inductance,
so that one solution for all fixed-speed operating mechanisms
up to 5.5 kW is adequate.
NSB0_00457c
3
Two electrical versions are available:
• The advantages of the RC circuit lie mainly in the reduction in
the rate of rise and in its RF damping ability. The selected
values ensure effective interference suppression over a wide
range.
V
EMC suppression modules
4000 V
V
930 V
400 V
t
500 ms
Voltage curve with RC circuit
• The varistor circuit can absorb a high energy level and can
also be used for frequencies ranging from 10 to 400 Hz
(closed-loop controlled operating mechanisms). There is no
limiting below the knee-point voltage, however.
NSB0_00458c
NSB0_00456c
A so-called counter-e.m.f. (electromotive force) is produced
when motors or various inductive loads are turned off.
Voltage peaks of up to 4 000 V may occur as a result, with a
frequency spectrum from 1 kHz to 10 MHz and a rate of voltage
variation from 0.1 to 20 V/ns.
V
400 V
500 ms
t
Voltage curve without suppression
950 V
Capacitive input to various analog and digital signals makes it
necessary to suppress interference in the load circuit.
400 V
500 ms
t
Reducing contact arcing
The connection between the main current path and the
EMC suppression module enables contact arcing, which is
responsible for contact erosion and the majority of clicking
noises, to be reduced; this in turn is conducive to an electromagnetically compatible design.
Higher operational reliability
Since the EMC suppression module achieves a significant
reduction in radio-frequency components and the voltage level
in three phases, the contact endurance is also improved
considerably. This makes an important contribution towards
enhancing the reliability and availability of the system as a
whole.
3/52
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
Voltage curve with varistor circuit
Sealable covers
When contactors and contactor relays are used in safety-related
applications, it must be ensured that it is impossible to operate
the contactors manually.
For SIRIUS contactors there are sealable covers available for
this purpose as accessories; these prevent accidental manual
operation. These are transparent molded-plastic caps with a
bracket that enables the contactor to be sealed.
Solder pin adapters
The solder pin adapters for the contactors size S00, up to 5.5 kW
or 12 A (AC-1/AC-3), are available in two versions:
• Solder pin adapter for contactors with one integrated auxiliary
contact
• Solder pin adapter for contactors with mounted 4-pole
auxiliary switch block
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
General data
■ Technical specifications
Time-delay auxiliary switches
Type
Function
Version
3RA2813
ON-delay
3RA2814
OFF-delay
with control signal
3RA2815
OFF-delay without
control signal
1)
Dimensions
3
General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
Operating range of excitation
V AC
300
kV AC
Rated power
• Power consumption at 230 V AC, 50 Hz
Rated operational currents Ie
• AC-15
• DC-13
W
VA
A
A
A
A
4
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us,
0.95 ... 1.05 times the rated frequency
1
2
1
3
1
0.2
0.1
A
4
h-1
h-1
ms
ms
mA
VA
2 500
2 500
150
----
At 24 ... 250 V, 50 Hz
- At 24 V
- At 125 V
- At 250 V
Short-circuit protection
• Fuse links, gG operational class:
DIAZED, type 5SB
Switching frequency for load
• With Ie at 230 V AC
• With 3RT2 contactor at 230 V AC
Recovery time
Minimum ON period
Residual current, max.
Voltage drop, max.
with conducting output
Setting accuracy, typ.
with reference to upper limit of scale
Repeat accuracy, max.
Electrical endurance at AC-15, 250 V, 3 A
Mechanical endurance
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
• During storage
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix C
Shock resistance
Half-sine acc. to IEC 60068-2-27
Vibration resistance
according to IEC 60068-2-6
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Overvoltage protection
Permissible mounting position
35
-200
±15 %
±1 %
Operating cycles 100 000
Operating cycles 10 x 106
°C
°C
g/ms
-25 ... +60
-40 ... +80
IP20
15/11
Hz/mm 10 ... 55/0.35
IEC 61000-6-2, IEC 61000-6-4, IEC 61812-1, IEC 60947-4-1
Varistor integrated
Any (see contactor)
Conductor cross-sections
Connection type
• Solid
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
• Terminal screws
• Tightening torque
Connection type
•
•
•
•
•
1)
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
Finely stranded
AWG cables, solid or stranded
Operating devices
Screw terminals
mm2
mm2
AWG
Nm
mm2
mm2
mm2
AWG
mm
1 x (0.5 ... 4), 2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
1 x (0.5 ... 2.5), 2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
2 x (20 ... 14)
M3 (for standard screw driver size 2 or Pozidriv 2)
0.8 ... 1.2
Spring-type terminals
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (24 ... 16)
3.0 x 0.5
Dimensions with mounted function module, see 3RT20 contactors,
pages 3/19 and 3/24.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/53
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
General data
Type
Version
3RT2916-2BE01
Function
3RT2916-2BK01
3RT2916-2BL01
OFF-delay devices
General data
• DC supply
S00/S0/S2
S00/S0/S2
S00/S0/S2
• AC supply
--
S00/S0
S00/S0
3RT201.-1BB4.,
3RT202.-1BB4.,
3RT203.-1NB3.,
3RH2.. .-1BB40
3RT201.-1BF4.,
3RT202.-1BF4.,
3RT203.-1NF3.,
3RH2. . . -1BF40
3RT201. -1BM4./1BP4. ,
3RT202. -1BM4./1BP4. ,
3RT203. -1NP3.,
3RH2. . . -1BM40/1BP40
Type
Permissible mounting position
360°
NSB0_01065a
360°
NSB0_01064a
3
Connectable contactor sizes
Caution! Only contactors and contactor relays with DC operation can be
connected.
Mechanical endurance
Operating cycles 30 million
Endurance, electrical approx.
Operating cycles >1 million
h-1
300
• During operation
- Side-by-side mounting without distance
- Side-by-side mounting with 5 mm distance
°C
°C
-25 ... +50
-25 ... +60
• During storage
°C
-40 ... +80
Switching frequency z max. (at Tu = 60 °C)
Permissible ambient temperature Tu
2)
Conductor cross-sections
Usp = Coil voltage
Tsp = Coil temperature
Control
Rated control supply voltage Us
Operating range
V
Rated frequency f
with AC supply
Hz
±5 %
24 (DC)
0.9 ... 1.1 Us
110 (AC/DC)
220/230 (AC/DC)
--
50/60
50/60
OFF-delay1)
(minimum times at Usp = 0.9 x Us, Tsp = 20 °C)
Notes:
In practice the mean value is 1.5 times the minimum time.
• S00
toff > ms
200
100
500
• S0
toff > ms
100
80
300
• S2 (only for DC supply)
toff > ms
100
250
800
Notes:
The total ON-delay = Contactor make-time + ton
ON-delay
(maximum at Usp = 0.9 x Us, Tsp = 20 °C)
• S00
ton < ms
10
60
200
• S0
ton < ms
10
80
250
• S2 (only for DC supply)
ton > ms
40
40
40
Installed capacity C
3RT1916-2B.01
Capacitor voltage
μF
V
2 000
35
68
180
68
350
Power loss Pv max. approx.
W
0.4
0.5
1
Surge suppression
1)
Doubling the delay time can be achieved by doubling the capacitance.
Commercially available capacitors can be used, which can be connected
to terminals C+ and Z–.
2)
See 3RT201 contactors, page 3/19.
3/54
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
With varistor, integrated
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
General data
Type
Function
Version
3RT2926-2P
Pneumatic delay block1)
General data
• DC-13 at Ue
V
Operating cycles 5 million
Operating cycles 1 million
Up to 230/220 V
400/380 V
500 V
690/660 V
At 24 V
48 V
110 V
220 V
440 V
Short-circuit test
with fuse links of operational class gG
with short-circuit current Ik = 1 kA according to IEC 60947-5-1
Time delay
• Accuracy
Conductor cross-sections
• Solid, stranded
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
• AWG cables
• Tightening torque of the terminal screws
s and u rated data
• Rated voltage
• Switching capacity
1)
°C
°C
-25 ... +60
-50 ... +80
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
10
6
4
2.5
1.5
4
2
0.7
0.3
0.15
10
±10 %
mm2
mm²
AWG
Nm
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)2) or 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)2)
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)2) or 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)2)
2 x (20 ... 16)2) or 2 x (18 ... 14)2)
0.8 ... 1.1
V AC
600
A 600, Q 600
For sizes S0 and S2.
In addition to the pneumatic delay block, no other auxiliary contacts are
permitted.
Version
690
3
Rated insulation voltage Ui
(pollution degree 3)
Mechanical endurance
Electrical endurance at Ie
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
• During storage
Rated operational currents Ie
According to IEC 60947 utilization categories
• AC-12
• AC-15/AC-14 at Ue
Type
Function
2)
If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping
point, both cross-sections must lie in one of the ranges specified.
3RT2926-3A
Mechanical latching block for 3RT2.2. contactors
General data
Standards
Rated insulation voltage Ui
(pollution degree 3)
Mechanical endurance
• With contactor 3RT2.2.
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
• During storage
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix C
Operating range of the solenoid coil
At AC 50/60 Hz and DC
Power consumption of the solenoid coils
of the unlocking magnet
(for cold coil and 1.0 x Us)
AC and DC operation
Command duration for de-energizing
• AC operation
• DC operation
Conductor cross-sections
• Solid
• AWG cables, solid
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
• AWG cables, finely stranded with end sleeve
Tightening torque of the terminal screws
V
IEC 61812-1
690
Operating cycles 3 million
°C
°C
-25 ... +60
-50 ... +80
IP20
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
W
Approx. 4
ms
ms
18 ... 31
18 ... 26
mm2
AWG
mm2
AWG
Nm
lb.in
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5); 1 x 4
2 x 14; 1 x 12
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5); 1 x 2.5
2 x 14; 1 x 12
0.8 ... 1.1
7 ... 9.5
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/55
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
General data
Type
Version
Connection modules for contactors with screw terminals
3RT1900-4RE01
3RT1916-4RD01
3RT1926-4RD01
S00, S0 connectors
S00 adapters
S0 adapters
20
25
3
General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui
(pollution degree 3)
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
(pollution degree 3)
kV
6
Rated operational voltage Ue
V
440
Rated frequency f
For AC operation
Hz
50/60
Rated operational current Ie
AC-3 at 400 V
A
25
Mechanical endurance
Operating cycles 10 million
Electrical endurance at Ie
Operating cycles 1 million
V
400
• During operation
°C
-25 ... +60
• During storage
°C
-50 ... +80
Protective separation according to IEC 60947-1
(pollution degree 3)
Permissible ambient temperature
IP20
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529
Conductor cross-sections
Connection type
Screw terminals
• Solid
mm2
1 x (0.5 ... 6)
• Finely stranded without/with end sleeve
mm2
1 x (0.5 ... 6)
• Stranded
mm2
1 x (0.5 ... 6)
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
1 x (20 ... 10)
• Tightening torque
Nm
0.6 ... 0.8
• Corresponding opening tool
Short-slot screwdriver PZ2
s and u rated data
Rated operational voltage Ue
V
480
Rated insulation voltage Ui
V
600
Uninterrupted current, at 40 °C
A
16/25
• At 600 V
kA
5
• CLASS RK5 fuse
A
• Circuit breakers
with overload protection acc. to UL 489
A
16
25
100
60
100
100
60
100
Short-circuit protection1)
Combination motor controllers type E according to UL 508
At 480 V Type
22
--
22
kA
65
--
65
At 600 V Type
1)
3/56
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3RV202
A
22
--
22
kA
10
--
10
For more information about short-circuit values, e.g. for protection against
short-circuit currents, see the UL reports on the individual devices,
www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals.
For the dimensioning of load feeders, see
Configuration Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations for UL",
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/53433538.
3RV202
A
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
General data
Version
Type
3RH2924-1GP11
3RH2914-.GP11
Coupling links
Coupling links for PLC
Coupling links for PLC
Mounting on contactors of size
S0
S00 to S2
General data
IEC 60947
Standards
V
300
Protective separation between coil and contacts
acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
V AC
Up to 300
3
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3)
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix C
• Connections
IP20
IP 20
• Enclosure
IP40
IP 20
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
°C
-25 ... +60
• During storage
°C
-40 ... +80
Rated control supply voltage Us
V DC
24
Operating range
V DC
17 ... 30
Power consumption at Us
W
0.5
Nominal current input
mA
20
Release voltage
V
≥4
Control side
Function display
Yellow LED
Protection circuit
Varistor
Load side
Mechanical endurance
Operating cycles 20 million
10 million
Electrical endurance at Ie
Operating cycles 0.1 million
0.1 million
Switching frequency
h-1
5 000 operating cycles
Make-time
ms
Approx. 7
Break-time
ms
Approx. 4
Bounce time
ms
Approx. 2
AgSnO2
Contact material
Switching voltage
V AC/DC 24 ... 250
Rated operational current Ie
• AC-15/AC-14 at 230 V
• DC-13 at 230 V
A
A
3
0.1
Permissible residual current of the electronics (with 0 signal)
mA
2.5
Conductor cross-sections
Connection type
Screw terminals
• Solid
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm²
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
M3
Terminal screws
Connection type
Spring-type terminals
• Solid
mm2
--
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
• Finely stranded with/without end sleeve
mm2
--
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
--
2 x (24 ... 16)
• Operating devices
mm
--
3.0 x 0.5
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/57
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
General data
■ Options
Terminal designations
Identification numbers
The terminal designations are 2-digit, e.g. 13, 14, 21, 22:
• Tens digit: Sequence digit
- Related terminals have the same sequence digit
• Units digit: Function digit
- 1-2 for normally closed contacts (NC)
- 3-4 for normally open contacts (NO)
The identification number indicates the number and type of the
auxiliary contacts, e.g. 40, 31, 22, 13:
• 1. digit: number of normally open contacts (NO)
• 2. digit: number of normally closed contacts (NC)
Examples:
• 31 = 3 NO + 1 NC
• 40 = 4 NO
Selection aid for mountable auxiliary switch blocks for power contactors and contactor relays
The possible combinations of basic unit and mounted auxiliary
switch block can be found in the tables on pages 3/59 to 3/63.
Example 1
3RT20 motor contactor,
S00 with 1 NO
3-pole contactors
Article No.
Auxiliary contacts
3RT201 3RT201 3RT20.
Version
S00
S00
S0/S2
NO NC
10
01
11
2. 3. 4. 5.
5. 6. 7. 8.
2.
14 22
1
11
.1
02
2.
12
Sequence
digit
Type
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
--
--
--
2
3
4
.2
.1 .1
12
.2
.2
.1
.1
.1
.2
.2
.2
.1
.1
.1
.1
.2
.2
.2
.2
13
14
03
04
--
1
--
.3
20
11
SIRIUS
13 A1
3.
4.
5.
2.
2
4
6
3.
4.
5.
14 A2
3.
Auxiliary switch with
4 NC, 3RH2911-.FA04
.1
.1
.1
.1
.2
.2
.2
.2
14
--
21
Function
digit
.1
.2
.1
.2
.1
.2
5.
21
6.
4.
5.
6.
14
22
2
4.
5
SIRIUS
A1
A2
4
5.
6
6.
Auxiliary switch with
3 NC, 3RH2911-.HA03
13
Auxiliary switch with 1 NO contact
[email protected]
5
5.
3. 4. 5. 6.
Auxiliary switches without NO contact
--
3
4.
4.
13
3.
According to EN 500121)
[email protected]
1
3.
13 21
22
14
3.
NSB0_02112
21
13
3
1
Where the columns and lines intersect (blue and green in the
example) you will find the identification number for the combination of basic unit (column) and auxiliary switch block (line).
Additional auxiliary switch blocks
Example 2
3RT20 motor contactor,
S0 with 1 NO + 1 NC
NSB0_02114
Type
.1
.2
.1
.1
.1
.2
.2
.2
.1
.2
Combina- 3RT20 motor contactor,
tion
S00
with aux. switch block
.1
.2
IC01_00131
The auxiliary switch blocks of the 3RH29 series for mounting on
the front and side can be used for power contactors as well as
for contactor relays.
NSB0_02116
.1
.2
3RT20 motor contactor,
S0
with aux. switch block
.4
SIRIUS
For screw terminals
2
For spring-type terminals
3.
Combinations according to EN 50012, EN 50011 and IEC 60947-5-1 are in
bold print. All combinations comply with EN 50005.
2.
3.
.1
.1
Example 1
4.
.1
5.
SIRIUS
13 A1
.2
.2
Example 2
3/58
.2
.2
.2
14 A2
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
Terminal
13
designation 14
Result
21
22
31
32
Ident. No. 14
5.
13
21
.1
6.
A1
.1
.1
Basic unit: 3-pole 3RT2017 motor contactor with 1 NO
Required: 1 NO + 4 NC (Ident. No. 14)
Result: 3RH2911-.FA04 auxiliary switch block
Basic unit: 3-pole 3RT2023 motor contactor with 1 NO + 1 NC
Required: 1 NO + 4 NC (Ident. No. 14)
Result: Auxiliary switch block 3RH2911-.HA03
.1
4.
41
42
51
52
.2
.2
14
22
21
22
31
32
A2
IC01_00132
1)
1
NSB0_02120
3
Auxiliary switch: Terminal designations and identification numbers for auxiliary contacts
13
14
Ident. No. 14
41
42
51
52
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
Auxiliary switch blocks
■ Selection and ordering data
Additional auxiliary switch blocks
3-pole contactors
Article No.
Auxiliary contacts
S00
Version
3RT201 3RT201 3RT20.
3RT231 3RT251 3RT23.
3RT25.
3RH21, 3RH24
NO NC
10
--
11
40E
21
13
11
5. 6. 7. 8.
Contactor relays
S0/S2
--
13 21
22
14
S00
11
13 21
14 22
3. 4. 5. 6.
According to EN 500121)
1. 2. 3. 4.
1. 2. 3. 4.
S00
13 21
14 22
14 22
3. 4. 5. 6.
3. 4. 5. 6.
According to EN 500121)
31E
13 23 33 43
13 21 33 43
14 24 34 44
5. 6. 7. 8
22E
13 21 31 43
14 22 32 44
14 22 34 44
5. 6. 7. 8
5. 6. 7. 8
According to EN 500111)
Front auxiliary switches
Without NO contact
[email protected] --
1
[email protected] --
2
[email protected] --
3
[email protected] --
4
.1
.2
.1 .1
.2
.2
.1
.1
.1
.2
.2
.2
.1
.1
.1
.1
.2
.2
.2
.2
11
02
12
01
01
12
12
41X
32X
23X
12
03
13
02
02
13
--
42E
33X
24
13
04
14
03
--
--
--
43
34
--
14
--
--
--
--
--
--
44E
--
--
20
11
21
10
10
21
21
50E
41E
32E
21
12
22
11
11
22
22
51X
42X
33X
22
13
23
12
12
23
--
52
43
34
23
14
24
13
--
--
--
53X
44X
--
30
21
31
20
20
31
31
60E
51X
42X
31
22
32
21
21
32
32
61
52
43
32
23
33
22
22
33
--
62X
53
44X
32
23
33
22
22
33
--
62X
53
44X
40
31
41
30
30
41
41
70
61
52
41
32
42
31
31
42
42
71X
62X
53X
50
41
51
40
40
51
51
80E
71X
62X
With 1 NO contact
[email protected] 1
--
.3
[email protected] 1
1
.1 .3
[email protected] 1
2
[email protected] 1
3
.4
.2
.4
.1
.1 .3
.2
.2
.4
.1
.1
.1 .3
.2
.2
.2
.4
With 2 NO contacts
[email protected] 2
--
[email protected] 2
1
[email protected] 2
2
[email protected] 2
2
.3
.3
.4
.4
.1 .3
.3
.2
.4
.4
.1
.1 .3
.2
.2
.3
.4
.4
.3
.1
.1 .3
.4
.2
.2 .4
.3
.3
.4
.4
With 3 NO contacts
[email protected] 3
--
[email protected] 3
1
.3
.4
.1 .3
.3
.3
.2 .4
.4
.4
With 4 NO contacts
[email protected] 4
1)
--
.3
.3
.3
.3
.4
.4
.4
.4
Combinations according to EN 50012, EN 50011 and IEC 60947-5-1 are in bold print. All combinations comply with EN 50005.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/59
3
01
2. 3. 4. 5.
4-pole contactors
S0/S2
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
Auxiliary switch blocks
Additional auxiliary switch blocks
3-pole contactors
Article No.
Auxiliary contacts
S00
Version
3RT201 3RT201 3RT20.
3RT231 3RT251 3RT23.
3RT25.
3RH21, 3RH24
NO NC
10
--
11
40E
01
13
3
14
2. 3. 4. 5.
4-pole contactors
S0/S2
21
22
5. 6. 7. 8.
11
S00
--
13 21
11
13 21
14 22
3. 4. 5. 6.
Contactor relays
S0/S2
1. 2. 3. 4.
1. 2. 3. 4.
S00
13 21
14 22
14 22
3. 4. 5. 6.
3. 4. 5. 6.
13 23 33 43
14 24 34 44
5. 6. 7. 8
31E
13 21 33 43
14 22 34 44
5. 6. 7. 8
22E
13 21 31 43
14 22 32 44
5. 6. 7. 8
According to EN 50005
According to EN 50005
According to EN 50005
21
12
22
11
11
22
22
51
42
33
32
23
33
22
22
33
--
62
53
44
32
23
33
22
22
33
--
62
53
44
20
11
21
10
10
21
21
50
41
32
20
11
21
10
10
21
21
50
41
32
11
02
12
01
01
12
12
41
32
23
11
02
12
01
01
12
12
41
32
23
21
12
22
11
11
22
22
51
42
33
21
12
22
11
11
22
22
51
42
33
30
21
31
20
20
31
31
60
51
42
30
21
31
20
20
31
31
60
51
42
Front auxiliary switches
With make-before-break1)
[email protected] 1
1
.7
.5
.8
.6
[email protected] 2
2
.3
.1
.5
.7
.4
.2
.6
.8
[email protected] 2
2
.7
.7
.5
.5
.8
.8
.6
.6
With complete inscription2)
3RH2911-1AA10 1
--
73
3RH2911-1BA10 1
--
73
3RH2911-1AA01 --
1
3RH2911-1BA01 --
1
71
3RH2911-1LA11 1
1
73 81
3RH2911-1MA11 1
1
73 81
3RH2911-1LA20 2
--
73 83
3RH2911-1MA20 2
--
73 83
74
74
71
72
72
74 82
74 82
74 84
74 84
1)
2)
Contacts with make-before-break do not have a mirror contact function.
Terminals from the top or bottom; see page 3/65.
3/60
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
Auxiliary switch blocks
Additional auxiliary switch blocks
3-pole contactors
Article No.
Auxiliary contacts
S00
Version
3RT201 3RT201 3RT20.
3RT231 3RT251 3RT23.
3RT25.
3RH21, 3RH24
NO NC
10
--
11
40E
21
13
11
5. 6. 7. 8.
Contactor relays
S0/S2
--
13 21
22
14
S00
11
13 21
14 22
3. 4. 5. 6.
1. 2. 3. 4.
1. 2. 3. 4.
S00
13 21
14 22
14 22
3. 4. 5. 6.
3. 4. 5. 6.
31E
13 23 33 43
13 21 33 43
14 24 34 44
5. 6. 7. 8
22E
13 21 31 43
14 22 32 44
14 22 34 44
5. 6. 7. 8
5. 6. 7. 8
According to EN 500111)
According to EN 50005
According to EN 50005
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
80E
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
71E
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
62E
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
53E
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
44E
--
--
50
41
51
40
40
51
51
80E
71X
62X
41
32
42
31
31
42
42
71E
62X
53
32
23
33
22
22
33
--
62E
53
44X
14
--
--
--
--
--
--
44E
--
--
12
03
13
02
02
13
--
42
33
24
21
12
22
11
11
22
22
51
42
33
30
21
31
20
20
31
31
60
51
42
Front auxiliary switches
With complete inscription
(for contactor relays)2)
[email protected] 4
--
53 63 73 83
[email protected] 3
1
53 61 73 83
[email protected] 2
2
53 61 71 83
[email protected] 1
3
53 61 71 81
[email protected] --
4
51 61 71 81
54 64 74 84
54 62 74 84
54 62 72 84
54 62 72 82
52 62 72 82
With complete inscription;
special version
[email protected] 4
-0MA0
--
53 63 73 83
[email protected] 3
-0MA0
1
53 61 73 83
[email protected] 2
-0MA0
2
53 61 71 83
[email protected] --0MA0
4
51 61 71 81
54 64 74 84
54 62 74 84
54 62 72 84
52 62 72 82
Solid-state compatible
[email protected] --
2
[email protected] 1
1
.4
.2
[email protected] 2
--
.3
.3
.4
.4
1)
2)
.1
.1
.2
.2
.3
.1
Combinations according to EN 50011 and IEC 60947-5-1 are in bold print.
All combinations comply with EN 50005.
Ordering data, see Accessories for 3RH2 Contactor Relays, Chapter 5.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/61
3
01
2. 3. 4. 5.
4-pole contactors
S0/S2
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
Auxiliary switch blocks
Additional auxiliary switch blocks
3-pole contactors
Article No.
Auxiliary contacts
S00
Version
3RT201 3RT201 3RT20.
3RT231 3RT251 3RT23.
3RT25.
3RH21, 3RH24
NO NC
10
--
11
40E
01
21
13
3
11
5. 6. 7. 8.
[email protected] --
2
[email protected] --
4
[email protected] 1
1
[email protected] 2
2
[email protected] 2
--
[email protected] 4
--
[email protected] 2
+
[email protected] 1
--
[email protected] 2
+
[email protected] --
--
[email protected] 1
+
[email protected] --
1
Contactor relays
S0/S2
--
11
13 21
14 22
3. 4. 5. 6.
According to EN 500121)
Lateral auxiliary switches
Left
For size S00
S00
13 21
22
14
2. 3. 4. 5.
4-pole contactors
S0/S2
1. 2. 3. 4.
1. 2. 3. 4.
S00
13 21
14 22
14 22
3. 4. 5. 6.
3. 4. 5. 6.
According to EN 500121)
31E
13 23 33 43
13 21 33 43
14 24 34 44
5. 6. 7. 8
22E
13 21 31 43
14 22 32 44
14 22 34 44
5. 6. 7. 8
5. 6. 7. 8
According to EN 500111)
Right
21 31
12
--
--
02
02
--
--
--
--
--
14
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
21
--
--
11
11
--
--
--
--
--
32
--
--
22
22
--
--
--
--
--
30
--
--
20
20
--
--
--
--
--
50
--
--
40
40
--
--
--
--
--
41
--
--
31
31
--
--
--
--
--
32
--
--
22
22
--
--
--
--
--
23
--
--
13
--
--
--
--
--
--
12
03
13
02
02
13
--
--
--
--
14
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
21
12
22
11
11
22
22
--
--
--
32
23
33
22
22
33
--
--
--
--
30
21
31
20
20
31
31
--
--
--
50
41
51
40
40
51
51
--
--
--
22 32
41 51
21 31
42 52
22 32
21 33
22 34
41 53
21 33
42 54
22 34
23 33
24 34
23 33
43 53
44 54
24 34
43 53
21 33
44 54
22 34
43 53
21 31
44 54
22 32
41 53
21 31
1
2
2
42 54
Left
For size S0/S2
[email protected] --
2
[email protected] --
4
[email protected] 1
1
[email protected] 2
2
[email protected] 2
--
[email protected] 4
--
22 32
Right
31 41
32 42
51 61
31 41
52 62
32 42
31 43
32 44
51 63
31 43
52 64
32 44
33 43
34 44
1)
53 63
33 43
54 64
34 44
Combinations according to EN 50012, EN 50011 and IEC 60947-5-1 are in
bold print. All combinations comply with EN 50005.
3/62
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
Auxiliary switch blocks
Additional auxiliary switch blocks
3-pole contactors
Article No.
Auxiliary contacts
S00
Version
3RT201 3RT201 3RT20.
3RT231 3RT251 3RT23.
3RT25.
3RH21, 3RH24
NO NC
10
--
11
40E
21
13
[email protected] 2
+
[email protected] 1
--
[email protected] 2
+
[email protected] --
--
[email protected] 1
+
[email protected] --
1
5. 6. 7. 8.
Contactor relays
S0/S2
--
13 21
22
14
Lateral auxiliary switches
Left
For size S0/S2
11
S00
11
13 21
14 22
3. 4. 5. 6.
1. 2. 3. 4.
1. 2. 3. 4.
S00
13 21
14 22
14 22
3. 4. 5. 6.
3. 4. 5. 6.
31E
13 23 33 43
13 21 33 43
14 24 34 44
5. 6. 7. 8
22E
13 21 31 43
14 22 32 44
14 22 34 44
5. 6. 7. 8
5. 6. 7. 8
According to EN 500121)
According to EN 500121)
According to EN 500111)
41
32
42
31
31
42
42
--
--
--
32
23
33
22
22
33
--
--
--
--
23
14
24
13
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
42Z
33X
24
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
51X
42X
33X
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
60Z
51X
42X
21
--
--
11
11
--
--
--
--
--
32
--
--
22
22
--
--
--
--
--
21
12
22
11
11
22
22
--
--
--
32
23
33
22
22
33
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
51X
42X
33X
Right
53 63
31 43
54 64
32 44
53 63
31 41
54 64
32 42
51 63
31 41
52 64
32 42
1
2
2
For contactor relays
[email protected] --
2
[email protected] 1
1
[email protected] 2
--
Left
51 61
52 62
51 63
52 64
53 63
54 64
Solid-state compatible
Left
For size S00
3RH2911-2DE11 1
1
3RH2911-2DE11 2
2
Right
23 31
24 32
41 53
42 54
Left
For size S0/S2, S00
3RH2921-2DE11 1
1
3RH2921-2DE11 2
2
23 31
24 32
Right
33 41
34 42
33 41
52 64
34 42
Left
For contactor relays
[email protected] 1
51 63
1
51 63
52 64
1)
Combinations according to EN 50012, EN 50011 and IEC 60947-5-1 are in
bold print. All combinations comply with EN 50005.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/63
3
01
2. 3. 4. 5.
4-pole contactors
S0/S2
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
Auxiliary switch blocks
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RH2911-1HA22
For contactors /
contactor relays1)
Auxiliary contacts
DT Screw terminals
DT Spring-type
terminals
Version
Article No.
Type
3RH2911-2HA22
NO
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
NC
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front
Sizes S00 to S22)
3RT2.1.,
3RT2.2.,
3RT2.3.
3RH21,
3RH24
--
1
--
2
--
3
1
--
.3
1
1
.1 .3
1
2
1
3
2
--
2
1
2
2
3
--
3
1
.1
}
3RH2911-1HA01
}
3RH2911-2HA01
}
3RH2911-1HA02
}
3RH2911-2HA02
B
3RH2911-1HA03
B
3RH2911-2HA03
B
3RH2911-1HA10
B
3RH2911-2HA10
}
3RH2911-1HA11
}
3RH2911-2HA11
}
3RH2911-1HA12
}
3RH2911-2HA12
}
3RH2911-1HA13
}
3RH2911-2HA13
}
3RH2911-1HA20
}
3RH2911-2HA20
B
3RH2911-1HA21
B
3RH2911-2HA21
}
3RH2911-1HA22
}
3RH2911-2HA22
B
3RH2911-1HA30
B
3RH2911-2HA30
}
3RH2911-1HA31
}
3RH2911-2HA31
.2
.1
.1
.2
.2
.1
.1
.1
.2
.2
.2
.4
.2
.4
.1
.1 .3
.2
.2
.4
.1
.1
.1 .3
.2
.2
.2
.3
.3
.4
.4
.4
.1 .3
.3
.2
.4
.4
.1
.1 .3
.3
.2
.2
.4
.3
.3
.4
.4
.4
.3
.4
.1 .3
.3
.3
.2 .4
.4
.4
1)
For detailed information on use, see page 3/59.
2) The 3RH29 auxiliary switches are also available with ring terminal lug
connection. The 8th digit of the article number must be changed from
a "1" to a "4", e.g. 3RH2911-1HA22 ➞ 3RH2911-4HA22.
3/64
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
Auxiliary switch blocks
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RH2911-1FC22
For contactors /
contactor relays1)
3RH2911-2FC22
3RH2911-1LA11
Connections
Auxiliary contacts
Position
Version
3RH2911-1MA11
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
Type
NO NC
3RH2911-1AA01
3RH2911-1BA01
DT Spring-type
terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
NO NC
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front
Sizes S00 to S2
3RT2.1.,
3RT2.2.,
3RT2.3.
3RH21,
3RH24
4
--
--
--
2
2
--
--
--
4
--
--
--
--
1
1
.7
.5
.8
.6
1
1
1
1
.3
.1
.5
.7
.4
.2
.6
.8
--
--
2
2
.7
.7
.5
.5
.8
.8
.6
.6
.3
.3
.3
.3
.4
.4
.4
.4
.3
.1
.1 .3
.4
.2
}
3RH2911-1FA40
}
3RH2911-2FA40
B
3RH2911-1FA22
B
3RH2911-2FA22
B
3RH2911-1FA04
B
3RH2911-2FA04
}
3RH2911-1FB11
}
3RH2911-2FB11
}
3RH2911-1FB22
}
3RH2911-2FB22
}
3RH2911-1FC22
}
3RH2911-2FC22
}
3RH2911-1AA10
--
}
3RH2911-1BA10
--
}
3RH2911-1AA01
--
}
3RH2911-1BA01
--
}
3RH2911-1LA11
--
}
3RH2911-1MA11
--
}
3RH2911-1LA20
--
}
3RH2911-1MA20
--
.2 .4
.1
.1
.1
.1
.2
.2
.2
.2
1- and 2-pole auxiliary switch blocks, cable entry from top or bottom
3RT2.1.,
3RT2.2.,
3RT2.3.
3RH21,
3RH24
Top
1
--
--
--
Bottom
1
--
--
--
73
74
Top
--
1
--
--
Bottom
--
1
--
--
71
72
Top
1
1
--
--
Bottom
1
1
--
--
73 81
74 82
Top
2
--
--
--
Bottom
2
--
--
--
73 83
74 84
1)
For detailed information on use, see pages 3/59 and 3/60.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/65
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
Auxiliary switch blocks
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RH2911-1DA02
For contactors /
contactor relays
3RH2911-2DA02
Auxiliary contacts
3RH2911-1XA22-0MA0
DT Spring-type terminals
Version
Article No.
Type
3RH2911-2XA22-0MA0
DT Screw terminals
NO
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
NC
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front
Sizes S00 to S2
3RT2.1.,
3RT2.2.,
3RT2.3.1)
4
--
53 63 73 83
3
1
53 61 73 83
2
2
53 61 71 83
--
4
51 61 71 81
B
3RH2911-1XA40-0MA0
B
3RH2911-2XA40-0MA0
B
3RH2911-1XA31-0MA0
B
3RH2911-2XA31-0MA0
B
3RH2911-1XA22-0MA0
B
3RH2911-2XA22-0MA0
B
3RH2911-1XA04-0MA0
B
3RH2911-2XA04-0MA0
A
3RH2911-1DA02
A
3RH2911-2DA02
A
3RH2911-1DA11
A
3RH2911-2DA11
A
3RH2911-1DA20
A
3RH2911-2DA20
A
3RH2921-1DA02
A
3RH2921-2DA02
A
3RH2921-1DA11
A
3RH2921-2DA11
A
3RH2921-1DA20
A
3RH2921-2DA20
54 64 74 84
3RH21,
3RH241)
54 62 74 84
54 62 72 84
52 62 72 82
Laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks,
mounting on the right and/or on the left
Left
Right
Size S00
3RT2.1.2)
--
2
1
1
2
--
41 51
21 31
42 52
22 32
41 53
21 33
42 54
22 34
43 53
23 33
44 54
Left
Sizes S0 and S2
3RT2.2.,
3RT2.3.2)3)
--
2
1
1
2
--
24 34
Right
51 61
31 41
52 62
32 42
51 63
31 43
52 64
32 44
53 63
33 43
54 64
34 44
1)
For detailed information on use, see page 3/61.
2)
For detailed information on use, see pages 3/62 and 3/63.
3)
With 3RT232., 3RT252., mountable only on the right.
3/66
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
Auxiliary switch blocks
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RH2911-2DE11
For contactors /
contactor relays1)
3RH2911-1NF. .
Contacts
DT Spring-type
terminals
Version
Article No.
Type
3RH2911-2NF. .
DT Screw terminals
NO
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
NC
Electronic compatible auxiliary switch blocks
• For operation in dusty atmospheres
• For electronic circuits with rated operational currents
Ie/AC-14 and DC-13 of 1 ... 300 mA at 3 ... 60 V
• Hard gold-plated contacts
• Mirror contacts acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F,
for auxiliary switches for mounting on the side
(The following applies for auxiliary switch blocks with contactors of size S0 and S2:
the NC contacts are mirror contacts)
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front2)
Sizes S00 to S2
3RT2.1.,
3RT2.2.,
3RT2.3.
--
23)
1
13)
.4
.2
2
--
.3
.3
.4
.4
3RH21
.1
.1
.2
.2
.3
.1
A
3RH2911-1NF02
A
3RH2911-2NF02
}
3RH2911-1NF11
}
3RH2911-2NF11
}
3RH2911-1NF20
}
3RH2911-2NF20
--
A
3RH2911-2DE11
--
A
3RH2921-2DE11
Laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks,
mounting on the right and/or on the left
Left
Size S00
3RT2.1.
1
1
41 53
42 54
Left
Sizes S0 and S2
3RT2.2.,
3RT2.3.
1
1
Right
23 31
24 32
Right
51 63
33 41
52 64
34 42
1)
For detailed information on use, see pages 3/61 and 3/63.
2) The 3RH2911-.NF.. auxiliary switches are also available with ring terminal
lug connection. In the 8th position of the article number, the "1" must be
replaced with "4", e.g.: 3RH2911-1NF11 ➞ 3RH2911-4NF11
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/67
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
Auxiliary switch blocks, delayed
■ Selection and ordering data
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RA2813-1FW10
For
Rated control supply
contactors voltage Us1)
Time setting
range t
Type
s
Output /
auxiliary contacts
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
V
3RA2813-2AW10
DT Spring-type
terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switches
for mounting on 3RT2 contactors
Sizes S00 to S2
The electrical connection between the solid-state time-delay auxiliary
switch and the contactor underneath is established automatically when it
is snapped on and locked.
ON-delay
Varistor integrated
3RT2.,
3RH212)
3RH24
24 ... 240 AC/DC
0.05 ...100,
(1, 10, 100
selectable)
1 CO
A
3RA2813-1AW10
A
3RA2813-2AW10
1 NO + 1 NC
A
3RA2813-1FW10
A
3RA2813-2FW10
1 CO
A
3RA2814-1AW10
A
3RA2814-2AW10
1 NO + 1 NC
A
3RA2814-1FW10
A
3RA2814-2FW10
1 CO
A
3RA2815-1AW10
A
3RA2815-2AW10
1 NO + 1 NC
A
3RA2815-1FW10
A
3RA2815-2FW10
OFF-delay with control signal
Varistor integrated
3RT2.,
3RH212)
3RH24
24 ... 240 AC/DC
0.05 ...100,
(1, 10, 100
selectable)
OFF-delay without control
Varistor integrated
3RT2.,
3RH212)
3RH24
24 ... 240 AC/DC
signal3)
0.05 ...100,
(1, 10, 100
selectable)
1)
For technical specifications, see page 3/53.
AC voltage values apply for 50 Hz and 60 Hz.
Cannot be fitted onto coupling relays.
3) Setting of output contacts in as-supplied state not defined (bistable relay).
Application of the control supply voltage once results in contact changeover to the correct setting.
2)
Operating travel diagrams
Function
Function charts
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open
With 1 CO contact
With 1 NO contact + 1 NC contact
3RA2813-.AW10
A1/A2
3RA2813-.FW10
OFF-delay
without control signal
(varistor integrated)
> 35
ms
t
3RA2815-.AW10
>
27/28
35/36
200 ms
NSB0_02104
35 ms
t
>
15/18
15/16
t
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
t
3RA2814-.FW10
A3/A2
B1/A2
3RA2815-.FW10
A1/A2
3/68
27/28
35/36
NSB0_02073
15/18
15/16
NSB0_02100
3RA2814-.AW10
A3/A2
B1/A2
NSB0_02101
OFF-delay
with control signal
(varistor integrated)
t
A1/A2
200 ms
A1/A2
27/28
35/36
t
NSB0_02102
15/18
15/16
NSB0_02103
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switches
ON-delay
(varistor integrated)
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
Auxiliary switch blocks, delayed
For contactors
Rated control supply
voltage Us
Time setting range t DT Screw terminals
Type
V
s
Article No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
Pneumatic time-delay auxiliary switches
for mounting on 3RT2 contactors
Size S0
3
Auxiliary contacts 1 NO and 1 NC1)
ON-delay
3RT202.,
3RT2926-2P. . .
--
0.1 ... 30
C
3RT2926-2PA01
1
1 unit
41B
0.1 ... 302)
C
3RT2926-2PA01-0MT0
1
1 unit
41B
1 ... 60
C
3RT2926-2PA11
1
1 unit
41B
1 ... 602)
C
3RT2926-2PA11-0MT0
1
1 unit
41B
OFF-delay
3RT202.
--
0.1 ... 30
C
3RT2926-2PR01
1
1 unit
41B
0.1 ... 302)
C
3RT2926-2PR01-0MT0
1
1 unit
41B
1 ... 60
C
3RT2926-2PR11
1
1 unit
41B
1 ... 602)
C
3RT2926-2PR11-0MT0
1
1 unit
41B
For technical specifications, see page 3/55.
1)
2)
In addition to these, no other auxiliary contacts are permitted.
Certificate for furnaces according to EN 50156-1 on request.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/69
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
Delay and latching blocks
■ Selection and ordering data
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RA2812-1DW10
For contactors Rated control supply voltage Us
1)
Time setting range t
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
Type
V AC/DC
s
3RA2811-2CW10
DT Spring-type
terminals
Price
Article No.
per PU
Price
per PU
Timing relays for mounting on 3RT2 contactors
Sizes S00 to S2
The electrical connection between the timing relay and the
contactor underneath is established automatically when it is
snapped on and locked.
ON-delay
Two-wire design, varistor integrated
24 ... 240
0.05 ...100
(1, 10, 100; selectable)
3RT20..,
3RT23..,
3RT25..,
3RH212),
3RH24
3RT203.
24 ... 90
90 ... 240
OFF-delay with control signal
Varistor integrated
24 ... 240
3RT20..,
3RT23..,
3RT25..,
3RH212),
3RH24
3RT203.
24 ... 90
90 ... 240
1)
AC voltage values apply for 50 Hz and 60 Hz.
2)
Cannot be fitted onto coupling relays.
A
3RA2811-1CW10
A
3RA2811-2CW10
0.05 ...100
(1, 10, 100; selectable)
A
A
3RA2831-1DG10
3RA2831-1DH10
A
A
3RA2831-2DG10
3RA2831-2DH10
0.05 ...100
(1, 10, 100; selectable)
A
3RA2812-1DW10
A
3RA2812-2DW10
0.05 ...100
(1, 10, 100; selectable)
A
A
3RA2832-1DG10
3RA2832-1DH10
A
A
3RA2832-2DG10
3RA2832-2DH10
For technical specifications, see page 3/195.
For contactors
Rated control
supply voltage
Us
Time setting
range t
Type
V
s
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
OFF-delay devices
Sizes S00 to S2
3RT2916-2B.01
For contactors with DC operation
Non-adjustable delay time
3RT201. -1BF4.,
110 AC/DC
3RT202. -1BF4.,
3RT203. -1NF3.,
110 DC
3RH2. . . -1BF40
3RT201. -1BM4./1BP4. , 220/230 AC/DC
3RT202. -1BM4./1BP4. ,
3RT203. -1NP3.,
220/230 DC
3RH2. . . -1BM40/1BP40
3RT201.-1BB4.,
24 DC
3RT202.-1BB4.,
3RT203.-1NB3.,
3RH2.. .-1BB40
S00: > 0,1
S0: > 0,08
S2: > 0,25
B
3RT2916-2BK01
1
1 unit
41B
S00: > 0,5
S0: > 0,3
S2: > 0,8
B
3RT2916-2BL01
1
1 unit
41B
S00: > 0,2
S0: > 0,1
S2: > 0,1
A
3RT2916-2BE01
1
1 unit
41B
B
B
B
3RT2926-3AB31
3RT2926-3AF31
3RT2926-3AP31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
Mechanical latching blocks
Size S0
For snapping onto the front of contactors
The contactor remains in the energized state
after a voltage failure
3RT202.
24 AC/DC
-110 AC/DC
-230 AC/DC
--
3RT2926-3A.31
For technical specifications, see page 3/54.
3/70
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
Surge suppressors
■ Selection and ordering data
For
Version
contactors
Rated control supply voltage Us1) DT Article No.2)
AC operation
DC operation
Type
V AC
V DC
Price
per PU
PU PKG*2)
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
3
Surge suppressors without LED (also for spring-type terminals)
Size S00
For plugging onto the front side of the contactors
(with and without auxiliary switch block)
3RT2.1,
3RH2.
Varistors
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
---
}
}
}
}
A
3RT2916-1BB00
3RT2916-1BC00
3RT2916-1BD00
3RT2916-1BE00
3RT2916-1BF00
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
41B
3RT2.1,
3RH2.
RC elements
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
---
}
}
}
A
A
3RT2916-1CB00
3RT2916-1CC00
3RT2916-1CD00
3RT2916-1CE00
3RT2916-1CF00
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
41B
3RT2.1,
3RH2.
Noise suppression
diodes
--
12 ... 250
}
3RT2916-1DG00
1
1 unit
41B
3RT2.1,
3RH2.
Diode assemblies
-(diode and Zener diode)
for DC operation
12 ... 250
}
3RT2916-1EH00
1
1 unit
41B
3RT2916-1B.00
Size S0
For plugging onto the front side of the contactors
(prior to mounting of the auxiliary switch block)
3RT2.2
Varistors
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
---
}
}
}
}
A
3RT2926-1BB00
3RT2926-1BC00
3RT2926-1BD00
3RT2926-1BE00
3RT2926-1BF00
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
41B
3RT2.2
RC elements
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
---
}
}
}
A
A
3RT2926-1CB00
3RT2926-1CC00
3RT2926-1CD00
3RT2926-1CE00
3RT2926-1CF00
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
41B
3RT2.2
Diode assembly
for DC operation
---
24
30 ... 250
}
}
3RT2926-1ER00
3RT2926-1ES00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
3RT2926-1E.00
Size S2
For plugging onto the front side of the contactors
(prior to mounting of the auxiliary switch block)
3RT2.3.
Varistors
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
---
}
}
}
B
B
3RT2936-1BB00
3RT2936-1BC00
3RT2936-1BD00
3RT2936-1BE00
3RT2936-1BF00
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
41B
3RT2.3.
RC elements
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
---
}
}
}
B
B
3RT2936-1CB00
3RT2936-1CC00
3RT2936-1CD00
3RT2936-1CE00
3RT2936-1CF00
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
41B
3RT2.3.
Diode assembly
for DC operation
---
24
30 ... 250
}
}
3RT2936-1ER00
3RT2936-1ES00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
3RT2936-1B.00
3RT2936-1E.00
1)
Can be used for AC operation for 50/60 Hz.
Please inquire about further voltages.
2)
For packs of 10 or 5 units, "-Z" and order code "X90" must be added to the
article number.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/71
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
Surge suppressors
For
Version
contactors
Type
Rated control supply
voltage Us1)
AC
operation
DC
operation
Power consumption P
of the LED
at Us
V AC
V DC
mW
DT Article No.2)
Price
per PU
PU PKG*2)
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Surge suppressors with LED (also for spring-type terminals)
Size S00
3
For plugging onto the front side of the contactors
(with and without auxiliary switch block)
3RT2.1.,
3RH2.
Varistors
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
--
12 ... 24
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
10 ... 120
20 ... 470
50 ... 700
160 ... 950
}
}
}
A
3RT2916-1JJ00
3RT2916-1JK00
3RT2916-1JL00
3RT2916-1JP00
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
3RT2.1.,
3RH2.
Noise suppression diodes
----
24 ... 70
50 ... 150
150 ... 250
20 ... 470
50 ... 700
160 ... 950
}
A
}
3RT2916-1LM00
3RT2916-1LN00
3RT2916-1LP00
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
3RT2916-1J.00
Size S0
For plugging onto the front side of the contactors
(prior to mounting of the auxiliary switch block)
3RT2.2.
Varistors
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
12 ... 24
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
10 ... 120
20 ... 470
50 ... 700
}
}
}
3RT2926-1JJ00
3RT2926-1JK00
3RT2926-1JL00
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
3RT2.2.
Diode assembly
--
24
20 ... 470
}
3RT2926-1MR00
1
1 unit
41B
B
B
}
3RT2936-1JJ00
3RT2936-1JK00
3RT2936-1JL00
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
3RT2926-1MR00
Size S2
For plugging onto the front side of the contactors
(prior to mounting of the auxiliary switch block)
3RT2.3.
Varistors
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
12 ... 24
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
10 ... 120
20 ... 470
50 ... 700
3RT2936-1J.00
1)
Can be used for AC operation for 50/60 Hz.
Please inquire about further voltages.
2)
For packs of 10 or 5 units, "-Z" and order code "X90" must be added to the
article number
3/72
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
Other function blocks
■ Selection and ordering data
For contactors Version
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Type
EMC suppression modules; 3-phase, up to 7.5 kW
Size S00 (for contactors with AC or DC operation)1)
3RT201
RC elements (3 x 220 Ω/0.22 μF)
Up to 400 V
Up to 575 V
Up to 690 V
3RT201
}
A
C
3RT2916-1PA1
3RT2916-1PA2
3RT2916-1PA3
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
A
A
C
3RT2916-1PB1
3RT2916-1PB2
3RT2916-1PB3
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
3RH2924-1GP11
1
1 unit
41B
3RH2914-1GP11
1
1 unit
41B
Varistors
Up to 400 V
Up to 575 V
Up to 690 V
3RT2916-1PA.
3
Screw terminals
Coupling links for control by PLC
Size S0
3RT2. 2
For mounting onto the coil terminals of the
}
contactors (only for contactors with screw
terminals)
With LED for indicating switching state.
With integrated varistor for damping opening surges.
24 V DC control,
17 ... 30 V DC operating range
3RH2924-1GP11
Sizes S00 to S2
3RT2.1,
3RT2.2,
3RT2.3
For mounting on the front side of contactors
with AC, DC or AC/DC operation
24 V DC control,
17 ... 30 V DC operating range
B
Spring-type
terminals
24 V DC control,
17 ... 30 V DC operating range
B
3RH2914-2GP11
1
1 unit
41B
For plugging onto the front side of the contactors }
with or without auxiliary switch blocks2)
For increasing the permissible residual current
and for limiting the residual voltage. It ensures
the safe opening of contactors with direct
control via 230 V AC semiconductor outputs of
SIMATIC controllers. It acts simultaneously as a
surge suppressor.
Rated voltage:
50/60 Hz, 180 to 255 V AC
3RT2916-1GA00
1
1 unit
41B
3RT2926-1QT00
1
5 units
41B
A
3RT2916-4MC00
1
5 units
41B
3RT2.2
A
3RT2926-4MC00
1
5 units
41B
3RT2. 3
A
3RT2936-4MC00
1
5 units
41B
3RH2914-1GP11
Additional load modules
Size S00
3RT2.1,
3RH2.
3RT2916-1GA00
LED module for indicating contactor operation
Sizes S00 to S2
3RT2..
3RT2926-1QT00
For snapping into the location hole of an
B
inscription label on the front of a contactor
either directly on the contactor or on the front
auxiliary switch.
The LED module is connected to coil terminals A1
and A2 of the contactor and indicates its energized
state.
Yellow LED.
Rated voltage:
24 ... 240 V AC/DC, with reverse polarity protection.
Control kit
Sizes S00 to S2
For manual operation of the contactor contacts
for start-up and service3)
3RT2.1,
3RH2.
3RT2916-4MC00
Technical specifications for coupling links, see page 3/57.
1)
See also description on page 3/52.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
2)
For packs of 10 units, the article number must be supplemented with "-Z"
and order code "X90".
3) See also Chapter 8, "ET 200S Motor Starters and Safety Motor Starters" ➞
"Accessories", Article No. 3RK1903-0CA00.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/73
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
Terminals, covers, adapters, connectors
■ Selection and ordering data
For contactors Version
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
1
5 units
41B
Type
Sealable covers
Sizes S00 to S2
3
3RT2.1,
3RT2.2,
3RT2.3,
3RH2.1)
Sealable covers
for preventing manual operation
A
3RT2916-4MA10
(Not suitable for coupling relays)
3RT2916-4MA10
Connection modules for contactors with screw terminals
Sizes S00 and S0
Screw terminals
Adapters for contactors
Ambient temperature Tu max = 60 °C
3RT1926-4RD01
3RT2 .1,
3RH2.
Size S00,
rated operational current Ie at
AC-3/400 V: 20 A
B
3RT1916-4RD01
1
1 unit
41B
3RT2. 2
Size S0,
rated operational current Ie at
AC-3/400 V: 25 A
B
3RT1926-4RD01
1
1 unit
41B
3RT2 .1,
3RT2.2,
3RH2.
Plugs for contactors
Size S00, S0
B
3RT1900-4RE01
1
1 unit
41B
3RT1900-4RE01
Terminal covers for contactors with box terminals
Size S2
Covers for box terminals
3RT203
For 3-pole contactors
B
3RT2936-4EA2
1
1 unit
41B
3RT233,
3RT253
For 4-pole contactors (see Chapter 4)
B
3RT2936-4EA4
1
1 unit
41B
Connection from top
A
3RT2926-4RA11
1
1 unit
41B
Connection from below
A
3RT2926-4RB11
1
1 unit
41B
Connection diagonally
A
3RT2926-4RC11
1
1 unit
41B
3RT2936-4EA2
Coil connection modules
Sizes S0 and S2
3RT2.2,
3RT2.3
3RT2926-4RA11
Spring-type
terminals
3RT2.2
Connection from top
A
3RT2926-4RA12
1
1 unit
41B
Connection from below
A
3RT2926-4RB12
1
1 unit
41B
3RT2926-4RA12
Covers for contactors with ring cable lug connections
Size S00
Ring terminal lug
connections
3RT2.1,
3RH2
Covers for ring terminal lug connections
B
3RT2916-4EA13
1 10 units
41B
B
3RT2926-4EB13
1
41B
Single covers
3RT2916-4EA13
Size S0
3RT2. 2
3RT2926-4EB13
Covers for ring terminal lug connections
1 unit
Set for one device,
comprising 4 single covers:
- 2 x 3RT2926-4EB13
- 2 x 3RV2928-4AA00
Technical specifications for connection modules, see page 3/56.
1)
Exception: contactors and contactor relays with auxiliary switch block
mounted onto the front.
3/74
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
Terminals, covers, adapters, connectors
For contactors Version
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
1 10 units
41B
3RT1916-4KA1
1
4 units
41B
B
3RT1916-4KA2
1
4 units
41B
3RT2 .1
A
3RA2916-1A
1
1 unit
41B
3RT2. 2
A
3RA2926-1A
1
1 unit
41B
3RT2.3
A
3RA2936-1A
1
1 unit
41B
Type
Screw adapters for fixing the contactors
Sizes S0 and S2
Screw adapters for easier screw fixing
2 units required per contactor
C
3RT1926-4P
3
3RT2.2,
3RT2.3
(1 pack contains 10 sets for 10 contactors)
NSB0_01470
3RT1926-4P
Solder pin adapters for contactors up to 5.5 kW / 12 A
Size S00, up to 5.5 kW
Screw terminals
3RT2.1,
3RH21
Assembly kit for soldering contactors onto a printed A
circuit board.
For 1 contactor, 1 set is required.
3RT1916-4KA1
Solder pin adapters for contactors up to 5.5 kW / 12 A
with mounted 4-pole auxiliary switch block
Size S00, up to 5.5 kW
3RT2.1,
3RH21
Assembly kit for soldering contactors with an
auxiliary switch block onto a printed circuit board.
For 1 contactor, 1 set is required.
3RT1916-4KA2
Safety main current connectors for 2 contactors
Sizes S00 to S2
For series connection of 2 contactors
3RA2926-1A
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/75
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT2 Contactors
Terminals, covers, adapters, connectors
For contactors Max. conductor cross-sections
Type
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
mm2
Links for paralleling
3
Sizes S00 to S2
Screw terminals
3-pole,
with connection terminal1)2)
3RT201
25, stranded
}
3RT1916-4BB31
1
1 unit
41B
3RT202
50, stranded
A
3RT2926-4BB31
1
1 unit
41B
3RT203
120, stranded
}
3RT1936-4BB31
1
1 unit
41B
C
3RT1916-4BB41
1
1 unit
41B
3RT1916-4BB31
3RT2926-4BB31
3RT2936-4BB31
4-pole,
with connection terminal1)2)
3RT231,
25, stranded
3RT251
3RT1916-4BB41
1)
2)
The links for paralleling can be reduced by one pole.
With sizes S00 to S2 the links for paralleling are insulated.
Version
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3RT2916-4JA02
1
20 units
41B
3RT1916-4JA02
1
20 units
41B
A
3RA2908-1A
1
1 unit
41B
D
D
3RT2900-1SB10
3RT2900-1SB20
100
100
816 units
340 units
41B
41B
D
3RT2900-1SB60
100
3060 units
41B
Insulation stop for securely holding back the conductor insulation
on conductors up to 1 mm2
Spring-type terminals
3RT1916-4JA02
Insulation stop strip can be inserted in cable entry of the
spring-type terminal
(2 strips per contactor required)
• For basic units S00 (3RT2.1. or 3RH2.),
B
removable individually
• For auxiliary and control current on basic units size S0 and S2 B
(3RT2.2., 3RT2.3.) and for mountable 3RH29 auxiliary
switches, removable in pairs
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
Screwdrivers
for all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals
Length: approx. 200 mm,
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,
titanium gray/black, partially insulated
3RA29 08-1A
IC01_00181
Blank labels
Unit labeling plates
for SIRIUS devices1)
• 10 mm × 7 mm, titanium gray
• 20 mm × 7 mm, titanium gray
Adhesive labels
for SIRIUS devices
• 19 mm × 6 mm, titanium gray
3RT2900-1SB20
1)
PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH
3/76
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
(see Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "External Partners").
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Spare Parts for 3RT2 Contactors
Solenoid coils, contacts and arc chutes
■ Selection and ordering data
3
For screw, spring-type and ring terminal lug connection
3RT2924-5A.01
For contactors
Size
Rated control supply voltage Us
Type
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
50 Hz
50/60 Hz
60 Hz
V
V
V
24
42
---
---
B
B
3RT2924-5AB01
3RT2924-5AD01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
48
110
---
---
B
B
3RT2924-5AH01
3RT2924-5AF01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
230
400
---
---
B
B
3RT2924-5AP01
3RT2924-5AV01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
---
24
42
---
B
B
3RT2924-5AC21
3RT2924-5AD21
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
---
48
110
---
B
B
3RT2924-5AH21
3RT2924-5AG21
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
---
220
230
---
B
B
3RT2924-5AN21
3RT2924-5AL21
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
Solenoid coils ⋅ AC operation
S0
S0
3RT2023-.A,
3RT2024-.A,
3RT2025-.A
3RT2026-.A,
3RT2027-.A,
3RT2028-.A
3RT2325-.A,
3RT2326-.A,
3RT2327-.A
3RT2526-.A
--
--
24
B
3RT2924-5AC11
1
1 unit
41B
110
220
---
120
240
B
B
3RT2924-5AK61
3RT2924-5AP61
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
---
100
200
110
220
B
B
3RT2924-5AG61
3RT2924-5AN61
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
--
400
440
B
3RT2924-5AR61
1
1 unit
41B
24
42
---
---
B
B
3RT2926-5AB01
3RT2926-5AD01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
48
110
---
---
B
B
3RT2926-5AH01
3RT2926-5AF01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
230
400
---
---
B
B
3RT2926-5AP01
3RT2926-5AV01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
---
24
42
---
B
B
3RT2926-5AC21
3RT2926-5AD21
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
---
48
110
---
B
B
3RT2926-5AH21
3RT2926-5AG21
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
---
220
230
---
B
B
3RT2926-5AN21
3RT2926-5AL21
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
--
--
24
B
3RT2926-5AC11
1
1 unit
41B
110
220
---
120
240
B
B
3RT2926-5AK61
3RT2926-5AP61
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
---
100
200
110
220
B
B
3RT2926-5AG61
3RT2926-5AN61
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
--
400
440
B
3RT2926-5AR61
1
1 unit
41B
Note:
Contactors with AC and AC/DC coils have different depths.
It is only possible to replace the coils on AC contactors with
AC coils, and on AC/DC contactors with AC/DC coils. It is not
possible to replace the coils on DC contactors.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/77
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Spare Parts for 3RT2 Contactors
Solenoid coils, contacts and arc chutes
3
For screw, spring-type and ring terminal lug connection
3RT2934-5N.31
For contactors
Size
3RT2934-5A.01
Rated control supply voltage Us
Type
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
50 Hz
50/60 Hz
60 Hz
V
V
V
DC
24
42
---
---
---
B
B
3RT2934-5AB01
3RT2934-5AD01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
48
110
---
---
---
B
B
3RT2934-5AH01
3RT2934-5AF01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
230
400
---
---
---
B
B
3RT2934-5AP01
3RT2934-5AV01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
---
24
42
---
---
B
B
3RT2934-5AC21
3RT2934-5AD21
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
---
48
110
---
---
B
B
3RT2934-5AH21
3RT2934-5AG21
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
---
220
230
---
---
B
B
3RT2934-5AN21
3RT2934-5AL21
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
110
220
---
120
240
---
B
B
3RT2934-5AK61
3RT2934-5AP61
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
---
---
480
600
---
B
B
3RT2934-5AV61
3RT2934-5AT61
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
---
100
200
110
220
---
B
B
3RT2934-5AG61
3RT2934-5AN61
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
--
400
440
--
B
3RT2934-5AR61
1
1 unit
41B
Solenoid coils ⋅ AC operation
3RT203.-.A
S2
3RT233.-.A
3RT253.-.A
Solenoid coils ⋅ AC/DC operation, with varistor
3RT203.-.N
S2
3RT233.-.N
3RT253.-.N
---
20 ... 33
30 ... 42
---
20 ... 33
30 ... 42
B
B
3RT2934-5NB31
3RT2934-5ND31
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
---
48 ... 80
83 ... 155
---
48 ... 80
83 ... 155
B
B
3RT2934-5NE31
3RT2934-5NF31
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
--
175 ... 280
--
175 ... 280
B
3RT2934-5NP31
1
1 unit
41B
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Note:
It is only possible to replace the coils on AC contactors with
AC coils, and on AC/DC contactors with AC/DC coils.
For contactors
Size
Version
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
Type
Contacts with fixing parts
For contactors with 3 main contacts
S2
3RT2035
3RT2036
Main contacts (3 NO contacts)
for utilization category AC-3
B
B
3RT2935-6A
3RT2936-6A
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
3RT2037
3RT2038
(1 set = 3 movable and 6 fixed switching elements
with fixing parts)
B
B
3RT2937-6A
3RT2938-6A
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
B
3RT2936-6E
1
1 unit
41B
B
3RT2937-6E
1
1 unit
41B
For contactors with 4 main contacts
S2
3RT2336
3RT2337
Main contacts (4 NO contacts)
for utilization category AC-1
(1 set = 3 movable and 6 fixed switching elements
and spare pole with fixing parts)
Arc chutes
For contactors with 3 main contacts
Arc chutes, 3-pole
S2
3/78
3RT203.
Only for contactors with AC coil
B
3RT2936-7A
1
1 unit
41B
3RT203.
Only for contactors with AC/DC coil
B
3RT2936-7B
1
1 unit
41B
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
Standards
Note:
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1,
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1,
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 (auxiliary switches)
Auxiliary contact complement according to SUVA: Contactors
with permanently mounted auxiliary switch block 2 NO + 2 NC
are available for safety applications according to SUVA.
The 3RT1 contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are
finger-safe according to EN 50274.
Surge suppression
Connection methods
The 3RT1 contactors are available with screw terminals
(box terminals) or spring-type terminals.
The size S3 contactors have removable box terminals for the
main conductor connections. This permits connection of ring
terminal lugs or busbars.
Contact reliability
If voltages ≤ 110 V and currents ≤ 100 mA are to be switched,
the auxiliary contacts of the 3RT1 contactor or 3RH11 contactor
relay should be used as they guarantee a high level of contact
reliability.
These auxiliary contacts are particularly suitable for solid-state
circuits with currents ≥ 1 mA at a voltage ≥ 17 V.
Short-circuit protection of the contactors
For size S3 contactors, varistors and RC elements can be
snapped on either on the top or directly below the coil terminals.
Diode assemblies are available in 2 different versions on
account of their polarity. Depending on the application they can
be connected either only at the bottom (assembly with motor
starter protector/circuit breaker) or only at the top (assembly with
overload relay).
The plug-in direction of the diodes and diode assemblies is
specified by coding.
Exception: 3RT1936-1T.00,
in this case the plug-in direction is marked with "+" and "-".
Sizes S6 to S12, > 45 to 250 kW
• 3RT10, contactors for switching motors,
• 3RT12, vacuum contactors for switching motors,
• 3RT14, contactors for AC-1 applications (see Chapter 4
"Contactors for Special Applications").
Short-circuit protection of contactors without overload relay, see
"Technical specifications", pages 3/85 and 3/90. For short-circuit
protection of contactors with overload relay, see Configuration
Manual "SIRIUS Configuration"
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/40625241.
Operating mechanism types
To assemble fuseless motor feeders, you must select combinations of motor starter protector/circuit breaker and contactor as
explained in "SIRIUS 3RA1 Load Feeders" (see Chapter 8
"Load Feeders and Motor Starters").
Control supply voltage
Motor protection
3RU11 thermal overload relays or 3RB20/3RB21 electronic overload relays can be fitted to the 3RT1 contactors for protection
against overload. The overload relays must be ordered
separately, see Chapter 7, "Protection Equipment" --> "Overload
Relays".
Ratings of three-phase motors
The quoted rating (in kW) refers to the output power on the motor
shaft (according to the nameplate).
Two types of solenoid operation are available:
• Conventional operating mechanisms
• Solid-state operating mechanism (with two performance levels)
The contactors can be operated with an AC operating
mechanism (50 to 60 Hz) as well as with DC.
Withdrawable coils
For simple coil replacement, e.g. if the application is replaced,
the solenoid coil can be pulled out upwards after the release
mechanism has been actuated and can be replaced by any
other coil of the same size.
Auxiliary contact complement
Contactor sizes S6 to S12 are supplied with mounted auxiliary
switch blocks.
3RT1 contactors can be retrofitted with RC elements, varistors,
diodes or diode assemblies (assembly of diode and Zener diode
for short break times) for damping opening surges in the coil.
For detailed information about the fitting of auxiliary switches,
see Accessories, page 3/108.
• 3RT10 and 3RT14 contactors:
Auxiliary contacts mounted laterally and on front
• 3RT12 vacuum contactors:
Auxiliary contacts mounted laterally
Note:
Contactors with conventional operating mechanism
The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the
NC contact are increased if the contactor coils are attenuated
against voltage peaks (noise suppression diode 6 to 10 times;
diode assembly 2 to 6 times, varistor +2 to 5 ms).
3RT1...-.A version
Surge suppression
The solenoid coil is switched directly on and off with the control
supply voltage Us by way of terminals A1/A2.
Sizes S00 to S2, up to 22 kW
Multi-voltage range for the control supply voltage Us:
For 3RT1 devices in these sizes, see Catalog IC 10 AO.
Only one coil covers several close-lying control supply voltages
which are used worldwide, e.g. 110–115–120–127 V AC/DC or
220–230–240 V AC/DC. Allowance is made in addition for an
operating range of 0.8 times the lower (Us min) and 1.1 times the
upper (Us max) rated control supply voltage within which the
contactor switches reliably and no thermal overload occurs.
Size S3, up to 45 kW
Auxiliary contact complement
The basic units of size S3 are delivered only with the main
contacts and can be extended with auxiliary switch blocks.
For size S3, complete units with mounted auxiliary switch block
2 NO + 2 NC are available (terminal designation according to
EN 50012); the auxiliary switch block can be removed. For more
information, see Accessories, page 3/108.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/79
3
■ Overview
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
The contactors with solid-state operating mechanism conform to
the requirements for operation in industrial plants:
• Interference immunity
- Burst (IEC 61000-4-4): 4 kV
- Surge (IEC 61000-4-5): 4 kV
- Electrostatic discharge, ESD (IEC 61000-4-2): 8/15 kV
- Electromagnetic field (IEC 61000-4-3): 10 V/m
• Emitted interference
- Limit value class A according to EN 55011
LED
displays
new
60 %
40 %
20 %
green
RLT
RLT
RLT
RLT
green
60 %
60 %
60 %
60 %
orange
40 %
40 %
40 %
40 %
red
20 %
20 %
20 %
20 %
Reset
Reset
Reset
Reset
NSB0_01150a
Advantages:
• Additional visual display of various levels of erosion by means
of LEDs on the laterally mounted solid-state module when
remaining lifetime is 60 % (green), 40 % (orange) and
20 % (red).
• Early warning to replace contacts
• Optimum utilization of contact material
• Visual inspection of the condition of contacts no longer
necessary
• Reduction of ongoing operating costs
• Optimum planning of maintenance measures
• Avoidance of unforeseen plant downtimes
3RT1.. .-.N version: for 24 V DC PLC output
2 control options
7 Control without a coupling link directly through a
24 V DC/≥ 30 mA PLC output (IEC 61131-2). Connection by
means of 2-pole plug-in connection. The screwless springtype connection is part of the scope of supply. The control
supply voltage which supplies the solenoid operating
mechanism must be connected to A1/A2.
L1/L+
N/L-
1
3
PLC output
24 V DC/30 mA
1
Note:
2 Plug-in connection, 2-pole
3 Shutdown in an emergency
(EMERGENCY-STOP) – optional
A1 A2
2
24 V DC
PLC
OFF ON
In connection with converters, the control cables must be routed
separately from the load cables to the converter.
Slide switch, must be in
position PLC "ON"
NSB0_01143e
The solenoid coil is supplied selectively with the power required for
reliable switching and holding by upstream control electronics.
• Wide voltage range for the control supply voltage Us:
Compared with the conventional operating mechanism,
the solid-state operating mechanism covers an even
broader range of control supply voltages used
worldwide within one coil version. For example, the coil for
200 to 277 V AC/DC (Us min to Us max) covers the voltages
200-208-220-230-240-254-277 V used worldwide.
• Extended operating range 0.7 to 1.25 x Us:
The wide range for the rated control supply voltage and the
additionally allowed coil operating range of 0.8 x Us min to
1.1 x Us max results in an extended coil operating range of at
least 0.7 to 1.25 x Us, within which the contactors will operate
reliably, for the most common control supply voltages of
24, 110 and 230 V.
• Bridging temporary voltage dips:
Control voltage failures dipping to 0 V (at A1/A2) are bridged
for up to approx. 25 ms to avoid unintentional tripping.
• Defined ON and OFF thresholds:
For voltages above 0.8 x Us min the electronics will reliably
switch the contactor ON, and for voltages below the value
0.5 x Us min it is reliably switched OFF. The hysteresis in the
switching thresholds prevents the main contacts from
chattering as well as increased wear or welding when
operated in weak, unstable networks. This also prevents
thermal overloading of the contactor coil if the voltage applied
is too low (contactor does not close properly and is continuously operated with overexcitation).
• Low control power consumption when closing and in the
closed state.
Indication of remaining lifetime (RLT)
Note:
Main contactor contacts are working parts which therefore must
be replaced in good time when the end of their service life has
been reached. The degree of contact erosion and thus the electrical endurance (= number of operating cycles) depends on the
loading, utilization category, operating mode, etc. Up to now,
routine checks or visual inspections by the maintenance
personnel were needed in order to gain an insight into the state
of the main contacts.
Before start up, the slide switch for PLC operation must be
moved to the "PLC ON" position (setting ex works: "PLC OFF").
The remaining lifetime indication function now takes over this
task. It does not count the number of operating cycles –
which does not provide information about contact erosion –
but instead electronically identifies, evaluates and stores the
actual progress of erosion of each one of the three main contacts, and outputs a warning when specified limits are reached.
The stored data are not lost even if the control supply voltage for
A1/A2 fails. After replacement of the main contacts, measurement of the remaining lifetime must be reset using the "RESET"
button (hold down RESET button for about 2 s using a pen or
similar tool).
7 Conventional control by applying the control supply voltage at
A1/A2 through a switching contact.
L1/L+
N/L2
1
Slide switch, must be in
position PLC "OFF"
2
Shutdown in an emergency
(EMERGENCY-STOP) – optional
A1 A2
24 V DC
1
PLC
OFF ON
NSB0_01144e
3
Contactors with solid-state operating mechanism
Note:
The slide switch must be in the "PLC OFF" position
(= setting ex works).
3/80
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
2 control options:
3RT1.. .-.P version: for 24 V DC PLC output or
PLC relay output, with remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
-.PP3.
200-277 V
A1
50-60 Hz
DC
L1/L+
N/L-
A2
3
Contactor ON
ON
RLT
60 %
40 %
20 %
Reset
H1
H2
A1 A2
Displays for RLT:
LED green
LED green
LED orange
LED red
RLT Reset
H1
H2
R1
R2
IN
IN
1
Solid-state module of
3RT1...-.P contactor
2
Plug-in connection, 7-pole
3
7 Contactor control without a coupling link directly through a
24 V DC/≥ 30 mA PLC output (IEC 61131-2) by way of
terminals IN+/IN-.
S1 Changeover switch from automatic control using PLC semiconductor output to local control
S2
S1
Signal for remaining
S2 Local control possibility
lifetime 20 %
PLC output
3 Shutdown in an emergency
24 V DC/30 mA
(EMERGENCY-STOP) – optional
S1
300 V
AC/DC
R1
R2
IN
RLT
NSB0_01146f
Plug-in
connection
7-pole
3RT105/3RT145
NSB0_01145b
24 V
DC
IN
To supply the solenoid and the remaining lifetime indicator
with power, the control supply voltage Us must be connected
to terminals A1/A2 of the laterally mounted electronic module.
The control inputs of the contactor are connected to a
7-pole plug-in connection; the screwless spring-type
connection is part of the scope of supply.
• The "Remaining Lifetime RLT" status signal is available
at terminals R1/R2 through a floating relay contact
(hard gold-plated, enclosed) and can be input to SIMOCODE,
PLC or other devices for processing, for example.
Permissible current-carrying capacity of the R1/R2 relay
output:
- Ie/AC-15/24 to 230 V: 3 A
- Ie/DC-13/24 V: 1 A
• LED displays
The following states are indicated by means of LEDs on the
laterally mounted solid-state module:
- Contactor ON (energized state): green LED ("ON")
- Indication of remaining lifetime
2
1
Possibility of switching from automatic control to local control by
way of terminals H1/H2, i.e. automatic control through PLC or
SIMOCODE/PROFIBUS DP can be deactivated e.g. at start up
or in the event of a fault and the contactor can be controlled
manually.
7 Contactor control through relay outputs at connections H1/H2,
e.g. by
- PLC or
- SIMOCODE
L1/L+
N/LPROFIBUS DP
e. g.
SIMOCODE
PLC
other
3
S1
A1 A2
H1
H2
1
Solid-state module of
3RT1...-.P contactor
2
Plug-in connection, 7-pole
S1 Changeover switch from
automatic control e.g. using
SIMOCODE or PLC relay output
Signal for remaining
to local control
lifetime 20 %
S2 Local control possibility
S2
R1
R2
IN
IN
3
NSB0_01147e
1
Shutdown in an emergency
(EMERGENCY-STOP) – optional
2
Contact loading: Us/approx. 5 mA
When operated through SIMOCODE, a communication link to
PROFIBUS DP is also provided.
Article No. scheme
Digit of the article No.
1st - 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
@@@
SIRIUS power contactors
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
3RT
1st generation
1
@
Device type (e.g. 0 = 3-pole motor contactor,
3 = 4-pole AC-1 contactor)
@
Size of the contactor (4 = S3, 5 = S6, etc.)
@
Power dependent on size (e.g. 45 = 37 kW)
@
Connection type (1 = screw, 3 = spring)
@
Operating range / solenoid coil circuit (e.g. A = AC standard / without)
Rated control supply voltage (e.g. P0 = 230 V, 50 Hz)
@
Auxiliary switches (e.g. 0 = without auxiliary switches)
Special version
Example
13th 14th 15th 16th
–
3RT
1
0
4
5
–
1
A
P
0
0
The article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog and in the Industry Mall.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/81
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
■ Technical specifications
Type
3RT1
Size
S3 to S12
Rated data of the auxiliary contacts
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3)
V
690
• For laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks
V
500
Conventional thermal current Ith =
Rated operational current Ie/AC-12
A
10
Up to 230 V
A
6
380 V
400 V
500 V
660 V2)
690 V2)
A
A
A
A
A
3
3
2
1
1
24 V
60 V
110 V
125 V
A
A
A
A
10
6
3
2
220 V
440 V
600 V2)
A
A
A
1
0.3
0.15
24 V
60 V
110 V
125 V
A
A
A
A
101)
2
1
0.9
220 V
440 V
600 V2)
A
A
A
0.3
0.14
0.1
AC load
Rated operational current Ie/AC-15/AC-14
• For rated operational voltage Ue
DC load
Rated operational current Ie/DC-12
• For rated operational voltage Ue
Rated operational current Ie/DC-13
• For rated operational voltage Ue
Contact reliability at 17 V, 1 mA
according to IEC 60947-5-4/EN 60947-5-4
Frequency of contact faults < 10-8 i.e. < 1 fault
per 100 million operating cycles
Endurance of the auxiliary contacts
It is assumed that the operating mechanisms are switched randomly,
i.e. not synchronized with the phase angle of the supply system.
The contact endurance is mainly dependent on the breaking current.
The characteristic curves apply to:
• Integrated auxiliary contacts on 3RT10
• 3RH1911, 3RH1921 auxiliary switch blocks1)
30
NSB0_00472
Basic unit
Million operating cycles (106)
3
Acc. to IEC 60947-5-1/EN 60947-5-1
The data apply to integrated auxiliary contacts and contacts in the
auxiliary switch blocks for contactor sizes S00 to S12
10
5
4
3
2
1
Basic unit
with aux.
block
snapped on
DC-13
110 V
DC-13
220 V
AC-15/AC-14
0,5
DC-13
24 V
0,1
0,05
1)
0,01
0,01
0,03 0,05 0,1
0,3 0,5
1
I e -DC-13 I e -DC-13
220 V
110 V
I a = Breaking current
I e = Rated operational current
1) DC-13: for mountable auxiliary switch
blocks size S00: 6 A
1)
2)
For mountable auxiliary switch blocks size S00 and laterally mountable
auxiliary switch blocks size S0 to S12: DC-13 max. 6 A.
For laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks, only the rated operational
voltages up to 500 V apply.
3/82
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
2
3
5 6 7 10
a
(A)
I e -AC-15 I e -DC-13
< 230 V 24 V
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
Type
3RT1
Size
S3
Endurance of the main contacts
Size S3
10
8
6
4
2
6
10
8
6
4
2
5
10
8
6
4
2
400 V
690 V
7
8
6
4
2
6
10
8
6
4
2
5
10
8
6
4
2
4
10
Contactor type 3RT1044
(30 kW)
10
6
8
6
4
4
2
2
6
10
8 106
6
8
4
6
4
2
2
5
10
5
8 10
6
8
4 6
4
2
2
4
10
4
8 10
10
3RT1045
(37 kW)
NSB0_00476b
20
30 40 50 60 80 100
65 80 95
30 37 45
A
X = -------------------------------------------------------C §A
1 + ---------- ---- – 1·
¹
100 © B
3RT1046
(45 kW)
3
7
500 V
Operating cycles at
230 V
The characteristic curves show the contact endurance
of the contactors when switching resistive and inductive
AC loads (AC-1/AC-3) depending on the breaking
current and rated operational voltage. It is assumed that
the operating mechanisms are switched randomly,
i.e. not synchronized with the phase angle of the supply
system.
The rated operational current Ie complies with utilization
category AC-4 (breaking six times the rated operational
current) and is intended for a contact endurance of
approx. 200 000 operating cycles.
If a shorter contact endurance is sufficient, the rated
operational current Ie/AC-4 can be increased.
If the contacts are used for mixed operation, i.e. normal
switching (breaking the rated operational current
according to utilization category AC-3) in combination
with intermittent inching (breaking several times the
rated operational current according to utilization category AC-4), the contact endurance can be calculated
approximately from the following equation:
(A) 200 300 400
a
e
600
(A)
Prated (kW)
Diagram legend:
Prated = Rated power for squirrel-cage motors at 400 V
= Breaking current
a
= Rated operational current
e
Characters in the equation:
X Contact endurance for mixed operation
in operating cycles
A Contact endurance for normal operation
( Ia = Ie) in operating cycles
B Contact endurance for inching
( Ia = multiple of Ie) in operating cycles
C Inching operations as
a percentage of total switching operations
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/83
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
Type
3RT1
Size
S6 to S12
Endurance of the main contacts
Sizes S6 to S12
2
8
6
4
2
6
400 V
10
8
6
4
690 V
7
500 V
3
230 V
Operating cycles at
6
4
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
6
Contactor type
7
3RT1054 3RT1055 3RT1056 3RT1064 3RT1065 3RT1066 3RT1075 3RT1076
(55 kW) (75 kW) (90 kW) (110 kW) (132 kW) (160 kW) (200 kW) (250 kW)
NSB0_01141a
2
6
10
10
10 8
8
8 6
6
6 4
4
4
2
2
2
5
2
5 10
5
8 10
5 10
10 8
6
8
8 6
4
6
6 4
4
4
2
2
2
4
2
4 10
4
10
8 10
10
6
20
30 40 50 60 80 100
200 300 400 600 800 1 000 a(A) 2 000 3 000
55
75
90 132 200
110 160 250
Diagram legend:
Prated = Rated power for squirrel-cage motors at 400 V
= Breaking current
a
= Rated operational current
e
3RT12 vacuum contactors · Sizes S10 and S12
400 V
690 V
500 V
230 V
Operating cycles at
7
Contactor 3RT1264 3RT1265 3RT1266 3RT1275 3RT1276
type
(110 kW) (132 kW) (160 kW) (200 kW) (250 kW)
10
107 8
6
8
8 6
4
6
6 4
4
4
2
2
2
6
2
6 10
8 106
6 10
10 8
6
8
8 6
4
6
6 4
4
4
2
2
2
5
2
5 10
10
8 105
5
10 8
6
8
8 6
4
6
6 4
4
4
2
2
2
4
2
4 10
4
10
8 10
40 50 60 80 100
NSB0_01142
200
300 400 600 800 1 000 (A) 2 000 3 000
110 160 250
132 200
Diagram legend:
Prated = Rated power for squirrel-cage motors at 400 V
= Breaking current
a
= Rated operational current
e
3/84
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
Prated (kW)
Prated (kW)
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
W
D
Type
Size
Dimensions (W x H x D), AC operation
• With mounted auxiliary switch block
Dimensions (W x H x D), DC operation
• With mounted auxiliary switch block
H
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
mm
mm
mm
mm
3RT1044
S3
70 x 146 x 134
70 x 146 x 183
70 x 146 x 147
70 x 146 x 196
3RT1045
3RT1046
22,5° 22,5°
3
360°
The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical
mounting surface.
NSB0_00478c
General data
Permissible mounting position
For DC operation and up to 22.5° inclination in front,
the coil operating range is reduced to 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
Upright mounting position
NSB0_00477a
Special version required.
Mechanical endurance
• Basic units
Operating cycles
• Basic units with snap-on auxiliary switch
Operating cycles
block
• Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch
Operating cycles
blocks
Electrical endurance
Rated insulation voltage Ui
V
(pollution degree 3)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts V
acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
Mirror contacts
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact
that cannot be closed simultaneously with
an NO main contact.
• With removable auxiliary switch block
• With non-removable auxiliary switch block
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
• During storage
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix C
• Connection range
Touch protection acc. to EN 50274
Shock resistance (AC and DC operation)
• Rectangular pulse
• Sine pulse
Conductor cross-sections
10 million
10 million
5 million
1)
1000
6
690
Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
Acc. to Swiss regulations (SUVA) on request
°C
°C
-25 ... +60
-55 ... +80
IP20
IP00/open (where applicable, use additional terminal covers)
Finger-safe only for vertical contact from the front
g/ms
g/ms
6.8/5 and 4/10
10.6/5 and 6.2/10
2)
Short-circuit protection for contactors without overload relays
Main circuit
Fuse links, operational class gG:
LV HRC, type 3NA; DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
according to IEC 60947-4-1/EN 60947-4-1
• Type of coordination "1"
• Type of coordination "2"
• Weld-free3)
Auxiliary circuit
Short-circuit test
• with fuse links of operational class gG:
DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
with short-circuit current Ik = 1 kA acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
• with miniature circuit breakers with C characteristic
with short-circuit current Ik = 400 A
Short-circuit protection for contactors with overload relays
Short-circuit protection for fuseless load feeders
A
A
A
250
125
63
A
10
A
10
250
160
100
See Configuration Manual "Configuring SIRIUS"4)
See Chapter 8 "Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet" ➞
"SIRIUS 3RA1 Load Feeders"
1)
For contact endurance of the main contacts, see page 3/83.
For conductor cross-sections, see page 3/89.
3) Test conditions according to IEC 60947-4-1.
4)
See http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/40625241
2)
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/85
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
Type
3RT1044
3RT1045
3RT1046
Size
S3
S3
S3
Control
Solenoid coil operating range
AC/DC1)
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils
(for cold coil and 1.0 x Us)
• AC operation, 50 Hz, standard version
218
0.61
21
0.26
270
0.68
22
0.27
247/211
0.62/0.57
25/18
0.27/0.3
298/274
0.7/0.62
27/20
0.29/0.31
218
0.61
21
0.26
270
0.68
22
0.27
232
0.55
20
0.28
300
0.52
21
0.29
W
15
15
• AC operation
mA
< 25 mA x (230 V/Us)
• DC operation
mA
< 43 mA x (24 V/Us)
ms
ms
16 ... 57
10 ... 19
17 ... 90
10 ... 25
ms
ms
90 ... 230
14 ... 20
90 ... 230
14 ... 20
ms
10 ... 15
10 ... 15
ms
ms
18 ... 34
11 ... 18
18 ... 30
11 ... 23
ms
ms
100 ... 120
16 ... 20
100 ... 120
16 ... 20
3
-
Closing
P.f.
Closed
P.f.
VA
VA
• AC operation, 50/60 Hz, standard version
-
Closing
P.f.
Closed
P.f.
VA
VA
• AC operation, 50 Hz, for USA/Canada
-
Closing
P.f.
Closed
P.f.
VA
VA
• AC operation, 60 Hz, for USA/Canada
-
Closing
P.f.
Closed
P.f.
VA
VA
• DC operation
- Closing = Closed
Permissible residual current of the electronics (with 0 signal)
Operating times for 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us2)
(Total break time = Opening delay + Arcing time)
• AC operation
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
• DC operation
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
• Arcing time
Operating times for 1.0 x Us2)
• AC operation
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
• DC operation
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
1)
For DC operation and up to 22.5° inclination in front, the coil operating
range is reduced to 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us (see also permissible mounting
position, page 3/85).
2)
The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the NC contact are
increased if the contactor coils are attenuated against voltage peaks
(varistor +2 ms to 5 ms, diode assembly: 2 to 6 times).
3/86
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
Type
3RT1044
3RT1045
3RT1046
Size
S3
S3
S3
Main circuit
Load rating with AC
Utilization category AC-1
Switching resistive loads
- At 40 °C up to 690 V
- At 40 °C up to 1 000 V
A
A
100
50
120
60
120
70
- At 60 °C up to 690 V
- At 60 °C up to 1 000 V
A
A
90
40
100
50
100
60
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
34
59
74
102
66
38
66
82
114
82
38
66
82
114
98
mm2
mm2
35
35
50
35
50
35
A
A
A
65
47
25
80
58
30
95
58
30
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
18.5
30
37
45
30
22
37
45
55
37
22
45
55
55
37
Thermal load capacity, 10 s current2)
A
600
760
760
Power loss per conducting path at Ie/AC-3
W
4.6
7.7
10.8
A
55
66
80
kW
30
37
45
A
A
28
20
34
22
42
27
kW
kW
kW
8.7
15.1
18.6
10.4
17.9
21.1
12
22
25.4
3
• Rated operational currents Ie
• Rated power for AC loads1)
with p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C)
-
At 230 V
At 400 V
At 500 V
At 690 V
At 1 000 V
• Minimum conductor cross-section for loads with Ie
- At 40 °C
- At 60 °C
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
• Rated operational currents Ie
- Up to 500 V
- At 690 V
- At 1 000 V
• Rated power for slipring or squirrel-cage motors
at 50 and 60 Hz
-
At 230 V
At 400 V
At 500 V
At 690 V
At 1 000 V
Utilization category AC-4 (for Ia = 6 x Ie)
Maximum values:
• Rated operational current Ie
- Up to 400 V
• Rated power for squirrel-cage motors
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
- At 400 V
The following applies to a contact endurance
of about 200 000 operating cycles:
• Rated operational currents Ie
- Up to 400 V
- Up to 690 V
• Rated power for squirrel-cage motors
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
- At 230 V
- At 400 V
- At 690 V
1)
Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, etc.
(increased power consumption on heating up has been taken into
account).
2)
According to IEC 60947-4-1.
Rated values for various start-up conditions, see Chapter 7,
"Protection Equipment" ➞ "Overload Relays".
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/87
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
Type
3RT1044
3RT1045
3RT1046
Size
S3
S3
S3
90
23
4.5
100
60
9
100
60
9
1
0.4
0.26
2
0.6
0.4
2
0.6
0.4
Up to 24 V A
60 V A
110 V A
90
90
90
100
100
100
100
100
100
220 V A
440 V A
600 V A
5
1
0.8
10
1.8
1
10
1.8
1
Up to 24 V A
60 V A
110 V A
90
90
90
100
100
100
100
100
100
220 V A
440 V A
600 V A
70
2.9
1.4
80
1.8
1
80
4.5
2.6
40
6
2.5
40
6.5
2.5
40
6.5
2.5
1
0.15
0.06
1
0.15
0.06
1
0.15
0.06
90
90
90
100
100
100
100
100
100
7
0.42
0.16
7
0.42
0.16
7
0.42
0.16
90
90
90
100
100
100
100
100
100
35
0.8
0.35
35
0.8
0.35
35
0.8
0.35
900
400
1000
300
900
350
850
250
Main circuit
Load rating with DC
Utilization category DC-1,
switching resistive loads (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)
3
- 1 conducting path
Up to 24 V A
60 V A
110 V A
220 V A
440 V A
600 V A
- 2 conducting paths in series
- 3 conducting paths in series
Utilization category DC-3/DC-5,
shunt-wound and series-wound motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)
- 1 conducting path
Up to 24 V A
60 V A
110 V A
220 V A
440 V A
600 V A
- 2 conducting paths in series
Up to 24 V A
60 V A
110 V A
220 V A
440 V A
600 V A
- 3 conducting paths in series
Up to 24 V A
60 V A
110 V A
220 V A
440 V A
600 V A
Switching frequency
Switching frequency z in operating cycles/hour
Contactors without overload relays
• No-load switching frequency AC
h-1
5 000
• No-load switching frequency DC
h-1
1 000
h-1
h-1
h-1
h-1
1 000
400
1 000
300
h-1
15
• Switching frequency z during rated operation1)
-
Ie/AC-1
Ie/AC-2
Ie/AC-3
Ie/AC-4
At 400 V
At 400 V
At 400 V
At 400 V
Contactors with overload relays
• Mean value
1)
Dependence of the switching frequency z' on
the operational current I' and operational voltage U':
z’ = z x (Ie/I’) x (400 V/U’)1.5 x 1/h
3/88
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
Type
3RT104.
Size
S3
Conductor cross-sections
Main conductors
(1 or 2 conductors can be connected)
Screw terminals
• Terminal screws
- Tightening torque
Nm
lb.in
4 ... 6
36 ... 53
mm²
mm²
mm²
mm²
2.5 ... 35
10 ... 50
10 ... 70
2.5 ... 16
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
10 ... 2/0
• Ribbon cable conductors
(Number x Width x Thickness)
mm
6 x 9 x 0.8
mm²
mm²
mm²
mm²
2.5 ... 50
10 ... 50
10 ... 70
2.5 ... 16
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
10 ... 2/0
• Ribbon cable conductors
(Number x Width x Thickness)
mm
6 x 9 x 0.8
mm²
mm²
mm²
mm²
2 x (2.5 ... 35)
2 x (10 ... 35)
2 x (10 ... 50)
2 x (2.5 ... 16)
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
2 x (10 ... 1/0)
• Ribbon cable conductors
(Number x Width x Thickness)
mm
2 x (6 x 9 x 0.8)
mm
10
• Finely stranded with cable lug
• Stranded with cable lug
mm²
mm²
10 ... 503)
10 ... 703)
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
7 ... 1/0
3
Box terminals
NSB0_00479
Front clamping point connected
•
•
•
•
Finely stranded with end sleeve
Finely stranded without end sleeve
Stranded
Solid
NSB0_00480
Rear clamping point connected
•
•
•
•
Finely stranded with end sleeve
Finely stranded without end sleeve
Stranded
Solid
NSB0_00481
Both clamping points connected
•
•
•
•
Finely stranded with end sleeve
Finely stranded without end sleeve
Stranded
Solid
Busbar connection (bored copper bars)1)
Connecting bar (max. width)
Cable lug connection (without box terminals)2)
• Terminal screws
M6
Auxiliary conductors
• Solid
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm²
mm²
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)4); 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)4); max. 2 x (0.75 ... 4)
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)4); 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)4)
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
2 x (20 ... 16)4); 2 x (18 ... 14)4); 1 x 12
Nm
lb.in
M3
0.8 ... 1.2
7 ... 10.3
• Terminal screws
- Tightening torque
Auxiliary conductors5)
Spring-type terminals
6)
• Operating devices
•
•
•
•
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
Finely stranded without end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
3.0 x 0.5; 3.5 x 0.5
mm²
mm²
mm²
AWG
2 x (0.25 ... 2.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 2.5)
2 x (24 ... 14)
If bars larger than 12 mm x 10 mm are connected, a 3RT1946-4EA1
terminal cover is needed to comply with the phase clearance.
When connecting conductors which are larger than 25 mm2,
the 3RT1946-4EA1 terminal cover must be used to keep the phase
clearance.
Only with crimped cable lugs according to DIN 46234, max. 20 mm wide.
If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping
point, both cross-sections must lie in one of the ranges specified.
Max. external diameter of the cable insulation: 3.6 mm.
An "insulation stop" must be used for conductor cross-sections ≤ 1 mm²;
see "Accessories" on page 3/122.
Tool for opening the spring-type terminals;
see "Accessories", page 3/122.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/89
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
Type
3RT1054
:
• With mounted auxiliary switch block
'
+
Size
Dimensions (W x H x D)
3RT1055,
3RT1056
3RT1064,
3RT1065,
3RT1066
3RT1075
3RT1076
S6
S10
S12
mm
120 x 172 x 170
145 x 210 x 202
160 x 214 x 225
mm
120 x 172 x 217
145 x 210 x 251
160 x 214 x 271
22,5° 22,5°
90°
The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical
mounting surface.
Mechanical endurance
Opera- 10 million
ting
cycles
1)
Electrical endurance
V
1 000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
8
Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts
acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
V
690
Rated insulation voltage Ui
(pollution degree 3)
90°
NSB0_00649a
3
General data
Permissible mounting position
Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
Mirror contacts
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be
closed simultaneously with an NO main contact.
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
°C
-25 ... +60
• During operation, with AS-Interface interface
°C
-25 ... +55
• During storage
°C
-55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix C
IP00/open (where applicable, use additional terminal covers)
Touch protection acc. to EN 50274
Finger-safe only for vertical contact from the front
Shock resistance
• Rectangular pulse
g/ms
8.5/5 and 4.2/10
• Sine pulse
g/ms
13.4/5 and 6.5/10
Conductor cross-sections
2)
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
3)
Short-circuit protection
Main circuit
Fuse links, operational class gG:
LV HRC, type 3NA; DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
according to IEC 60947-4-1/EN 60947-4-1
• Type of coordination "1"
A
355
355
500
630
630
• Type of coordination "2"
A
315
315
400
500
500
• Weld-free4)
A
80
160
250
250
315
• with fuse links of operational class gG:
DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
with short-circuit current Ik = 1 kA acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
A
10
• with miniature circuit breakers with C characteristic
with short-circuit current Ik = 400 A
A
10
Auxiliary circuit
Short-circuit test
Short-circuit protection for contactors with overload relays
1)
For contact endurance of the main contacts, see page 3/84.
For conductor cross-sections, see page 3/94.
3) For electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), see page 3/80.
4)
Test conditions according to IEC 60947-4-1.
5)
See http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/40625241
2)
3/90
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
See Configuration Manual "Configuring SIRIUS"5)
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
Type
Size
3RT105.
S6
3RT106.
S10
3RT107.
S12
Control
Operating range of the solenoid AC/DC (UC)
0.8 x Us min ... 1.1 x Us max
Power consumption of the solenoid operation
(when coil is cold and rated range Us min ... Us max)
Conventional operating mechanisms
-
Closing at Us min
Closing at Us max
Closed at Us min
Closed at Us max
VA/p.f.
VA/p.f.
VA/p.f.
VA/p.f.
250/0.9
300/0.9
4.8/0.8
5.8/0.8
490/0.9
590/0.9
5.6/0.9
6.7/0.9
700/0.9
830/0.9
7.6/0.9
9.2/0.9
W
W
W
W
300
360
4.3
5.2
540
650
6.1
7.4
770
920
8.5
10
VA/p.f.
VA/p.f.
VA/p.f.
VA/p.f.
190/0.8
280/0.8
3.5/0.5
4.4/0.4
400/0.8
530/0.8
4/0.5
5/0.4
560/0.8
750/0.8
5.4/0.8
7/0.8
W
W
W
W
250
320
2.3
2.8
440
580
3.2
3.8
600
800
4
5
3
• AC operation
• DC operation
-
Closing at Us min
Closing at Us max
Closed at Us min
Closed at Us max
Solid-state operating mechanisms
• AC operation
-
Closing at Us min
Closing at Us max
Closed at Us min
Closed at Us max
• DC operation
-
Closing at Us min
Closing at Us max
Closed at Us min
Closed at Us max
PLC control input acc. to IEC 61131-2
Type 2
• Rated voltage
V DC
24
• Operating range
V DC
17 ... 30
• Power consumption
mA
≤ 30
ms
ms
20 ... 95
40 ... 60
30 ... 95
40 ... 80
45 ... 100
60 ... 100
ms
ms
25 ... 50
40 ... 60
35 ... 50
50 ... 80
50 ... 70
70 ... 100
ms
ms
95 ... 135
80 ... 90
105 ... 145
80 ... 100
120 ... 150
80 ... 100
ms
ms
100 ... 120
80 ... 90
110 ... 130
80 ... 100
125 ... 150
80 ... 100
ms
ms
35 ... 75
80 ... 90
45 ... 80
80 ... 100
60 ... 90
80 ... 100
ms
ms
40 ... 60
80 ... 90
50 ... 65
80 ... 100
65 ... 80
80 ... 100
ms
10 ... 15
10 ... 15
10 ... 15
Operating times
(Total break time = Opening delay + Arcing time)
Conventional operating mechanisms
• For 0.8 x Us min ... 1.1 x Us max
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
• For Us min ... Us max
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
Solid-state operating mechanism, actuated via A1/A2
• For 0.8 x Us min ... 1.1 x Us max
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
• For Us min ... Us max
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
Solid-state operating mechanism, actuated via PLC input
• For 0.8 x Us min ... 1.1 x Us max
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
• For Us min ... Us max
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
• Arcing time
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/91
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
Type
Size
3RT1054
S6
3RT1055
S6
3RT1056
S6
3RT1064
S10
3RT1065
S10
A
A
A
160
140
80
185
160
90
215
185
100
275
250
100
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
53
92
115
159
131
60
105
131
181
148
70
121
152
210
165
mm2
mm2
70
50
95
70
A
A
A
115
115
53
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
Thermal load capacity, 10 s current2)
Power loss per main conducting path
at Ie/AC-3/500 V
3RT1066
S10
3RT1075
S12
3RT1076
S12
330
300
150
430
400
200
610
550
200
94
164
205
283
164
113
197
246
340
246
151
263
329
454
329
208
362
452
624
329
95
95
150
120
185
185
2 x 150
240
2 x 185
2 x 185
150
150
65
185
170
65
225
225
68
265
265
95
300
280
95
400
400
180
500
450
180
37
64
81
113
75
50
84
105
146
90
61
104
132
167
90
73
128
160
223
90
85
151
189
265
132
97
171
215
280
132
132
231
291
400
250
164
291
363
453
250
A
1 100
1 300
1 480
1 800
2 400
2 400
3 200
4 000
W
7
9
13
17
18
22
35
55
A
97
132
160
195
230
280
350
430
kW
55
75
90
110
132
160
200
250
A
A
54
48
68
57
81
65
96
85
117
105
125
115
150
135
175
150
kW
kW
kW
kW
16
29
37
48
20
38
47
55
25
45
57
65
30
54
67
82
37
66
82
102
40
71
87
112
48
85
105
133
56
98
123
148
Main circuit
Load rating with AC
Utilization category AC-1
Switching resistive loads
• Rated operational currents Ie
3
- At 40 °C up to 690 V
- At 60 °C up to 690 V
- At 60 °C up to 1 000 V
• Rated power for AC loads1)
with p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C)
-
At 230 V
At 400 V
At 500 V
At 690 V
At 1 000 V
• Minimum conductor cross-section for loads with Ie
- At 40 °C
- At 60 °C
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
• Rated operational currents Ie
- Up to 500 V
- At 690 V
- At 1 000 V
• Rated power for slipring or squirrel-cage motors
at 50 and 60 Hz
-
At 230 V
At 400 V
At 500 V
At 690 V
At 1 000 V
Utilization category AC-4 (for Ia = 6 x Ie)
Maximum values:
• Rated operational current Ie
- Up to 400 V
• Rated power for squirrel-cage motors
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
- At 400 V
The following applies to a contact endurance
of about 200 000 operating cycles:
• Rated operational currents Ie
- Up to 500 V
- Up to 690 V
• Rated power for squirrel-cage motors
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
-
At 230 V
At 400 V
At 500 V
At 690 V
1)
Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, etc.
(increased power consumption on heating up has been taken into
account).
2)
According to IEC 60947-4-1.
Rated values for various start-up conditions, see Chapter 7,
"Protection Equipment" ➞ "Overload Relays".
3/92
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
Type
Size
3RT1054
S6
3RT1055
S6
3RT1056
S6
3RT1064
S10
3RT1065
S10
3RT1066
S10
3RT1075
S12
3RT1076
S12
Main circuit
Load rating with DC
Utilization category DC-1,
switching resistive loads (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
- 1 conducting path
- 2 conducting paths in series
- 3 conducting paths in series
Up to 24 V A
60 V A
110 V A
160
160
18
200
200
18
300
300
33
400
330
33
220 V A
440 V A
600 V A
3.4
0.8
0.5
3.4
0.8
0.5
3.8
0.9
0.6
3.8
0.9
0.6
Up to 24 V A
60 V A
110 V A
160
160
160
200
200
200
300
300
300
400
400
400
220 V A
440 V A
600 V A
20
3.2
1.6
20
3.2
1.6
300
4
2
400
4
2
Up to 24 V A
60 V A
110 V A
160
160
160
200
200
200
300
300
300
400
400
400
220 V A
440 V A
600 V A
160
11.5
4
200
11.5
4
300
11
5.2
400
11
5.2
Up to 24 V A
60 V A
110 V A
160
7.5
2.5
200
7.5
2.5
300
11
3
400
11
3
220 V A
440 V A
600 V A
0.6
0.17
0.12
0.6
0.17
0.12
0.6
0.18
0.125
0.6
0.18
0.125
Up to 24 V A
60 V A
110 V A
160
160
160
200
200
200
300
300
300
400
400
400
220 V A
440 V A
600 V A
2.5
0.65
0.37
2.5
0.65
0.37
2.5
0.65
0.37
2.5
0.65
0.37
Up to 24 V A
60 V A
110 V A
160
160
160
200
200
200
300
300
300
400
400
400
220 V A
440 V A
600 V A
160
1.4
0.75
200
1.4
0.75
300
1.4
0.75
400
1.4
0.75
750
250
500
130
800
300
700
130
3
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)
Utilization category DC-3/DC-5,
shunt-wound and series-wound motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)
- 1 conducting path
- 2 conducting paths in series
- 3 conducting paths in series
Switching frequency
Switching frequency z in operating cycles/hour
Contactors without overload relays
• No-load switching frequency
h-1
2 000
h-1
h-1
h-1
h-1
800
400
1 000
130
h-1
60
• Switching frequency z during rated operation1)
-
Ie/AC-1
Ie/AC-2
Ie/AC-3
Ie/AC-4
At 400 V
At 400 V
At 400 V
At 400 V
800
300
750
130
750
250
500
130
700
200
500
130
500
170
420
130
Contactors with overload relays
• Mean value
1)
Dependence of the switching frequency z' on
the operational current I' and operational voltage U':
z’ = z x (Ie/I’) x (400 V/U’)1.5 x 1/h
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/93
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
Type
Size
3RT105.
S6
3RT106.
S10
3RT107.
S12
Conductor cross-sections
Main conductors
(1 or 2 conductors can be connected)
With mounted box terminals
Screw terminals
Type
3RT1955-4G (55 kW)
3RT1956-4G
3RT1966-4G
Nm
lb.in
M10 (hexagon socket,
A/F 4)
10 ... 12
90 ... 110
M10 (hexagon socket,
A/F 4)
10 ... 12
90 ... 110
M12 (hexagon socket,
A/F 5)
20 ... 22
180 ... 195
mm²
mm²
mm²
16 ... 70
16 ... 70
16 ... 70
16... 120
16 ... 120
16 ... 120
70 ... 240
70 ... 240
95 ... 300
• Terminal screws
3
- Tightening torque
NSB0_00479
Front clamping point connected
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
• Finely stranded without end sleeve
• Stranded
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG 6 ... 2/0
6 ... 250 kcmil
3/0 ... 600 kcmil
• Ribbon cable conductors
(Number x Width x Thickness)
mm
min. 3 x 9 x 0.8,
max. 6 x 15.5 x 0.8
Min. 3 x 9 x 0.8,
max. 10 x 15.5 x 0.8
Min. 6 x 9 x 0.8,
max. 20 x 24 x 0.5
mm²
mm²
mm²
16 ... 70
16 ... 70
16 ... 70
16... 120
16 ... 120
16 ... 120
120 ... 185
120 ... 185
120 ... 240
NSB0_00480
Rear clamping point connected
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
• Finely stranded without end sleeve
• Stranded
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG 6 ... 2/0
6 ... 250 kcmil
250 ... 500 kcmil
• Ribbon cable conductors
(Number x Width x Thickness)
mm
Min. 3 x 9 x 0.8,
max. 6 x 15.5 x 0.8
Min. 3 x 9 x 0.8,
max. 10 x 15.5 x 0.8
Min. 6 x 9 x 0.8,
max. 20 x 24 x 0.5
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
• Finely stranded without end sleeve
• Stranded
mm²
mm²
mm²
Max. 1 x 50, 1 x 70
Max. 1 x 50, 1 x 70
Max. 1 x 50, 1 x 70
Max. 1 x 95, 1 x 120
Max. 1 x 95, 1 x 120
Max. 1 x 95, 1 x 120
Min. 2 x 50, max. 2 x 185
Min. 2 x 50, max. 2 x 185
Min. 2 x 70, max. 2 x 240
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG Max. 2 x 1/0
Max. 2 x 3/0
Min. 2 x 2/0,
max. 2 x 500 kcmil
• Ribbon cable conductors
(Number x Width x Thickness)
mm
Max. 2 x (6 x 15.5 x 0.8)
Max. 2 x (10 x 15.5 x 0.8)
Max. 2 x (20 x 24 x 0.5)
mm
17
25
• Finely stranded with cable lug2)3)
• Stranded with cable lug2)3)
mm2
mm2
16 ... 95
25 ... 120
50 ... 240
70 ... 240
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG 4 ... 250 kcmil
NSB0_00481
Both clamping points connected1)
Busbar connections
• Connecting bar (max. width)
Cable lug connection (without box terminals)
Nm
lb.in
M8 x 25 (A/F 13)
10 ... 14
90 ... 124
• Solid
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm2
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)4); 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)4); max. 2 x (0.75 ... 4)
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)4); 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)4)
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG 2 x (18 ... 14)
• Terminal screws
- Tightening torque
Auxiliary conductors
• Terminal screws
- Tightening torque
Nm
lb.in
M3 (Pozidriv size 2)
0.8 ... 1.2
7 ... 10.3
Auxiliary conductors5)
Spring-type terminals
• Operating devices6)
•
•
•
•
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
Finely stranded without end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
3.0 x 0.5; 3.5 x 0.5
mm2
mm2
mm2
AWG
2 x (0.25 ... 2.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 2.5)
2 x (24 ... 14)
Minimum cross-section 16 mm².
3RT105.: When connecting cable lugs to DIN 46235, use 3RT1956-4EA1
terminal cover for conductor cross-sections of 95 mm² and more to ensure
phase spacing.
3RT106. and 3RT107.: When connecting cable lugs to DIN 46234,
the 3RT1966-4EA1 terminal cover must be used for conductor
cross-sections of 240 mm² and more as well as DIN 46235 for conductor
cross-sections of 185 mm² and more to keep the phase clearance.
If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping
point, both cross-sections must lie in one of the ranges specified.
Max. external diameter of the cable insulation: 3.6 mm.
An "insulation stop" must be used for conductor cross-sections ≤ 1 mm²;
see "Accessories" on page 3/122.
Tool for opening the spring-type terminals;
see "Accessories", page 3/122.
3/94
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
2/0 ... 500 kcmil
M10 x 30 (A/F 17)
14 ... 24
124 ... 210
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
Size
S3 to S12
S3 to S12
Screw terminals and
spring-type terminals
Screw terminals and
spring-type terminals
Snap-on
auxiliary switch block
(1- and 4-pole)
Laterally mountable
auxiliary switch block
600
600
A 600, Q 600
A 300, Q 300
10
10
V AC
Switching capacity
• Uninterrupted current at 240 V AC
A
Type
Size
3RT1044
S3
3RT1045
S3
3RT1046
S3
3
s and u rated data of the auxiliary contacts
Rated voltage
s and u rated data
Rated insulation voltage
V AC
600
Uninterrupted current, at 40 °C, open and enclosed
A
90
105
105
hp
hp
hp
hp
20
25
50
60
25
30
60
75
30
30
75
100
• At 600 V (contactor or overload relay)
kA
10
10
10
• CLASS RK5 fuse
A
250
300
350
• Circuit breakers with overload protection acc. to UL 489
A
250
300
400
A
kA
3RV104
63
65
75
65
100
65
A
kA
3RV104
63
30
75
30
75
30
Maximum horsepower ratings
(from s and u approved values)
• Rated power for three-phase motors at 60 Hz
-
At 200 V
At 230 V
At 460 V
At 575 V
Short-circuit protection1)
• Combination motor controllers type E according to UL 508 and
UL 60947-4-1
- At 480 V
- At 600 V
Overload relays
• Setting range
1)
Type
Type
Type
3RU114
A
18 ... 100
For more information about short-circuit values, e.g. for protection against
short-circuit currents, see the UL reports on the individual devices,
www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals.
For the dimensioning of load feeders, see also the
UL guide "Industrial Control Panels for North America",
www.siemens.com/sirius/ul-download.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/95
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
Type
Size
3RT1054
S6
3RT1055
S6
3RT1056
S6
3RT1064
S10
3RT1065
S10
3RT1066
S10
s and u rated data
Rated insulation voltage
V AC
600
Uninterrupted current, at 40 °C, open and enclosed
A
140
195
195
600
250
330
330
hp
hp
hp
hp
40
50
100
125
50
60
125
150
60
75
150
200
60
75
150
200
75
100
200
250
100
125
250
300
• At 600 V
kA
10
10
10
10
18
18
• CLASS RK5/L fuse
A
450
500
500
700
800
800
• Circuit breakers with overload protection acc. to UL 489
A
350
450
500
500
700
800
3
Maximum horsepower ratings
(from s and u approved values)
• Rated power for three-phase motors at 60 Hz
-
At 200 V
At 230 V
At 460 V
At 575 V
Short-circuit protection1)
Overload relays
Type
Type
Size
3RB2056
3RB2066
3RT1075
S12
3RT1076
S12
s and u rated data
Rated insulation voltage
V AC
600
Uninterrupted current, at 40 °C, open and enclosed
A
400
540
hp
hp
hp
hp
125
150
300
400
150
200
400
500
• At 600 V
kA
18
30
• CLASS RK5/L fuse
A
1000
1200
• Circuit breakers with overload protection acc. to UL 489
A
900
900
Maximum horsepower ratings
(from s and u approved values)
• Rated power for three-phase motors at 60 Hz
-
At 200 V
At 230 V
At 460 V
At 575 V
Short-circuit protection1)
Overload relays
1)
Type
For more information about short-circuit values, e.g. for protection against
short-circuit currents, see the UL reports on the individual devices,
www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals.
For the dimensioning of load feeders, see also the
UL guide "Industrial Control Panels for North America",
www.siemens.com/sirius/ul-download.
3/96
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3RB2066
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
■ Selection and ordering data
AC operation
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RT104.-3A.00
3RT104.-1A.00
Rated data
3RT104.-1A.04
DT Screw terminals
Rated control
supply voltage
Us at 50 Hz
Auxiliary contacts
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Operational
current Ie
up to
Rating1) of
three-phase
motors at
50 Hz and
Operational
current Ie
up to
500 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
Ident. No.
Version
NO
NC
Article No.
DT Spring-type terminals
for coil terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
V AC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 and TH 75 standard mounting rail
Size S3
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
65
30
100
--
--
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT1044-1AB00
3RT1044-1AF00
3RT1044-1AP00
B
B
}
3RT1044-3AB00
3RT1044-3AF00
3RT1044-3AP00
80
37
120
--
--
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT1045-1AB00
3RT1045-1AF00
3RT1045-1AP00
B
B
}
3RT1045-3AB00
3RT1045-3AF00
3RT1045-3AP00
95
45
120
--
--
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT1046-1AB00
3RT1046-1AF00
3RT1046-1AP00
B
B
}
3RT1046-3AB00
3RT1046-3AF00
3RT1046-3AP00
With mounted auxiliary switch block (removable)2)
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
65
30
100
22
2
2
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT1044-1AB04
3RT1044-1AF04
3RT1044-1AP04
----
80
37
120
22
2
2
24
110
230
B
}
}
3RT1045-1AB04
3RT1045-1AF04
3RT1045-1AP04
----
95
45
120
22
2
2
24
110
230
B
}
}
3RT1046-1AB04
3RT1046-1AF04
3RT1046-1AP04
----
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block
for safety applications according to SUVA
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
65
30
100
22
2
2
230
}
3RT1044-1AP04-3MA0
--
80
37
120
22
2
2
230
B
3RT1045-1AP04-3MA0
--
95
45
120
22
2
2
230
}
3RT1046-1AP04-3MA0
--
Other voltages according to page 3/102 on request.
For accessories, see page 3/114.
For spare parts, see page 3/123.
1)
2)
Article number for the auxiliary switch block (removable): 3RH1921-1HA22
(2 NO + 2 NC acc. to EN 50012; Ident. No. 22).
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/97
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
DC operation
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RT104.-1B.40
3RT104.-3B.40
Rated data
3RT104.-1B.44
Auxiliary contacts
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
Rated control
DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Operational
current Ie
up to
Rating1) of
three-phase
motors at
50 Hz and
Operational
current Ie
up to
500 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
Ident. No.
Version
NO
NC
Article No.
DT Spring-type terminals
for coil terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
V DC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 and TH 75
standard mounting rail
Size S3
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
65
30
100
--
--
--
24
220
}
B
3RT1044-1BB40
3RT1044-1BM40
}
B
3RT1044-3BB40
3RT1044-3BM40
80
37
120
--
--
--
24
220
}
B
3RT1045-1BB40
3RT1045-1BM40
}
B
3RT1045-3BB40
3RT1045-3BM40
95
45
120
--
--
--
24
220
}
B
3RT1046-1BB40
3RT1046-1BM40
}
B
3RT1046-3BB40
3RT1046-3BM40
With mounted auxiliary switch block (removable)2)
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
65
30
100
22
2
2
24
220
}
B
3RT1044-1BB44
3RT1044-1BM44
---
80
37
120
22
2
2
24
220
}
B
3RT1045-1BB44
3RT1045-1BM44
---
95
45
120
22
2
2
24
220
}
B
3RT1046-1BB44
3RT1046-1BM44
---
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block
for safety applications according to SUVA
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
65
30
100
22
2
2
24
}
3RT1044-1BB44-3MA0
--
80
37
120
22
2
2
24
}
3RT1045-1BB44-3MA0
--
95
45
120
22
2
2
24
}
3RT1046-1BB44-3MA0
--
Other voltages according to page 3/102 on request.
For accessories, see page 3/114.
For spare parts, see page 3/123.
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
2) Article number for the auxiliary switch block (removable): 3RH1921-1HA22
(2 NO + 2 NC acc. to EN 50012; Ident. No. 22).
3/98
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
3
UC operating mechanism · AC/DC operation (50/60 Hz and DC)
• Withdrawable coils with integrated coil switch (varistor)
• Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw or spring-type terminals
• Main conductors: Busbar connections, for 3RT1054 (55 kW) box terminals1)
3RT105.
Size
3RT106.
Rated data
Auxiliary
contacts,
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C lateral
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
Operational
current Ie
up to
3RT107.
Ratings2) of
three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
Rated control
DT Article No.
supply voltage
Us
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
OperaVersion
tional
current Ie
up to
500 V
230 V
400 V
500 V
690 V
690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
A
NO
NC
V AC/DC
Conventional operating mechanisms
U
S6
S10
S12
U
S6
S10
S12
A1(+)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
Screw terminals
115
37
55
75
110
160
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
}
}
3RT1054-1AF36
3RT1054-1AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
150
45
75
90
132
185
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
}
}
3RT1055-6AF36
3RT1055-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
185
55
90
110
160
215
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
}
}
3RT1056-6AF36
3RT1056-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
225
55
110
160
200
275
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
}
}
3RT1064-6AF36
3RT1064-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
265
75
132
160
250
330
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
}
}
3RT1065-6AF36
3RT1065-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
300
90
160
200
250
330
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
}
}
3RT1066-6AF36
3RT1066-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
400
132
200
250
400
430
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
}
}
3RT1075-6AF36
3RT1075-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
500
160
250
355
400
610
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
}
}
3RT1076-6AF36
3RT1076-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
A1(+)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
Spring-type
terminals
for coil and auxiliary
switch terminals
115
37
55
75
110
160
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
B
B
3RT1054-3AF36
3RT1054-3AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
150
45
75
90
132
185
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
B
B
3RT1055-2AF36
3RT1055-2AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
185
55
90
110
160
215
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
B
B
3RT1056-2AF36
3RT1056-2AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
225
55
110
160
200
275
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
B
B
3RT1064-2AF36
3RT1064-2AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
265
75
132
160
250
330
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
B
B
3RT1065-2AF36
3RT1065-2AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
300
90
160
200
250
330
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
B
B
3RT1066-2AF36
3RT1066-2AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
400
132
200
250
400
430
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
B
B
3RT1075-2AF36
3RT1075-2AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
500
160
250
355
400
610
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
B
B
3RT1076-2AF36
3RT1076-2AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
Other voltages according to page 3/102 on request.
For accessories, see page 3/114.
For spare parts, see page 3/124.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
1)
Alternatively the 3RT1054-1 contactor (55 kW) can be supplied with
busbar connections instead of box terminals. Without additional price.
In the 8th position of the article number, the "1" must be replaced with "6"
for screw terminals, e.g. 3RT1054-6A.36; for spring-type terminals,
the "3" must be replaced by "2", e.g. 3RT1054-2A.36.
2)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/99
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
3
UC operating mechanism · AC/DC operation (50/60 Hz and DC)
• Withdrawable coils with integrated coil switch (varistor)
• Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw or spring-type terminals
• Main conductors: Busbar connections, for 3RT1054 (55 kW) box terminals1)
3RT105.
Size
3RT106.
Rated data
Auxiliary con- Rated control
DT Article No.
tacts, lateral supply voltage
AC-1,
U
s
Tu: 40 °C
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
Operational
current Ie
up to
3RT107.
Ratings2) of
three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
OperaVersion
tional
current Ie
up to
500 V
230 V
400 V
500 V
690 V
690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
A
NO
NC
V AC/DC
Solid-state operating mechanisms · for 24 V DC PLC output
U
S6
S10
S12
U
S6
S10
S12
A1(+)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
Screw terminals
115
37
55
75
110
160
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
A
}
3RT1054-1NF36
3RT1054-1NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
150
45
75
90
132
185
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
A
}
3RT1055-6NF36
3RT1055-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
185
55
90
110
160
215
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
A
}
3RT1056-6NF36
3RT1056-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
225
55
110
160
200
275
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
A
A
3RT1064-6NF36
3RT1064-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
265
75
132
160
250
330
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
A
A
3RT1065-6NF36
3RT1065-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
300
90
160
200
250
330
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
A
3RT1066-6NF36
3RT1066-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
400
132
200
250
400
430
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
A
A
3RT1075-6NF36
3RT1075-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
500
160
250
355
400
610
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
A
A
3RT1076-6NF36
3RT1076-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
A1(+)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
Spring-type
terminals
for coil and auxiliary
switch terminals
115
37
55
75
110
160
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1054-3NF36
3RT1054-3NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
150
45
75
90
132
185
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1055-2NF36
3RT1055-2NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
185
55
90
110
160
215
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1056-2NF36
3RT1056-2NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
225
55
110
160
200
275
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1064-2NF36
3RT1064-2NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
265
75
132
160
250
330
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1065-2NF36
3RT1065-2NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
300
90
160
200
250
330
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1066-2NF36
3RT1066-2NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
400
132
200
250
400
430
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1075-2NF36
3RT1075-2NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
500
160
250
355
400
610
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1076-2NF36
3RT1076-2NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
Other voltages according to page 3/102 on request.
For accessories, see page 3/114.
For spare parts, see page 3/125.
3/100
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
1)
Alternatively the 3RT1054-1 contactor (55 kW) can be supplied with
busbar connections instead of box terminals. Without additional price.
In the 8th position of the article number, the "1" must be replaced with "6"
for screw terminals, e.g. 3RT1054-6A.36; for spring-type terminals,
the "3" must be replaced by "2", e.g. 3RT1054-2A.36.
2)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
3
UC operating mechanism · AC/DC operation (50/60 Hz and DC)
• Withdrawable coils with integrated coil switch (varistor)
• Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw terminals
• Main conductors: Busbar connections, for 3RT1054 (55 kW) box terminals1)
• Indication of remaining lifetime (RLT)
3RT1056-6P. .
Size
Rated data
Auxiliary con- Rated control
DT Screw terminals
tacts, lateral supply voltage
AC-1,
Us
Tu: 40 °C
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
Operational
current Ie
up to
Ratings2) of
three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
500 V
230 V
400 V
500 V
690 V
690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
A
OperaVersion
tional
current Ie
up to
NO
Article No.
NC
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
V AC/DC
Solid-state operating mechanisms · with 24 V DC PLC relay output · with RLT
A1(+)
A2(–)
S6
S10
S12
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22
115
37
55
75
110
160
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1054-1PF35
3RT1054-1PP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
150
45
75
90
132
185
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1055-6PF35
3RT1055-6PP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
185
55
90
110
160
215
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1056-6PF35
3RT1056-6PP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
225
55
110
160
200
275
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1064-6PF35
3RT1064-6PP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
265
75
132
160
250
330
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1065-6PF35
3RT1065-6PP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
300
90
160
200
250
330
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1066-6PF35
3RT1066-6PP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
400
132
200
250
400
430
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1075-6PF35
3RT1075-6PP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
500
160
250
355
400
610
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1076-6PF35
3RT1076-6PP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
Other voltages according to page 3/102 on request.
For accessories, see page 3/114.
For spare parts, see page 3/125.
1)
Alternatively the 3RT1054-1 contactor (55 kW) can be supplied with
busbar connections instead of box terminals.
Without additional price. In the 8th position of the article number, the "1"
must be replaced with "6", e.g. 3RT1054-6. .35.
2)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/101
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 30 ... 250 kW
■ Options
Rated control supply voltages, possible on request (change of the 10th and 11th digits of the Article No.)
3
Rated control supply
voltage Us
Contactor type 3RT104
3RT144
3RT134
Size S3
S3
S3
3RT1617,
3RT1627,
3RT1647
S00, S0, S3
B0
D0
H0
F0
P0
U0
V0
B0
D0
H0
F0
P0
U0
V0
B0
--F0
P0
U0
V0
B0
--F0
P0
U0
V0
C2
D2
H2
G2
N2
L2
C2
D2
H2
G2
N2
L2
C2
D2
H2
G2
N2
L2
C2
--G2
N2
L2
K6
P6
K6
P6
K6
P6
K6
P6
G6
N6
R6
G6
N6
R6
G6
N6
R6
G6
N6
R6
-B4
D4
W4
E4
F4
G4
M4
P4
-B4
D4
W4
E4
F4
G4
M4
P4
-B4
D4
--F4
G4
M4
--
----------
Size S3
AC operation
Solenoid coils for 50 Hz1)
24 V AC
42 V AC
48 V AC
110 V AC
230 V AC
240 V AC
400 V AC
Solenoid coils for 50 and 60 Hz1)
24 V AC
42 V AC
48 V AC
110 V AC
220 V AC
230 V AC
Solenoid coils (for USA and Canada2))
50 Hz
60 Hz
110 V AC
220 V AC
120 V AC
240 V AC
Solenoid coils (for Japan)
50/60 Hz3)
60 Hz4)
100 V AC
200 V AC
400 V AC
110 V AC
220 V AC
440 V AC
DC operation
12 V DC
24 V DC
42 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
125 V DC
220 V DC
230 V DC
Examples
AC operating
mechanism
3RT1045-1AP00
3RT1045-1AG20
Contactor with screw terminals; with solenoid coil for 50 Hz for rated control supply voltage 230 V AC
Contactor with screw terminals; with solenoid coil for 50/60 Hz for rated control supply voltage 110 V AC
DC operating
mechanism
3RT1046-3BB40
3RT1046-3BG40
Contactor with spring-type terminals; for rated control supply voltage 24 V DC
Contactor with spring-type terminals; for rated control supply voltage 125 V DC
Rated control supply
voltage Us
Us min ... Us max5)
Contactor type 3RT1.5.-.A
3RT1.6.-.A
3RT1.7.-.A
Size S6, S10, S12
Rated control supply
voltage Us
Us min ... Us max5)
Contactor type 3RT1.5.-.N
3RT1.6.-.N
3RT1.7.-.N
Size S6, S10, S12
3RT1.5.-.P
3RT1.6.-.P
3RT1.7.-.P
S6, S10, S12
Sizes S6 to S12
UC operation (50/60 Hz AC, DC)
Conventional operating mechanisms
Solid-state operating mechanisms
23 ... 26 V AC/DC
42 ... 48 V AC/DC
110 ... 127 V AC/DC
200 ... 220 V AC/DC
220 ... 240 V AC/DC
B3
D3
F3
M3
P3
240 ... 277 V AC/DC
380 ... 420 V AC/DC
440 ... 480 V AC/DC
500 ... 550 V AC/DC
575 ... 600 V AC/DC
U3
V3
R3
S3
T3
1)
Coil operating range:
at 50 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 × Us.
2) Coil operating range (size S3):
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 × Us.
3)
Coil operating range (size S3):
at 50 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 × Us.
3/102
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
21 ... 27.3 V AC/DC
96 ... 127 V AC/DC
200 ... 277 V AC/DC
4)
Coil operating range:
at 60 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 × Us.
5) Operating range:
0.8 x Us min to 1.1 × Us max.
B3
F3
P3
-F3
P3
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT12 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 110 ... 250 kW
The contactors can be operated with AC (50 to 60 Hz) as well as
with DC.
Two types of solenoid operation are available:
• Conventional operating mechanism, version 3RT12. .-.A
• Solid-state operating mechanism, version 3RT12. .-.N
of the 3RT12 vacuum contactors are contained in hermetically
enclosed vacuum interrupters. Neither arcs nor arcing gases are
produced. The particular benefit of 3RT12 vacuum contactors,
however, is that their electrical endurance is at least twice as
long as that of 3RT10 contactors. They are therefore particularly
well suited to frequent switching in jogging/mixed operation,
e.g. in crane control systems.
Withdrawable coils
Note:
For simple coil replacement, e.g. if the application is replaced,
the solenoid coil can be pulled out upwards after the release
mechanism has been actuated and can be replaced by any
other coil of the same size.
Vacuum contactors are basically unsuitable for switching
DC voltage.
UC operation
Auxiliary contact complement
The contactors can be fitted with up to 8 lateral auxiliary contacts
(identical auxiliary switch blocks from S3 to S12). Of these,
no more than 4 are permitted to be NC contacts.
Vacuum interrupters
In contrast with the 3RT10 contactors – the main contacts
operate in air under atmospheric conditions – the contact gaps
■ Technical specifications
:
Type
3RT1264
Size
mm
3RT1266
3RT1275
S12
145 x 210 x 206
160 x 214 x 225
3RT1276
'
+
Dimensions (W x H x D)
3RT1265
S10
22,5° 22,5° 22,5° 22,5°
The contactors are designed for operation on a
vertical mounting surface.
Mechanical endurance
NSB0_00650c
General data
Permissible mounting position
Operating cycles 10 million
1)
Electrical endurance
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3)
V
1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
8
Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts
acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
V
690
Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
Mirror contacts
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be closed
simultaneously with an NO main contact.
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
• During storage
°C
°C
-25 ... +60/+55 with AS-Interface
-55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix C
IP00/open (where applicable, use additional terminal covers)
Touch protection acc. to EN 50274
Finger-safe only for vertical contact from the front
Shock resistance
• Rectangular pulse
• Sine pulse
g/ms
g/ms
8.5/5 and 4.2/10
13.4/5 and 6.5/10
Conductor cross-sections
2)
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
3)
Short-circuit protection
Main circuit
Fuse links, operational class gG:
LV HRC, type 3NA; DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
according to IEC 60947-4-1/EN 60947-4-1
• Type of coordination "1"
• Type of coordination "2"
• Weld-free4)
A
A
A
500
500
400
A
10
800
800
500
Auxiliary circuit
• Fuse links, operational class gG:
DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
(weld-free protection Ik ≤ 1 kA)
• Miniature circuit breakers with C characteristic
(short-circuit current Ik ≤ 400 A)
1)
For contact endurance of the main contacts, see page 3/84.
For conductor cross-sections, see page 3/106.
3)
For electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), see page 3/80.
4)
Test conditions according to IEC 60947-4-1.
2)
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/103
3
■ Overview
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT12 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 110 ... 250 kW
Type
Size
3RT1264
S10
3RT1265
S10
3RT1266
S10
3RT1275
S12
Control
Operating range of the solenoid AC/DC (UC)
0.8 x Us min ... 1.1 x Us max
Power consumption of the solenoid operation
(when coil is cold and rated range Us min ... Us max)
3
Conventional operating mechanisms
• AC operation
-
Closing at Us min
Closing at Us max
Closed at Us min
Closed at Us max
VA/p.f.
VA/p.f.
VA/p.f.
VA/p.f.
530/0.9
630/0.9
6.1/0.9
7.4/0.9
700/0.9
830/0.9
7.6/0.9
9.2/0.9
W
W
W
W
580
700
6.8
8.2
770
920
8.5
10
VA/p.f.
VA/p.f.
VA/p.f.
VA/p.f.
420/0.8
570/0.8
4.3/0.8
5.6/0.8
560/0.8
750/0.8
5.4/0.8
7/0.8
W
W
W
W
460
630
3.4
4.2
600
800
4
5
• DC operation
-
Closing at Us min
Closing at Us max
Closed at Us min
Closed at Us max
Solid-state operating mechanisms
• AC operation
-
Closing at Us min
Closing at Us max
Closed at Us min
Closed at Us max
• DC operation
-
Closing at Us min
Closing at Us max
Closed at Us min
Closed at Us max
PLC control input acc. to IEC 61131-2
Type 2
• Rated voltage
V DC
24
• Operating range
V DC
17 ... 30
• Power consumption
mA
≤ 30
ms
ms
30 ... 95
40 ... 80
45 ... 100
60 ... 100
ms
ms
35 ... 50
50 ... 80
50 ... 70
70 ... 100
ms
10 ... 15
10 ... 15
ms
ms
105 ... 145
80 ... 100
120 ... 150
80 ... 100
ms
ms
110 ... 130
80 ... 100
125 ... 150
80 ... 100
ms
10 ... 15
10 ... 15
ms
ms
45 ... 80
80 ... 100
60 ... 90
80 ... 100
ms
ms
50 ... 65
80 ... 100
65 ... 80
80 ... 100
ms
10 ... 15
10 ... 15
Operating times
(Total break time = Opening delay + Arcing time)
Conventional operating mechanisms
• For 0.8 x Us min ... 1.1 x Us max
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
• For Us min ... Us max
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
• Arcing time
Solid-state operating mechanism, actuated via A1/A2
• For 0.8 x Us min ... 1.1 x Us max
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
• For Us min ... Us max
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
• Arcing time
Solid-state operating mechanism, actuated via PLC input
• For 0.8 x Us min ... 1.1 x Us max
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
• For Us min ... Us max
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
• Arcing time
3/104
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3RT1276
S12
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT12 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 110 ... 250 kW
Type
Size
3RT1264
S10
3RT1265
S10
3RT1266
S10
3RT1275
S12
3RT1276
S12
Main circuit
Load rating with AC
Utilization category AC-1
Switching resistive loads
• Rated operational currents Ie
A
A
330
300
610
550
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
113
197
246
340
492
208
362
452
624
905
mm2
mm2
185
185
2 x 185
2 x 185
A
225
265
300
400
500
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
73
128
160
223
320
85
151
189
265
378
97
171
215
288
428
132
231
291
400
578
164
291
363
507
728
Thermal load capacity
A
1 800
2 120
2 400
3 200
4 000
Power loss per conducting path at Ie/AC-3
W
9
12
14
21
32
A
195
230
280
350
430
kW
110
132
160
200
250
A
A
97
68
115
81
140
98
175
123
215
151
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
30
55
68
94
95
37
65
81
112
114
45
79
98
138
140
56
98
124
172
183
70
122
153
212
217
h-1
2 000
h-1
h-1
h-1
h-1
800
300
750
250
h-1
60
3
- At 40 °C up to 1 000 V
- At 60 °C up to 1 000 V
• Rated power for AC loads1)
with p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C)
-
At 230 V
At 400 V
At 500 V
At 690 V
At 1 000 V
• Minimum conductor cross-section for loads with Ie
- At 40 °C
- At 60 °C
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
• Rated operational currents Ie
- Up to 1000 V
• Rated power for slipring or squirrel-cage motors at 50 and 60 Hz
-
At 230 V
At 400 V
At 500 V
At 690 V
At 1 000 V
Utilization category AC-4 (for Ia = 6 x Ie)
Maximum values:
• Rated operational current Ie
- Up to 690 V
• Rated power for squirrel-cage motors
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
- At 400 V
The following applies to a contact endurance of about
200 000 operating cycles:
• Rated operational currents Ie
- Up to 690 V
- Up to 1 000 V
• Rated power for squirrel-cage motors
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
-
At 230 V
At 400 V
At 500 V
At 690 V
At 1 000 V
Switching frequency
Switching frequency z in operating cycles/hour
Contactors without overload relays
• No-load switching frequency
• Switching frequency z during rated operation
-
Ie/AC-1
Ie/AC-2
Ie/AC-3
Ie/AC-4
at 400 V
at 400 V
at 400 V
at 400 V
3)
750
250
750
250
700
250
750
250
Contactors with overload relays
• Mean value
1)
Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, etc.
(increased power consumption on heating up has been taken into
account).
2) According to IEC 60947-4-1.
Rated values for various start-up conditions, see Chapter 7,
"Protection Equipment" ➞ "Overload Relays".
3)
Dependence of the switching frequency z' on
the operational current I' and operational voltage U':
z’ = z x (Ie/I’) x (400 V/U’)1.5 x 1/h
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/105
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT12 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 110 ... 250 kW
Type
Size
3RT126.
S10
3RT127.
S12
Conductor cross-sections
Main conductors
Screw terminals
With mounted box terminals
Type
3RT19 66-4G
Nm
M12 (hexagon socket, A/F 5)
20 ... 22 (180 ... 195 lb.in)
mm²
mm²
mm²
70 ... 240
70 ... 240
95 ... 300
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
3/0 ... 600 kcmil
• Ribbon cable conductors
(Number x Width x Thickness)
mm
Min. 6 x 9 x 0.8; max. 20 x 24 x 0.5
mm²
mm²
mm²
120 ... 185
120 ... 185
120 ... 240
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
250 ... 500 kcmil
• Ribbon cable conductors
(Number x Width x Thickness)
mm
Min. 6 x 9 x 0.8; max. 20 x 24 x 0.5
mm²
mm²
mm²
Min. 2 x 50, max. 2 x 185
Min. 2 x 50, max. 2 x 185
Min. 2 x 70, max. 2 x 240
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
Min. 2 x 2/0, max. 1 x 500 kcmil
• Ribbon cable conductors
(Number x Width x Thickness)
mm
Max. 2 x (20 x 24 x 0.5)
mm
25
• Finely stranded with cable lug1)
• Stranded with cable lug1)
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
mm²
mm²
AWG
50 ... 240
70 ... 240
2/0 ... 500 kcmil
• Terminal screws
- Tightening torque
Nm
M10 x 30 (A/F 17)
14 ... 24 (124 ... 210 lb.in)
NSB0_00479
Front clamping point connected
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
• Finely stranded without end sleeve
• Stranded
NSB0_00480
Rear clamping point connected
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
• Finely stranded without end sleeve
• Stranded
Both clamping points connected
NSB0_00481
3
• Terminal screws
- Tightening torque
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
• Finely stranded without end sleeve
• Stranded
Busbar connections
• Connecting bars (max. width)
Cable lug connection
Auxiliary conductors
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm²
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)2); 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)2) according to IEC 60947;
max. 2 x (0.75 ... 4)
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)2), 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)2)
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
2 x (18 ... 14)
• Terminal screws
- Tightening torque
Nm
M3 (Pozidriv size 2)
0.8 ... 1,2 (7 ... 10.3 lb.in)
• Solid
1)
mm²
2)
When connecting cable lugs to DIN 46234, the 3RT1966-4EA1 terminal
cover must be used for conductor cross-sections of 240 mm² and more as
well as DIN 46235 for conductor cross-sections of 185 mm² and more to
keep the phase clearance.
Type
Size
If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping
point, both cross-sections must lie in one of the ranges specified.
3RT1264
S10
3RT1265
S10
3RT1266
S10
3RT1275
S12
3RT1276
S12
s and u rated data
Rated insulation voltage
V AC
600
600
Uninterrupted current, at 40 °C, open and enclosed
A
330
540
• Rated power for three-phase motors at 60 Hz
- At 200 V
- At 230 V
- At 460 V
- At 575 V
hp
hp
hp
hp
60
75
150
200
75
100
200
250
100
125
250
300
125
150
300
400
150
200
400
500
Short-circuit protection1)
• CLASS L fuse
• Circuit breakers acc. to UL 489
kA
A
A
10
700
500
18
800
700
18
800
900
18
1200
1000
30
1200
1200
Overload relays
Type
3RB2066
Maximum horsepower ratings (s and
1)
u approved values)
For more information about short-circuit values, e.g. for protection against
short-circuit currents, see the UL reports on the individual devices,
www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals, or the UL Guide "Industrial Control
Panels for North America", www.siemens.com/sirius/ul-download.
3/106
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3RB2066
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
SIRIUS 3RT12 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 110 ... 250 kW
■ Selection and ordering data
3
UC operation (50/60 Hz AC, DC)
• Withdrawable coils with integrated coil switch (varistor)
• Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw terminals
• Main conductors: Busbar connections
3RT126.
Size
3RT127.
Rated data
Auxiliary
contacts,
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C lateral
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 °C
Rated control
DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us
Operational
current Ie
up to
Ratings1) of
three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
1 000 V
230 V
400 V
500 V
690 V
1 000 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
A
NO
NC
V AC/DC
Operational
current Ie
up to
Article No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
Conventional operating mechanisms
U
S10
S12
A1(+)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
225
55
110
160
200
330
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
A
A
3RT1264-6AF36
3RT1264-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
265
75
132
160
250
330
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
A
A
3RT1265-6AF36
3RT1265-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
300
90
160
200
250
330
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
A
A
3RT1266-6AF36
3RT1266-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
400
132
200
250
400
610
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
A
A
3RT1275-6AF36
3RT1275-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
500
160
250
355
500
610
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
A
A
3RT1276-6AF36
3RT1276-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
Solid-state operating mechanisms · For 24 V DC PLC output
U
S10
S12
A1(+)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
225
55
110
160
200
330
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1264-6NF36
3RT1264-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
265
75
132
160
250
330
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1265-6NF36
3RT1265-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
300
90
160
200
250
330
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1266-6NF36
3RT1266-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
400
132
200
250
400
610
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1275-6NF36
3RT1275-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
500
160
250
355
500
610
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT1276-6NF36
3RT1276-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
Other voltages according to page 3/102 on request.
For more 3TF68/3TF69 vacuum contactors
(335 kW and 450 kW), see page 3/133.
For accessories, see page 3/116.
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/107
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT1 Contactors
General data
■ Overview
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks
Various auxiliary switch blocks can be added to the 3RT1 basic
units depending on the application:
3RT104.
contactors
without
aux. contact
Sizes S3 to S12
One 4-pole or up to four single-pole auxiliary switch blocks
(screw or spring-type connections) can be snapped on.
When the contactors are switched on, the NC contacts are
opened first and then the NO contacts are closed.
Also available are 2-pole auxiliary switch blocks
(screw terminals) for cable entry from above or below in the
design of a quad block (feeder auxiliary switch).
If the installation space is limited in depth, 2-pole auxiliary switch
blocks (screw or spring-type connections) can be attached
laterally (on the left or on the right).
Contactors
3RT104.
without
aux. contact
Aux. switch blocks
with 4 contacts, 3RH1921-. FA..
acc. to EN 50005
Aux. switch blocks
with 4 contacts, 3RH1921-. HA..
acc. to EN 50012
Ident. No. 40, 31, 22, 04, 22U
Ident. No. 31, 22, 13
Possible complements of
contactors with 4-pole
aux. switch blocks,
terminal designations
acc. to EN 50005
Possible complements of
contactors with 4-pole
aux. switch blocks,
terminal designations
acc. to EN 50012
1 NO
Ident. No. 40, 31, 22, 02
1 NC
IC01_00404
Aux. switch blocks,
with 1 contact
Ident. No. 31, 22, 13
4-pole auxiliary switch blocks for 3RT1 contactors
Possible complements of
contactors with 1-pole
aux. switch blocks,
terminal signations
acc. to EN 50005 or
EN 50012
The laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks according to
EN 50012 can be used only when no 4-pole auxiliary switch
blocks are snapped onto the front. If single-pole auxiliary switch
blocks are used in addition, the location identifiers on the
contactor must be noted.
Ident. No.
01, 10
11
21, 12
31, 22, 13
02, 20
03, 30
04, 40
Two enclosed and two standard contacts are available with the
3RH1921-.FE22 solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block,
which can be attached to the front. The laterally mountable,
solid-state compatible 3RH1921-2DE11 auxiliary switch block
contains two enclosed contacts (1 NO + 1 NC). The enclosed
contacts are suitable in particular for switching small voltages
and currents (hard gold-plated contacts) and for operation in
dusty atmospheres. The NC auxiliary contacts are mirror
contacts.
pjWX†WW[W\
3
Terminal designations according to EN 50005 or EN 50012.
1-pole auxiliary switch blocks for 3RT1 contactors
The terminal designations of the single-pole auxiliary switch
blocks are comprised of identification numbers (location identifiers) on the basic unit and of function numbers on the auxiliary
switch blocks.
The terminal designations of the individual auxiliary switch
blocks correspond to EN 50005 or EN 50012, those of the
complete contactors with auxiliary switch block 2 NO + 2 NC
correspond to EN 50012.
The auxiliary switch blocks attached to the front can be
disassembled with the help of a centrally arranged release lever;
the laterally attached auxiliary switch blocks are easy to remove
by pressing on the checkered surfaces.
3/108
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
Sizes S3 to S12
A maximum of eight auxiliary contacts can be attached,
please note the following:
• Of these eight auxiliary contacts, there must be no more than
four NC contacts
• Ensure the symmetry of laterally mounted auxiliary switch
blocks
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT1 Contactors
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks
Electronic timing relay blocks with semiconductor output
The solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch block is fitted onto the
front side of the contactor.
The timer module, which is available in the "ON-DELAY" and
"OFF-DELAY" versions with control signal, allows time-delayed
functions up to 100 s (three delay ranges). Contactors fitted with
a timing relay block close or open after a delay according to the
set time.
The timer module, which is available in the "ON-DELAY" and
"OFF-DELAY" versions, allows time-delayed functions up to
100 s (three delay ranges).
It contains a relay with one NO contact and one NC contact;
depending on the version, the relay is switched either after an
ON-delay or after an OFF-delay.
The timer module with WYE-DELTA FUNCTION is equipped with
one delayed and one instantaneous NO contact, with a dead
time of 50 ms between the two. The delay time of the NO contact
can be adjusted between 1.5 s and 30 s.
The ON-delay variant of the timing relay is connected in series
with the contactor coil; terminal A1 of this coil must not be
connected.
With the OFF-delay variant of the timing relay, the contactor coil
is contacted directly through the relay; terminals A1 and A2 of
the contactor coil must not be connected.
The timing relays are suitable for both AC and DC operation.
Size S3
Wye-delta function
NSB0_00938
A1/A2
Y -7/-8
-7/-8
t
50 ms
The contactor on which the solid-state time-delay auxiliary
switch block is mounted operates without a delay.
Sizes S3 to S12
The timing relay block for size S3 contactors is plugged into coil
terminals A1 and A2 on top of each contactor; the timing relay is
connected both electrically and mechanically by means of pins.
A varistor is integrated in the timer module in order to damp
opening surges in the contactor coil.
Configuration
a) AC operation
L1
A single-pole auxiliary switch block can be snapped onto the
front of the contactor in addition to the timer module.
The timer module has no integrated components for overvoltage
damping.
b) OFF-delay
NSB0_00455b
L1
K3
S1
A1 B1 A2
K3
S1
The timer module is supplied with power through two terminals
(A1/A2); the time delay of the auxiliary switch block can be
activated either by a parallel link to any contactor coil or by any
power source.
The OFF-delay version operates without a control signal,
the minimum ON period is 200 ms.
NSB0_00454b
A1 B1 A2
K3
1
1
2
A1
1
A1
A2
N
Timing relay block
2 Contactor
A2
2
N
1 Timing relay block
2 Contactor
The activation of loads parallel to the start input is not permissible with AC operation (see (a) in the circuit diagram).
The 3RT1926-2D. . . OFF-delay timing relay blocks have a zero
potential start input B1. This means that if there is a parallel load
on terminal B1, activation can be simulated with AC voltage.
In this case, the additional load (e.g. contactor K3) must be
wired (see (b) in the drawing).
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/109
3
General data
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT1 Contactors
3
General data
OFF-delay device for size S3 contactors
Coupling links for mounting on contactors of size S3
AC and DC operation
DC operation
IEC 60947, EN 60947
IEC 60947 and EN 60947
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rails. The OFF-delay devices have screw terminals.
The coupling link is suitable for use in any climate. It is fingersafe according to EN 50274. The terminal designations comply
with EN 50005.
The OFF-delay device prevents a contactor from dropping out
unintentionally when there is a short-time voltage dip or voltage
failure. It supplies a downstream, DC-operated contactor with
the necessary energy during a voltage dip, ensuring that the
contactor does not trip. The 3RT1916 OFF-delay devices are
specifically designed for operation with the 3RT1 contactors and
3RH1 contactor relays.
The OFF-delay device operates without external voltage on a
capacitive basis and in size S3 can be energized only with DC.
A contactor opens after a delay when the capacitors of the solenoid coil, built into the OFF-delay device, are switched in parallel. In the event of voltage failures, the capacitors are discharged
via the solenoid coil and thereby delay the opening of the
contactor.
If the command devices are upstream of the OFF-delay device
in the circuit, the OFF-delay takes effect with every opening
operation. If the opening operation is downstream of the
OFF-delay device, an OFF-delay only applies in the event of
failure of the mains voltage.
Operation
For size S3, only one version with 24 V DC operation is available.
A DC-operated contactor is connected to the output according
to the input voltage that is applied.
The mean value of the OFF-delay is approximately 1.5 times the
specified minimum time.
Surge suppressors
• Without LED (also for spring-type terminals)
Sizes S3, S6 to S12
All 3RT1 contactors and 3RH1 contactor relays can be retrofitted
with RC elements or varistors for damping opening surges in the
coil. Diodes or diode assemblies (comprising noise suppression
diodes and Zener diodes for short break times) can be used.
With the size S3 contactors, varistors, RC elements and diode
assemblies can be plugged on directly at the coil terminals,
either on the top or underneath.
The plug-in direction of the diodes and diode assemblies is
determined by a coding device.
Coupling contactors are supplied either without overvoltage
damping or with a varistor or diode connected as standard,
according to the version.
Note:
The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the NC
contact are increased if the contactor coils are attenuated
against voltage peaks (noise suppression diode 6 to 10 times;
diode assembly 2 to 6 times, varistor +2 to 5 ms).
3/110
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
System-compatible operation with 24 V DC,
operating range 17 to 30 V.
Low power consumption in conformity with the technical specifications of the solid-state systems. An LED indicates the switching state.
Surge suppression
The 3RH1924-1GP11 coupling link has an integrated surge
suppressor (varistor) for the contactor coil being switched.
Mounting
The 3RH1924-1GP11 coupling link is mounted directly on the
contactor coil.
Sealable covers for sizes S3 to S12
When contactors and contactor relays are used in safety-related
applications, it must be ensured that it is impossible to operate
the contactors manually.
For SIRIUS contactors there are sealable covers available for
this purpose as accessories; these prevent accidental manual
operation. These are transparent molded-plastic caps with a
bracket that enables the contactor to be sealed.
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT1 Contactors
General data
■ Technical specifications
Contactor
Type
3RT1926-2C
3RT1926-2D
Electronic timing relay blocks
with semiconductor output
3RT1926-2E
3RT1926-2F
3RT1926-2G
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks
General data
V AC
250
• During operation
°C
-25 ... +60
• During storage
°C
-40 ... +80
3
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III according to IEC 60664-1
Permissible ambient temperature
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix C
• Cover
• Terminals
g/ms
Shock resistance
Half-sine acc. to IEC 60068-2-27
Vibration resistance
according to IEC 60068-2-6
EMC tests
IP40
IP20
15/11
Hz/mm 10 ... 55/0.35
IEC 61000-6-4
Basic specification
Conductor connections
• Solid
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5), 2 x (0.75 ... 4)
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
2 x (18 ... 14)
• Terminal screws
• Tightening torque
M3
Nm
lb.in
0.8 ... 1.2
7 ... 10.3
Any
Permissible mounting position
Control
Operating range of excitation
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us,
0.95 ... 1.05 times the rated
frequency
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us,
0.95 ... 1.05 times the rated frequency
Rated power
W
1
2
• Power consumption at 230 V AC, 50 Hz
VA
1
4
Varistor integrated in timing relay
--
Overvoltage protection
Recovery time
ms
50
150
Minimum ON period
ms
35
200 (with OFF-delay)
Typ. %
±15
Max. %
±1
• Load current
A
0.3
--
• AC-15, 230 V, 50 Hz
A
--
3
• DC-13, 24 V
A
--
1
• DC-13, 110 V
A
--
0.2
• DC-13, 230 V
A
--
0.1
10
--
--
4
Setting accuracy
With reference to upper limit of scale
Repeat accuracy
Load side
Rated operational currents Ie
Short-time loading capacity
DIAZED protection gG operational class
Up to 10 ms A
A
Residual current
Max. mA
5
--
Voltage drop
With conducting output
Max. VA
3.5
--
Mechanical endurance
Operating cycles 100 x 106
10 x 106
Switching frequency for load
• With Ie at 230 V AC
• With 3RT2016 contactor at 230 V AC
h-1
2 00
2 500
h-1
2 500
5 000
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/111
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT1 Contactors
General data
Function
Function chart
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open
Electronic timing relay blocks
1 NO contact (semiconductor output)
ON-delay,
two-wire design
(varistor integrated)
3RT1926-2C
L1/L+
NSB0_0939a
A1/A2
Contactor
A1
A2
A1
A2
A1
A2
1
2
N/L-
3RT1926-2D
– – – – To be connected
optionally
1 Timing relay block
2 Contactor
L1/L+
A1/A2
Timing relay
B1/A2
> 35 ms
A1/A2
Contactor
NSB0_00940a
OFF-delay
with control signal
(varistor integrated)
NSB0_00556
t
A2 can be connected
to N(L-) using either
the contactor or the
timing relay.
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks
1 NO + 1 NC
3RT1926-2E
A1
A2
A1
A2
2
NSB0_00936
A1/A2
-7/-8
-5/-6
A2
1
t
N/L
ON-delay
A2 must only be
connected to N(L--)
from the timing relay.
S1
A1 B1
NSB0_00557
3
A1/A2
Timing relay
Do not connect
1
Timing relay block
2 Contactor
6
$
t
$
A1
A2
27
35
28
36
NSB0_01873
OFF-delay
without control signal
3RT1926-2F
>200 ms
NSB0_00937
A1/A2
-7/-8
-5/-6
6
$
A1
t
$
A2
27
35
28
36
NSB0_01874a
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks
2 NO
Wye-delta function:
1 NO delayed,
1 NO instantaneous,
dead time 50 ms
(varistor integrated)
3RT1926-2G
NSB0_00938
A1/A2
Y -7/-8
-7/-8
t
6
$
A1
50 ms
$
A2
27
37
28
38
NSB0_01875
3/112
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT1 Contactors
General data
Contactor
Type
3RH1924, 3TX7090
Coupling links for mounting on contactors
acc. to IEC 60947/EN 60947
General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3)
V
300
Protective separation between coil and contacts
acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
V AC
Up to 300
• During operation
°C
-25 ... +60
• During storage
°C
-40 ... +80
3
Permissible ambient temperature
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix C
• Connections
IP20
• Enclosure
IP40
Circuit diagram
L1 B1+
B2- N
1
2
A1
1
A2
2
Coupling link
Contactor
NSB0_00182a
Conductor cross-sections
• Solid
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm²
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
Terminal screws
M3
Control side
Rated control supply voltage Us
V DC
24
Operating range
V DC
17 ... 30
Power consumption at Us
W
0.5
Nominal current input
mA
20
Release voltage
V
≥4
Function display
Yellow LED
Protection circuit
Varistor
Load side
Mechanical endurance
Opera- 20 x 106
ting
cycles
Electrical endurance at Ie
Opera- 1 x 105
ting
cycles
Switching frequency
Opera- 5 000
ting
cycles/h
Make-time
ms
Approx. 7
Break-time
ms
Approx. 4
Bounce time
ms
Approx. 2
AgSnO
Contact material
Switching voltage
Permissible residual current of the electronics (with 0 signal)
AC/DC V
mA
24 ... 250
2.5
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/113
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT1 Contactors
Auxiliary switches
■ Selection and ordering data
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RH1921-1HA. .,
3RH1921-1FA. .
For contactors Auxiliary contacts
Ident. No.
Type
DT Screw terminals
Version
NO
3RH1921-2HA. .,
3RH1921-2FA. .
NC
Article No.
NO
DT Spring-type terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
NC
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front
according to EN 50012
Size S31)
4-pole auxiliary switch blocks
3RT1.4
31
3
1
--
--
22
2
2
--
--
13
1
3
--
--
13 21 33 43
}
3RH1921-1HA31
}
3RH1921-2HA31
}
3RH1921-1HA22
}
3RH1921-2HA22
}
3RH1921-1HA13
}
3RH1921-2HA13
B
3RH1921-1XA22-0MA0
D
3RH1921-2XA22-0MA0
}
3RH1921-1FA40
}
3RH1921-2FA40
}
3RH1921-1FA31
}
3RH1921-2FA31
}
3RH1921-1FA22
}
3RH1921-2FA22
}
3RH1921-1FA04
A
3RH1921-2FA04
}
3RH1921-1FC22
A
3RH1921-2FC22
14 22 34 44
13 21 31 43
14 22 32 44
13 21 31 41
14 22 32 42
Sizes S3 to S12
2)
4-pole auxiliary switch blocks
3RT1.4 ...
3RT1.7
22
2
2
--
--
53 61 71 83
54 62 72 84
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front
according to EN 50005
Sizes S3 to S121)
4-pole auxiliary switch blocks
3RT1.4
(3RT1.7)
40
4
--
--
--
31
3
1
--
--
22
2
2
--
--
13 23 31 41
04
--
4
--
--
11 21 31 41
22 U
--
--
2
2
13 23 33 43
14 24 34 44
13 23 33 41
14 24 34 42
14 24 32 42
12 22 32 42
17 27 35 45
18 28 36 46
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging, see Chapter 16,
"Appendix" ➞ "Ordering Notes".
1)
2)
Exception: 3RT16.
Exception: 3RT12, 3RT16.
3/114
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT1 Contactors
Auxiliary switches
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RH1921-1MA. .
3RH1921-1C. .
For contactors Auxiliary contacts
Ident. No.
Type
DT Screw terminals
Version
NO
3RH1921-2C. .
NC
Article No.
NO
3
3RH1921-1LA. .
DT Spring-type terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
NC
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front
according to EN 50005
Size S31)
2-pole auxiliary switch blocks with cable entry on
one side
• Cable entry from above
3RT1.4
11
1
1
--
--
13 21
20
2
--
--
--
13 23
02
--
2
--
--
11 21
}
3RH1921-1LA11
--
}
3RH1921-1LA20
--
}
3RH1921-1LA02
--
}
3RH1921-1MA11
--
}
3RH1921-1MA20
--
}
3RH1921-1MA02
--
}
3RH1921-1CA10
}
3RH1921-2CA10
}
3RH1921-1CA01
}
3RH1921-2CA01
}
3RH1921-1CD10
--
}
3RH1921-1CD01
--
14 22
14 24
12 22
• Cable entry from below
3RT1.4
11
1
1
--
--
13 21
20
2
--
--
--
13 23
02
--
2
--
--
11 21
14 22
14 24
12 22
Sizes S3 to S122)
1-pole auxiliary switch blocks
according to EN 50005 and EN 50012
3RT1.4 ...
3RT1.7
10
1
--
--
--
.3
01
--
1
--
--
.1
10
--
--
1
--
.7
01
--
--
--
1
.5
.4
.2
.8
.6
1)
2)
Exception: 3RT16.
Exception: 3RT12, 3RT16.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/115
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT1 Contactors
Auxiliary switches
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RH1921-1DA11
3RH1921-1JA11
3RH1921-1EA. .
3RH1921-1KA. .
For contactors Auxiliary contacts
DT Screw terminals
Version
Type
NO
3RH1921-2DA11
3RH1921-2JA11
3RH1921-2EA. .
3RH1921-2KA..
Article No.
DT Spring-type terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
NC
Laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks
according to EN 50012
Left
Right
Sizes S3 to S12
First laterally mountable auxiliary switch block
(right or left), 2-pole
3RT1.4
(3RT1.7)
1
1
21 13
22 14
Left
Sizes S3 to S12
31 43
}
3RH1921-1DA11
}
3RH1921-2DA11
}
3RH1921-1JA11
}
3RH1921-2JA11
}
3RH1921-1EA20
}
3RH1921-2EA20
}
3RH1921-1EA11
}
3RH1921-1EA02
}
3RH1921-2EA02
}
3RH1921-1KA20
D
3RH1921-2KA20
}
3RH1921-1KA11
}
3RH1921-1KA02
32 44
Right
Second laterally mountable auxiliary switch block
(right or left), 2-pole
3RT1.4 ...
3RT1.7
1
1
61 53
71 83
62 54
72 84
Laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks
according to EN 50005
Left
Right
Sizes S3 to S12
First laterally mountable auxiliary switch block
(right or left), 2-pole
3RT1.4 ...
3RT1.7
2
--
53 63
73 83
54 64
74 84
1
1
51 63
71 83
52 64
72 84
--
2
51 61
71 81
52 62
Left
Sizes S3 to S12
--
72 82
Right
Second laterally mountable auxiliary switch block
(right or left), 2-pole
3RT1.4 ...
3RT1.7
3/116
2
--
153 163
154 164
174 184
1
1
151 163
171 183
152 164
172 184
--
2
151 161
171 181
152 162
172 182
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
173 183
--
D
3RH1921-2KA02
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT1 Contactors
Auxiliary switches
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RH1921-2DE11,
3RH1921-2JE11
For contactors
3RH1921-1FE22
Contacts
DT Screw terminals
Version
Type
NO
3RH1921-2JE22
Article No.
DT Spring-type terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
NO1) NC1) NC
Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks
• For operation in dusty atmospheres
• For solid-state circuits with rated operational currents
Ie/AC-14 and DC-13
of 1 ... 300 mA at 3 ...60 V
• Hard gold-plated contacts
• Mirror contacts according to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front
according to EN 50005
Size S3
3RT1.4
1
1
1
1
13 23 31 41
}
3RH1921-1FE22
B
3RH1921-2FE22
--
}
3RH1921-2DE11
--
}
3RH1921-2JE11
14 24 32 42
Laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks
according to EN 50012
Left
Sizes S3 to S12
Right
First laterally mountable auxiliary switch block
(right or left), 2-pole
3RT1.4 ...
3RT1.7
1
--
--
1
21 13
22 14
Left
Sizes S3 to S12
31 43
32 44
Right
Second laterally mountable auxiliary switch block
(right or left), 2-pole
3RT1.4 ...
3RT1.7
1)
1
--
--
1
61 53
71 83
62 54
72 84
1 NO + 1 NC standard auxiliary switches:
See descriptions on page 3/108.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/117
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT1 Contactors
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks and timing relay blocks
■ Selection and ordering data
For
contactors
Auxiliary contacts
Rated control supply
voltage Us1)
Time setting
range t
V
s
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
3
Type
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front,
terminal designations according to DIN 46199-5
Sizes S3 to S12
3RT10,
3RT13,
3RT14,
3RT15
With ON-delay2)
1 NO + 1 NC
24 AC/DC
100 ... 127 AC
200 ... 240 AC
3RT1926-2. . . .
3RT10,
3RT13,
3RT14,
3RT15
OFF-delay without control signal2)3)
1 NO + 1 NC
24 AC/DC
100 ... 127 AC/DC
200 ... 240 AC/DC
3RT10,
3RT13,
3RT14,
3RT15
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
C
}
A
C
}
C
B
}
B
3RT1926-2EJ11
3RT1926-2EJ21
3RT1926-2EJ31
3RT1926-2EC11
3RT1926-2EC21
3RT1926-2EC31
3RT1926-2ED11
3RT1926-2ED21
3RT1926-2ED31
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
41H
41H
41H
41H
41H
41H
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
}
}
}
B
}
B
B
A
A
3RT1926-2FJ11
3RT1926-2FJ21
3RT1926-2FJ31
3RT1926-2FK11
3RT1926-2FK21
3RT1926-2FK31
3RT1926-2FL11
3RT1926-2FL21
3RT1926-2FL31
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
41H
41H
41H
41H
41H
41H
}
}
}
3RT1926-2GJ51
3RT1926-2GC51
3RT1926-2GD51
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
B
B
B
}
}
}
3RT1926-2CG11
3RT1926-2CG21
3RT1926-2CG31
3RT1926-2CH11
3RT1926-2CH21
3RT1926-2CH31
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
41H
41H
41H
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
C
B
D
B
B
C
3RT1926-2DG11
3RT1926-2DG21
3RT1926-2DG31
3RT1926-2DH11
3RT1926-2DH21
3RT1926-2DH31
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
41H
41H
41H
S3: 70 fixed
B
3RT1916-2BE01
1
1 unit
41H
Wye-delta function (varistor integrated)2)
1 NO delayed
24 AC/DC
1.5 ... 30
+ 1 NO instanta100 ... 127 AC
1.5 ... 30
neous, dead time
200 ... 240 AC
1.5 ... 30
50 ms
Electronic timing relay blocks with semiconductor output
Size S3
3RT104,
3RT1344)
3RT1926-2C. . .
3RT104,
3RT1344)
For mounting onto top-lying coil terminals,
only for devices with screw terminals
• ON-delay (varistor integrated)
-24 ... 66 AC/DC
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
-90 ... 240 AC/DC
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
• OFF-delay with control signal
(varistor integrated)
-24 ... 66 AC/DC
--
90 ... 240 AC/DC
3RT1926-2D. . .
OFF-delay devices
Size S3
3RT104
24 DC
Only for contactors
with DC operation
3RT1916-2BE01
For technical specifications, operating travel diagrams and
circuit diagrams, see pages 3/111 and 3/112.
1)
The AC voltages are valid for 50 and 60 Hz.
Terminals A1 and A2 for the control supply voltage of the solid-state
time-delay auxiliary switch must be connected to the associated contactor
by means of connecting cables.
3)
Setting of output contacts in as-supplied state not defined (bistable relay).
Application of the control supply voltage once results in contact changeover to the correct setting.
4) In addition to these, no other auxiliary contacts are permitted.
2)
3/118
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT1 Contactors
Surge suppressors
■ Selection and ordering data
For
contactors
Version
Rated control supply
voltage Us1)
DT Article No.2)
Price
per PU
AC operation DC operation
Type
V AC
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
V DC
3
Surge suppressors without LED
Size S3 (also for spring-type terminals)
For fitting onto the coil terminals at top or bottom
3RT1.4
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
--
}
}
}
}
B
3RT1926-1BB00
3RT1926-1BC00
3RT1926-1BD00
3RT1926-1BE00
3RT1926-1BF00
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
41B
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
---
}
}
}
}
B
3RT1936-1CB00
3RT1936-1CC00
3RT1936-1CD00
3RT1936-1CE00
3RT1936-1CF00
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
41B
• Connectable at the top
-(e.g. for contactor with overload -relay)
24
30 ... 250
}
}
3RT1936-1ER00
3RT1936-1ES00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
• Connectable at the bottom
(e.g. for fuseless load feeders)
24
30 ... 250
}
B
3RT1936-1TR00
3RT1936-1TS00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
41B
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
41B
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Varistors
U
3RT1926-1B.00
3RT1.4
RC elements
3RT1.4
Diode assembly for DC operation
3RT1936-1C.00
---
Sizes S6 to S12
For connecting to withdrawable coil for contactors with
• conventional operating mechanism 3RT1. ..-.A...
• solid-state operating mechanism 3RT1. ..-.N...
3RT1.5,
3RT1.6,
3RT1956-1C.00 3RT1.7
RC elements
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
--
Screw terminals
}
}
}
}
C
3RT1956-1CB00
3RT1956-1CC00
3RT1956-1CD00
3RT1956-1CE00
3RT1956-1CF00
Spring-type
terminals
3RT1.5,
3RT1.6,
3RT1.7
RC elements
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
--
}
A
}
A
C
3RT1956-1CB02
3RT1956-1CC02
3RT1956-1CD02
3RT1956-1CE02
3RT1956-1CF02
1)
Can be used for AC operation for 50/60 Hz. Please inquire about further
voltages.
2) For packs of 10 or 5 units, "-Z" and order code "X90" must be added to the
article number
3)
For 3RT1.3 with AC operation mountable only at the top.
For
contactors
Version
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
Type
Main current path surge suppression modules for 3RT12 vacuum contactors
Sizes S10 and S12
3RT12
For damping overvoltages and protecting motor windings
against multiple re-ignition when switching off three-phase
motors.
For connection on the contactor feeder side
(2-T1/4-T2/6-T3). For separate installation.
Rated operational voltage Ue = 690 V AC
C
3RT1966-1PV3
1
1 unit
41B
Rated operational voltage Ue = 1 000 V AC
C
3RT1966-1PV4
1
1 unit
41B
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/119
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT1 Contactors
Miscellaneous accessories
■ Selection and ordering data
For
contactors
Version
Type
V
DT Screw terminals
3
Article No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
1
1 unit
41B
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
Coupling links for control by PLC
Size S3
For mounting onto the coil terminals of the contactors
With LED for indicating switching state
3RT1.4
Operating range: 17 ... 30 V DC
Power consumption: 0.5 W at 24 V DC
Permissible residual current of the electronics
(with 0 signal): 2.5 mA
}
3RH1924-1GP11
Rated operational current Ie:
• AC-15/AC-14 at 230 V: 3 A
• DC-13 at 230 V: 0.1 A
3RH1924-1GP11
With integrated varistor for damping opening surges.
For
contactors
Version
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
Type
LED modules for displaying contactor operation
Sizes S3 to S121) (also for spring-type terminals)
3RT1.4
For snapping into the location hole of an inscription
label on the front of a contactor either directly on the
contactor or on the front auxiliary switch.
B
3RT1926-1QT00
1
5 units
41B
B
3RT1946-4F
1
1 unit
41B
The LED module is connected to coil terminals A1 and
A2 of the contactor and indicates its energized state.
Yellow LED.
Rated voltage:
24 ... 240 V AC/DC with reverse polarity protection
3RT1926-1QT00
Mounted on contactor
Auxiliary terminals, 3-pole
Size S3
3RT104.
For connection of auxiliary and control cables
(0.5 to 2.5 mm2) to the main conductor connections
(for one side)
3RT1946-4F
For technical specifications and circuit diagram for coupling
links, see page 3/113.
3/120
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
1)
For sizes S6 to S12 the connecting leads have to be extended.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT1 Contactors
Miscellaneous accessories
For contactors
Size
Version
DT Article No.
For round and ribbon cables1)
Up to 70 mm2 2)
Up to 120 mm2
}
}
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3RT1955-4G
3RT1956-4G
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
B
3TX7500-0A
1
1 unit
41B
}
3RT1966-4G
1
1 unit
41B
Terminal covers for box terminals
(additional touch protection)
To be fitted at the box terminals
(2 units required per contactor)
For 4-pole contactors
B
3RT1936-4EA4
1
1 unit
41B
--
}
3RT1946-4EA2
1
1 unit
41B
For 4-pole contactors
Length: 25 mm
Length: 30 mm
B
}
}
3RT1946-4EA4
3RT1956-4EA2
3RT1966-4EA2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
Terminal covers for cable lugs and
busbar connection3)
For complying with the phase
clearances and as touch protection if
box terminal is removed
(2 units required per contactor)
--
B
3RT1946-4EA1
1
1 unit
41B
Length: 100 mm
Length: 120 mm
}
}
3RT1956-4EA1
3RT1966-4EA1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
Can be screwed on free screw end;
covers one busbar connection
(1 set = 6 units)
M8
M10
B
B
3TX6526-3B
3TX6546-3B
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
For busbar cover between contactor and
3RB2 overload relay or wiring module for
contactor assemblies
Length: 27 mm
}
Length: 42 mm
}
3RT1956-4EA3
3RT1966-4EA3
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
For busbar cover of the flat line
connectors for reversing and wye-delta
assemblies
Length: 38 mm
}
3RT1956-4EA4
1
1 unit
41B
1 unit required per contactor
C
3RT1926-4MA10
1
5 units
41B
Type
S6
3RT1.5
(3RB205)
S10, S12
3RT195.-4G
3RT1.6,
3RT1.7
(3RB206,
3RB216)
Auxiliary conductor connection for box
terminals
Up to 240 mm2
With auxiliary conductor connection
Covers
3RT1946-4EA2
3RT133,
3RT153
S3
3RT104,
3RT144
3RT134
S63)
3RT1.5
S10, S123) 3RT1.6,
3RT1.7
3RT1956-4EA2
S3
3RT1956-4EA1
S6
S10/S12
S6
S10, S12
3RT104,
3RT144
3RT1.5
3RT1.6,
3RT1.7
3RT1.5
3RT1.6,
3RT1.7
3TX6526-3B
S6
S10/S124)
3RT1.5
3RT1.6,
3RT1.7
S6
3RT1.5
S3 ... S12
3RT1.3 ...
3RT1.7 5)
Sealable covers
IC01_00162
3RT1926-4MA10
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Connectable cross-sections of the contactors, see
Technical Specifications, pages 3/89 and 3/94).
As standard for 3RT1054-1 contactor (55 kW).
Also fits on contactors S6 to S12 with box terminals.
The 3RT1966-4EA3 cover is required in addition for use in contactor
assemblies (reversing/wye-delta).
Exception: contactors and contactor relays with auxiliary switch block
mounted onto the front.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/121
3
Box terminal blocks
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Accessories for 3RT1 Contactors
Miscellaneous accessories
For contactors
Max. conductor cross-sections
Size
mm2
Type
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
Links for paralleling
3-pole, with through hole
(star jumpers)1)2)3)
3RT104,
3RT144
185
}
3RT1946-4BB31
1
1 unit
41B
S6
3RT1. 5
--
}
3RT1956-4BA31
1
1 unit
41B
S10/S12
3RT1. 6,
3RT1. 7
--
}
3RT1966-4BA31
1
1 unit
41B
3
S3
3RT1946-4BB31
3RT1956-4BA31
1)
2)
The links for paralleling can be reduced by one pole.
Size S3: A cover plate is included for touch protection.
(Can only be used when the box terminal is removed.)
Sizes S6 to S12: The 3RT1956-4EA1 (for S6) or 3RT1966-4EA1
(for S10 and S12) cover can be used for touch protection.
3)
The star jumpers to the contactors of sizes S6 and S10/S12 are approved
according to UL and CSA.
Version
DT Spring-type
terminals
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Article No.
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
Insulation stop for securely holding back the conductor insulation
on conductors up to 1 mm2
Insulation stop strip can be inserted in cable entry of spring-type
terminals (2 strips per contactor required, can be removed in
pairs)
3RT1916-4JA02
B
3RT1916-4JA02
1 20 units
41B
Length: approx. 200 mm,
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,
titanium gray/black, partially insulated
A
3RA2908-1A
1
41B
Version
DT Article No.
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals, up to 2.5 mm2
conductor cross-section.
Tools for opening spring-type terminal points
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals, for conductor
cross-sections up to 2.5 mm²
Not suitable for devices with removable terminal
3RA2908-1A
Price
per PU
1 unit
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Blank labels
NSB0_01429b
Unit labeling plates for SIRIUS devices1)
• 10 mm × 7 mm, pastel turquoise
C
3RT1900-1SB10
100
816 units
41B
• 20 mm × 7 mm, pastel turquoise
D
3RT1900-1SB20
100
340 units
41B
• 19 mm × 6 mm, pastel turquoise
C
3RT1900-1SB60
100
3060 units
41B
• 19 mm × 6 mm, zinc/yellow
C
3RT1900-1SD60
100
3060 units
41B
Adhesive labels for SIRIUS devices
3RT1900-1SB20
1)
PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH
(see Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "External Partners").
3/122
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Spare parts for 3RT1 Contactors
Solenoid coils
■ Selection and ordering data
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RT1944-5A.01
For contactors
3RT1944-5B.42
AC
Size
Type
3RT1945-5A.01
Rated control supply voltage Us
3RT1945-5A.02
DT Screw terminals
DC
Article No.
DT Spring-type
terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
50 Hz
50/60 Hz
60 Hz
V
V
V
V
24
42
48
110
-----
-----
-----
B
B
B
B
3RT1944-5AB01
3RT1944-5AD01
3RT1944-5AH01
3RT1944-5AF01
B
B
B
B
3RT1944-5AB02
3RT1944-5AD02
3RT1944-5AH02
3RT1944-5AF02
230
400
---
---
---
B
B
3RT1944-5AP01
3RT1944-5AV01
B
B
3RT1944-5AP02
3RT1944-5AV02
-----
24
42
48
110
-----
-----
B
B
B
B
3RT1944-5AC21
3RT1944-5AD21
3RT1944-5AH21
3RT1944-5AG21
B
B
B
B
3RT1944-5AC22
3RT1944-5AD22
3RT1944-5AH22
3RT1944-5AG22
---
220
230
---
---
B
B
3RT1944-5AN21
3RT1944-5AL21
B
B
3RT1944-5AN22
3RT1944-5AL22
110
220
---
--100
200
120
240
110
220
-----
B
B
B
B
3RT1944-5AK61
3RT1944-5AP61
3RT1944-5AG61
3RT1944-5AN61
B
B
B
B
3RT1944-5AK62
3RT1944-5AP62
3RT1944-5AG62
3RT1944-5AN62
Price
per PU
Solenoid coils ⋅ AC operation
S3
3RT1044
3RT1045,
3RT1046,
3RT134.,
3RT1446,
3RT154.
--
400
440
--
B
3RT1944-5AR61
B
3RT1944-5AR62
24
42
48
110
-----
-----
-----
B
B
B
B
3RT1945-5AB01
3RT1945-5AD01
3RT1945-5AH01
3RT1945-5AF01
B
B
B
B
3RT1945-5AB02
3RT1945-5AD02
3RT1945-5AH02
3RT1945-5AF02
230
400
---
---
---
B
C
3RT1945-5AP01
3RT1945-5AV01
B
B
3RT1945-5AP02
3RT1945-5AV02
-----
24
42
48
110
-----
-----
B
B
B
B
3RT1945-5AC21
3RT1945-5AD21
3RT1945-5AH21
3RT1945-5AG21
B
B
B
B
3RT1945-5AC22
3RT1945-5AD22
3RT1945-5AH22
3RT1945-5AG22
---
220
230
---
---
B
B
3RT1945-5AN21
3RT1945-5AL21
B
B
3RT1945-5AN22
3RT1945-5AL22
110
220
---
--100
200
120
240
110
220
-----
B
B
B
C
3RT1945-5AK61
3RT1945-5AP61
3RT1945-5AG61
3RT1945-5AN61
B
B
B
B
3RT1945-5AK62
3RT1945-5AP62
3RT1945-5AG62
3RT1945-5AN62
--
400
440
--
B
3RT1945-5AR61
B
3RT1945-5AR62
-----
-----
-----
24
42
48
60
B
C
B
B
3RT1944-5BB41
3RT1944-5BD41
3RT1944-5BW41
3RT1944-5BE41
B
B
B
B
3RT1944-5BB42
3RT1944-5BD42
3RT1944-5BW42
3RT1944-5BE42
-----
-----
-----
110
125
220
230
B
B
B
B
3RT1944-5BF41
3RT1944-5BG41
3RT1944-5BM41
3RT1944-5BP41
B
B
B
B
3RT1944-5BF42
3RT1944-5BG42
3RT1944-5BM42
3RT1944-5BP42
Solenoid coils ⋅ DC operation
S3
3RT104.,
3RT134.,
3RT144.,
3RT154.
Note:
Contactors with AC and DC coils have different depths. It is
only possible to replace AC coils with AC coils or DC coils with
DC ones.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/123
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Spare parts for 3RT1 Contactors
Solenoid coils
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RT1955-5A. . 1
For contactors
Rated control supply voltage
Us min ... Us max
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
Size
Type
V AC/DC
DT Spring-type
terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
Withdrawable coils
Conventional operating mechanisms
S6
S10
S10
S12
3/124
3RT105,
3RT145
3RT106,
3RT146
3RT126
Vacuum
contactors
3RT107,
3RT147,
3RT127
Vacuum
contactors
23 ... 26
42 ... 48
110 ... 127
200 ... 220
B
B
B
B
3RT1955-5AB31
3RT1955-5AD31
3RT1955-5AF31
3RT1955-5AM31
B
B
B
B
3RT1955-5AB32
3RT1955-5AD32
3RT1955-5AF32
3RT1955-5AM32
220 ... 240
240 ... 277
380 ... 420
440 ... 480
B
B
B
B
3RT1955-5AP31
3RT1955-5AU31
3RT1955-5AV31
3RT1955-5AR31
B
B
B
B
3RT1955-5AP32
3RT1955-5AU32
3RT1955-5AV32
3RT1955-5AR32
500 ... 550
575 ... 600
B
B
3RT1955-5AS31
3RT1955-5AT31
B
B
3RT1955-5AS32
3RT1955-5AT32
23 ... 26
42 ... 48
110 ... 127
200 ... 220
B
B
B
C
3RT1965-5AB31
3RT1965-5AD31
3RT1965-5AF31
3RT1965-5AM31
B
B
B
B
3RT1965-5AB32
3RT1965-5AD32
3RT1965-5AF32
3RT1965-5AM32
220 ... 240
240 ... 277
380 ... 420
440 ... 480
B
B
B
B
3RT1965-5AP31
3RT1965-5AU31
3RT1965-5AV31
3RT1965-5AR31
B
B
B
B
3RT1965-5AP32
3RT1965-5AU32
3RT1965-5AV32
3RT1965-5AR32
500 ... 550
575 ... 600
C
C
3RT1965-5AS31
3RT1965-5AT31
B
B
3RT1965-5AS32
3RT1965-5AT32
23 ... 26
42 ... 48
110 ... 127
200 ... 220
B
B
A
C
3RT1966-5AB31
3RT1966-5AD31
3RT1966-5AF31
3RT1966-5AM31
-----
220 ... 240
240 ... 277
380 ... 420
440 ... 480
A
C
B
C
3RT1966-5AP31
3RT1966-5AU31
3RT1966-5AV31
3RT1966-5AR31
-----
500 ... 550
575 ... 600
C
C
3RT1966-5AS31
3RT1966-5AT31
---
23 ... 26
42 ... 48
110 ... 127
200 ... 220
B
B
B
C
3RT1975-5AB31
3RT1975-5AD31
3RT1975-5AF31
3RT1975-5AM31
B
B
B
B
3RT1975-5AB32
3RT1975-5AD32
3RT1975-5AF32
3RT1975-5AM32
220 ... 240
240 ... 277
380 ... 420
440 ... 480
B
B
B
B
3RT1975-5AP31
3RT1975-5AU31
3RT1975-5AV31
3RT1975-5AR31
B
B
B
B
3RT1975-5AP32
3RT1975-5AU32
3RT1975-5AV32
3RT1975-5AR32
500 ... 550
575 ... 600
C
C
3RT1975-5AS31
3RT1975-5AT31
B
B
3RT1975-5AS32
3RT1975-5AT32
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Spare parts for 3RT1 Contactors
Solenoid coils
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RT1955-5N. . 1
For contactors
Rated control supply voltage Us
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
Size
Type
V AC/DC
DT Spring-type
terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
Withdrawable coils
Solid-state operating mechanisms
For 24 V DC PLC output
S6
3RT105,
3RT145
21 ... 27.3
96 ... 127
200 ... 277
C
B
B
3RT1955-5NB31
3RT1955-5NF31
3RT1955-5NP31
B
B
B
3RT1955-5NB32
3RT1955-5NF32
3RT1955-5NP32
S10
3RT106,
3RT146
21 ... 27.3
96 ... 127
200 ... 277
B
B
B
3RT1965-5NB31
3RT1965-5NF31
3RT1965-5NP31
B
B
B
3RT1965-5NB32
3RT1965-5NF32
3RT1965-5NP32
3RT126
Vacuum
contactors
21 ... 27.3
96 ... 127
200 ... 277
B
C
C
3RT1966-5NB31
3RT1966-5NF31
3RT1966-5NP31
3RT107,
3RT147,
3RT127
Vacuum
contactors
21 ... 27.3
96 ... 127
200 ... 277
B
B
B
3RT1975-5NB31
3RT1975-5NF31
3RT1975-5NP31
S12
---B
B
B
3RT1975-5NB32
3RT1975-5NF32
3RT1975-5NP32
For 24 V DC PLC output/PLC relay output,
with remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
(withdrawable coil with laterally mounted solid-state module)
S6
3RT105,
3RT145
96 ... 127
200 ... 277
B
B
3RT1955-5PF31
3RT1955-5PP31
---
S10
3RT106,
3RT146
96 ... 127
200 ... 277
B
B
3RT1965-5PF31
3RT1965-5PP31
---
S12
3RT107,
3RT147
96 ... 127
200 ... 277
B
B
3RT1975-5PF31
3RT1975-5PP31
---
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/125
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Spare parts for 3RT1 Contactors
Contacts and arc chutes
■ Selection and ordering data
For contactors
Size
Version
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Type
3
Contacts with fixing parts
For contactors with 3 main contacts
S3
3RT1044
3RT1045
3RT1046
Main contacts (3 NO contacts) for utilization category AC-3
(1 set = 3 movable and 6 fixed switching elements with fixing
parts)
B
B
B
3RT1944-6A
3RT1945-6A
3RT1946-6A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
S6
3RT1054
3RT1055
3RT1056
}
}
}
3RT1954-6A
3RT1955-6A
3RT1956-6A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
S10
3RT1064
3RT1065
3RT1066
}
}
}
3RT1964-6A
3RT1965-6A
3RT1966-6A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
S12
3RT1075
3RT1076
}
A
3RT1975-6A
3RT1976-6A
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
S3
3RT1446
Main contacts (3 NO contacts) for utilization category AC-1
B
3RT1946-6D
1
1 unit
41B
S6
3RT1456
B
3RT1956-6D
1
1 unit
41B
S10
3RT1466
(1 set = 3 movable and 6 fixed switching elements
with fixing parts)
B
3RT1966-6D
1
1 unit
41B
S12
3RT1476
A
3RT1976-6D
1
1 unit
41B
B
B
B
3RT1964-6V
3RT1965-6V
3RT1966-6V
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
B
B
3RT1975-6V
3RT1976-6V
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
B
B
3RT1944-6E
3RT1946-6E
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
B
3RT1946-7A
1
1 unit
41B
For 3RT12 vacuum contactors
S10
3RT1264
3RT1265
3RT1266
S12
3RT1275
3RT1276
3 vacuum interrupters with fixing parts
For contactors with 4 main contacts
3RT1344
3RT1346
Main contacts (4 NO contacts) for utilization category AC-1
S3
3RT104.,
3RT1446
Arc chutes, 3-pole
S6
3RT1054
3RT1055
3RT1056
B
B
B
3RT1954-7A
3RT1955-7A
3RT1956-7A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
S10
3RT1064
3RT1065
3RT1066
B
B
B
3RT1964-7A
3RT1965-7A
3RT1966-7A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
S12
3RT1075
3RT1076
B
B
3RT1975-7A
3RT1976-7A
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
S6
3RT1456
B
3RT1956-7B
1
1 unit
41B
S10
3RT1466
B
3RT1966-7B
1
1 unit
41B
S12
3RT1476
B
3RT1976-7B
1
1 unit
41B
3/126
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
S3
(1 set = 4 movable and 8 fixed switching elements with fixing
parts)
Arc chutes
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF6 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 335 ... 450 kW
Standards
Electromagnetic compatibility
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1,
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1,
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 (auxiliary switches)
The 3TF68/3TF69 contactors are suitable for use in any climate.
They are finger-safe according to EN 50274. Terminal covers
may have to be fitted onto the connecting bars, depending on
the configuration with other devices (see Accessories and
Spare Parts on page 3/135).
The 3TF68/3TF69. .-.C.. contactors for AC operation are fitted
with an electronically controlled solenoid operating mechanism
with a high interference immunity (for EMC values, see
page 3/130). The solenoid coil is connected to varistors for
protection against overvoltages.
Main contacts
Contact erosion indication with 3TF68/3TF69 vacuum contactors
The contact erosion of the vacuum interrupters can be checked
during operation with the help of 3 white double slides on the
contactor base. If the distance indicated by one of the double
slides is < 0.5 mm while the contactor is in the closed position,
then the vacuum interrupter must be replaced. To ensure maximum reliability, it is recommended to replace all 3 vacuum interrupters simultaneously.
The 3TF68/3TF69. .-.Q.. contactors for AC operation are
designed for operation in systems with AC control supply
voltage which is subject to strong interference. The solenoid
systems of these contactors are configured in the DC economy
circuit with rectification. The rectifier bridge is connected to
varistors for protection against overvoltages.
Protection of the main current paths
An integrated RC varistor connection for the main current paths
dampens the switching overvoltage rises to safe values.
This prevents multiple restricting. It can therefore be assumed
that the motor winding cannot be damaged by switching
overvoltages with steep voltage rises.
Note:
Auxiliary contacts
Contact reliability
These auxiliary contacts are particularly suitable for solid-state
circuits with currents ≥ 1 mA at a voltage ≥ 17 V.
During operation in installations in which the emitted interference
limits cannot be observed, e.g. when used for output contactors
in converters, 3TF68/3TF69. .-.Q contactors – without connection of the main current path circuit – are recommended.
■ Technical specifications
Contactor
Type
3TF68 and 3TF69
Rated data of the auxiliary contacts
According to IEC 60947-5-1
Rated insulation voltage Ui
(pollution degree 3)
V
690
Conventional thermal current
Ith = Rated operational current Ie/AC-12
A
10
AC load
Rated operational current Ie/AC-15/AC-14
• For rated operational voltage Ue
-
At 24 V
At 110 V
At 125 V
At 220 V
At 230 V
A
A
A
A
A
10
10
10
6
5.6
-
At 380 V
At 400 V
At 500 V
At 660 V
At 690 V
A
A
A
A
A
4
3.6
2.5
2.5
2.3
At 24 V
At 60 V
At 110 V
At 125 V
A
A
A
A
10
10
3.2
2.5
- At 220 V
- At 440 V
- At 600 V
A
A
A
0.9
0.33
0.22
DC load
Rated operational current Ie/DC-12
• For rated operational voltage Ue
-
Auxiliary contacts with
delayed NC contact:
Rated operational current Ie/DC-13
• For rated operational voltage Ue
At 24 V
At 60 V
At 110 V
At 125 V
A
A
A
A
10
5
1.14
0.98
6
NS
0.98
NS
- At 220 V
- At 440 V
- At 600 V
A
A
A
0.48
0.13
0.07
NS
NS
0.07
V AC
600
-
NS = No specification
s and u rated data of the auxiliary contacts
Rated voltage, max.
Switching capacity
A 600, P 600
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/127
3
■ Overview
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF6 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 335 ... 450 kW
Contactor
3TF68 and 3TF69
Operating cycles
The contact endurance for utilization category AC-12 or
AC-15/AC-14 depends mainly on the breaking current.
It is assumed that the operating mechanisms are switched
randomly, i.e. not synchronized with the phase angle of the
supply system.
The characteristic curves apply to 230 V AC.
4
3
2
NSB0_00651b
7
10
8
6
4
3
2
6
10
8
6
4
3
2
5
10
-2
10
Contactor
2
3 4
-1
6 8 10
2
3 4
0
1
2 3 4 6 8 10
6 8 10
Breaking current a ( A )
2
3TF68 and 3TF69
Contact erosion indication with vacuum contactors
The contact erosion of the vacuum interrupters can be
checked during operation with the help of three white
double slides on the contactor base.
If the distance indicated by one of the double slides is
< 0.5 mm while the contactor is in the closed position,
the vacuum interrupter must be replaced. To ensure
maximum reliability, it is recommended to replace all
three vacuum interrupters at once.
Contact endurance of the main contacts
2
10
8
6
4
6
2
10
8
6
4
5
8
6
4
6
4
2
6
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
5
10
8
6
4
6
2
10
8
6
4
5
4
4
10
8
6
4
4
10
8
6
4
3
10
3TF68 3TF69
Contactor type
NSB0_00654a
2
10
8
6
4
6
2
10
8
6
4
5
2
10
8
6
4
4
2
2
2
107
8
6
4
2
2
2
2
10
8
6
4
Operating cycles at 400 V
7
Operating cycles at 690 V
10
8
6
4
Operating cycles at 500 V
Operating cycles at 230 V
3
Endurance of the auxiliary contacts
3
2
10
10
3
100
200
400
600
635
1 000
820
335
450
Diagram legend:
Prated = Rated power for squirrel-cage motors at 400 V
= Breaking current
a
= Rated operational current
e
3/128
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
2 000
4 000
a
(A) 6 000
e (A)
Prated (kW)
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF6 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 335 ... 450 kW
:
Type
Size
mm
3TF69
14
14
230 x 276 x 237
230 x 295 x 237
'
+
Dimensions (W x H x D)
3TF68
90°
The contactors are designed for operation on a
vertical mounting surface
Mechanical endurance
Operating cycles 5 million
Electrical endurance
Operating cycles 3)
kV
1
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
8
Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts
acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
kV
1
Rated insulation voltage Ui
(pollution degree 3)
3
22,5° 22,5°
90°
NSB0_00649a
General data
Permissible mounting position,
installation instructions1)2)
Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
Mirror contacts
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be closed
simultaneously with an NO main contact.
One NC contact each must be connected in series for the right and left
auxiliary switch block respectively.
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation4)
• During storage
°C
°C
-25 ... +55
-55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix C
IP00/open (where applicable, use additional terminal covers)
Touch protection acc. to EN 50274
Finger-safe only for vertical contact from the front
Shock resistance
• Rectangular pulse
- AC operation
- DC operation
g/ms
g/ms
8.1/5 and 4.7/10
9/5 and 5.7/10
9.5/5 and 5.7/10
8.6/5 and 5.1/10
g/ms
g/ms
12.8/5 and 7.4/10
14.4/5 and 9.1/10
13.5/5 and 7.8/10
13.5/5 and 7.8/10
• Sine pulse
- AC operation
- DC operation
Conductor cross-sections
See page 3/132
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
See page 3/130
Short-circuit protection
Main circuit
Fuse links, gG operational class:
LV HRC, type 3NA; DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
according to IEC 60947-4-1/EN 60947-4-1
• Type of coordination "1"
A
1 000
1 250
• Type of coordination "2"
A
500
630
• Weld-free5)
A
400
500
• with fuse links of operational class gG:
DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
with short-circuit current Ik = 1 kA acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
A
10
• with miniature circuit breakers with C characteristic
with short-circuit current Ik = 400 A
A
10
Auxiliary circuit
Short-circuit test
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
To easily replace the laterally mounted auxiliary switches it is
recommended to maintain a minimum distance of 30 mm between the
contactors.
If mounted at a 90° angle (current paths are horizontally above each
other), the switching frequency is reduced by 80 % compared with the
normal values.
See "Endurance of the auxiliary contacts", page 3/128.
For ambient temperatures > 55°C, only 3TF6.33-.Q..-Z A02 contactors
(= without connection of the main current path circuits) can be used.
Then derating is also possible with these contactors:
- AC-1: Ie = 782 A, 644 operating cycles/h;
- AC-3: operating range 0.85-1.05 x Us, 460 operating cycles/hour,
mechanical endurance 5 million operating cycles, lateral clearance
10 mm
Test conditions according to IEC 60947-4-1.
Note:
For short-circuit protection of contactors with overload relay,
see Configuration Manual "Configuring SIRIUS"
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/40625241.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/129
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF6 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 335 ... 450 kW
Contactor
Type
3TF68
3TF69
Size
14
14
Control
0.8 x Us min ... 1.1 x Us max
Solenoid coil operating range
3
Power consumption of the solenoid coils
(for cold coil and 1.0 x Us)
• AC operation, Us max
- Closing
- Closed
VA/p.f.
VA/p.f.
1850/1
49/0.15
950/0.98
30.6/0.31
• AC operation, Us min
- Closing
- Closed
VA/p.f.
VA/p.f.
1200/1
13.5/0.47
600/0.98
12.9/0.43
• DC economy circuit1)
- Closing at 24 V
- Closed
W
W
1010
28
960
20.6
VA/p.f.
VA/p.f.
1 000/0.99
11/1
1 150/0.99
11/1
For contactors of type 3TF68/3TF69..-.Q:
• AC operation, Us min2)
- Closing
- Closed
(Values apply to cold and warm coil)
Operating times for 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
(Total break time = Opening delay + Arcing time)
• AC operation
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
ms
ms
70 ... 120 (22 ... 65)3)
70 ... 100
80 ... 120
70 ... 80
• DC economy circuit
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
ms
ms
76 ... 110
50
86 ... 280
19 ... 25
ms
10 ... 15
10
ms
ms
35 ... 90
65 ... 90
45 ... 160
30 ... 80
• Arcing time
For contactors of type 3TF68/3TF69..-.Q:
• AC operation
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
Operating times for 1.0 x U s
(Total break time = Opening delay + Arcing time)
• AC operation
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
ms
ms
80 ... 100 (30 ... 45)3)
70 ... 100
85 ... 100
70
• DC economy circuit
- Closing delay
- Opening delay
ms
ms
80 ... 90
50
90 ... 125
19 ... 25
Standard
Reduced make-time
ms
ms
120
90
120
--
ms
100
300
Minimum command duration
for closing
Minimum interval time between two ON commands
1)
At 24 V DC; for further voltages, deviations of up to ±10 % are possible.
2)
Including reversing contactor.
3)
Values in brackets apply to contactors with reduced operating times.
Contactor
Type
3TF6.44-.CF7 3TF6.44-.CM7 3TF6.44-.CP7 3TF6.44-.CQ7 3TF6.44-.CS7
Electromagnetic compatibility
Rated control supply voltage Us
V AC
Overvoltage type acc. to IEC 60801
110 ... 132
200 ... 240
230 ... 277
380 ... 460
500 ... 600
Burst/Surge
Degree of severity acc. to IEC 60801
• Burst
3
4
4
4
4
• Surge
4
4
4
4
4
Overvoltage resistance
• Burst
kV
2
4
4
4
4
• Surge
kV
6
5
5
6
6
3/130
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF6 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 335 ... 450 kW
Contactor
Type
3TF68
3TF69
Size
14
14
A
A
A
700
630
450
910
850
800
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
240
415
545
720
780
323
558
735
970
1385
At 40 °C
mm2
2 x 240
At 55 °C
mm2
2 x 185
Ie ≥ 800 A: 2 x 60 x 5
(copper busbars)
Ie < 800 A: 2 x 240
A
A
630
435
820
580
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
200
347
434
600
600
260
450
600
800
800
10 s current
A
5 040
7 000
At Ie/AC-3
W
45
70
Main circuit
Load rating with AC
• Rated operational currents Ie
• Rated power for AC loads
with p.f. = 0.95 at 55 °C
• Minimum conductor cross-sections
for loads with Ie
At 40 °C up to 690 V
At 55 °C up to 690 V
At 55 °C 1 000 V
230 V
400 V
500 V
690 V
1 000 V
3
Utilization category AC-1
Switching resistive loads
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
• Rated operational currents Ie
• Rated power for slipring or squirrel-cage
motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz
Thermal load capacity
Power loss per conducting path
Up to 690 V
1 000 V
At 230 V
400 V
500 V
690 V
1 000 V
Utilization category AC-4 (for Ia = 6 x Ie)
Maximum values:
• Rated operational current Ie
• Rated power for squirrel-cage motors with
50 Hz and 60 Hz
Up to 690 V
A
610
690
kW
355
400
A
A
300
210
360
250
At 230 V
400 V
500 V1)
690 V1)
1 000 V1)
kW
kW
kW
kW
A
97
168
210
278
290
110
191
250
335
350
No-load switching
frequency AC
1/h
2 000
1 000
No-load switching
frequency DC
AC-1
AC-2
AC-3
AC-4
1/h
1 000
1 000
1/h
1/h
1/h
1/h
700
200
500
150
700
200
500
150
1/h
15
15
At 400 V
The following applies to a contact endurance of
about 200 000 operating cycles:
• Rated operational currents Ie
• Rated power for squirrel-cage motors with
50 Hz and 60 Hz
Up to 690 V
1 000 V
Switching frequency
Switching frequency z in operating cycles/hour
• Contactors without overload relays
• Contactors with overload relays (mean value)
1)
Max. permissible rated operational current Ie/AC-4 = Ie/AC-3 up to 500 V,
for reduced contact endurance and reduced switching frequency.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/131
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF6 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 335 ... 450 kW
Contactor
Type
3TF68
3TF69
Size
14
14
Conductor cross-sections
Main conductors:
Screw terminals
• Busbar connections
3
-
Finely stranded with cable lug
Stranded with cable lug
Solid or stranded
Connecting bar (max. width)
• Terminal screw
- Tightening torque
mm2
mm2
AWG
mm
50 ... 240
70 ... 240
2/0 ... 500 MCM
50
50 ... 240
50 ... 240
2/0 ... 500 MCM
60 (Ue ≤ 690 V)
50 (Ue > 690 V)
Nm
lb.in
M10 x 30
14 ... 24
124 ... 210
M12 x 40
20 ... 35
177 ... 310
Nm
15 ... 25
1 x 26 or 2 x 11
A/F 6 (hexagon socket)
25 ... 40 (221 ... 354 lb.in)
15 ... 38
1 x 46 or 2 x 18
A/F 8 (hexagon socket)
35 ... 50 (266 ... 443 lb.in)
mm2
mm2
mm2
AWG
Nm
lb.in
2 x (0.5 ... 1)2)/2 x (1 ... 2.5)2)
2 x (0.5 ... 1)2)/2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)2)
2 x (1 ... 1.5)
2 x (18 ... 12)
0.8 ... 1.4
7 ... 12
• With box terminal1)
-
Connectable copper bars
Width
Max. thickness
Terminal screw
Tightening torque
mm
mm
Auxiliary conductors:
•
•
•
•
•
1)
2)
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
Pin-end connector to DIN 46231
Solid or stranded
Tightening torque
See "Accessories and Spare Parts", page 3/135.
If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping
point, both cross-sections must lie in one of the ranges specified.
Contactor
Type
3TF68
3TF69
Size
14
14
V AC
600
600
A
630
820
hp
hp
hp
hp
231
266
530
664
290
350
700
860
hp
6
7
A
A
600
540
820
810
hp
hp
hp
hp
150
200
400
400
-300
600
600
s and u rated data
Rated insulation voltage
Uninterrupted current
• Open and enclosed
Maximum horsepower ratings
(s and u approved values)
• Rated power for three-phase motors
at 60 Hz
-
At 200 V
At 230 V
At 460 V
At 575 V
NEMA/EEMAC ratings
SIZE
• Uninterrupted current
- Open
- Enclosed
• Rated power for three-phase motors
at 60 Hz
-
At 200 V
At 230 V
At 460 V
At 575 V
Overload relays
Short-circuit protection with overload relays, see Chapter 7,
"Protection Equipment" ➞ "Overload Relays".
3/132
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3RB12
Type
• Setting range
A
200 ... 820
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF6 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 335 ... 450 kW
■ Selection and ordering data
3
Contactors for AC control
• Main conductors: Busbar connections
• Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw terminals
• Electronically controlled solenoid operating mechanism with high EMC1)
• With overvoltage protection of the coil (varistor)
3TF68/69
Rated data
Auxiliary
contacts
Rated control
DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us
AC-2 and AC-3 (up to 55 °C)
AC-1
OperaRatings2) of three-phase motors
tional
at 50 Hz and
current Ie 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 1 000 V
up to
690 V
Operational
current Ie
(at 40 °C)
Version
A
A
NO
NC
V
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
Article No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
AC operation 50/60 Hz1)
Size 14
A1
A2
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43 53 61 71 83
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44 54 62 72 84
630
200
335
434
600
--
700
4
4
110 ... 132 AC
200 ... 240 AC
A
}
3TF6844-0CF7
3TF6844-0CM7
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
630
200
335
434
600
600
700
4
4
110 ... 132 AC
200 ... 240 AC
C
A
3TF6844-8CF7
3TF6844-8CM7
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
820
260
450
600
800
--
910
4
4
110 ... 132 AC
200 ... 240 AC
A
}
3TF6944-0CF7
3TF6944-0CM7
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
820
260
450
600
800
800
910
4
4
110 ... 132 AC
200 ... 240 AC
C
C
3TF6944-8CF7
3TF6944-8CM7
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
1)
For electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), see page 3/130.
For use of 3TF6 vacuum contactors in the environment of frequency
converters, we recommend ordering a special version:
3TF6...-....-Z A02.
3TF68/3TF69 vacuum contactors in their basic version are supplied with
integrated overvoltage damping for the main current paths. The surge
suppression circuit is not required for operation in circuits with DC
choppers, frequency converters or speed-variable operating mechanisms,
for example.
The circuit could be damaged by the voltage peaks and harmonics and
thus cause phase-to-phase short circuits. For this reason, the contactors
can also be supplied without integrated overvoltage damping.
Without additional price.
The article number must be supplemented by "-Z" and the order code
"A02".
2)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
Other voltages, see page 3/134.
For accessories, see page 3/135, for spare parts, see
page 3/136.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Footnotes for page 3/134:
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
2)
On these versions, a magnetic system is used in the DC economy circuit.
A varistor can be retrofitted. A 3TC4417-4AB4 reversing contactor with
preassembled connecting cable (approx. 1 m) and plug is included in the
scope of supply of the vacuum contactor.
3)
On this version, a magnetic system with rectifier is used in the
DC economy circuit. Varistor integrated. A 3TC4417-.... reversing contactor with preassembled connecting cable (approx. 1 m) is included in the
scope of supply of the vacuum contactor.
4) For electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), see page 3/130.
For use of 3TF6 vacuum contactors in the environment of frequency
converters, we recommend ordering a special version:
3TF6...-....-Z A02.
3TF68/3TF69 vacuum contactors in their basic version are supplied with
integrated overvoltage damping for the main current paths. The surge
suppression circuit is not required for operation in circuits with
DC choppers, frequency converters or speed-variable operating
mechanisms, for example.
The circuit could be damaged by the voltage peaks and harmonics and
thus cause phase-to-phase short circuits. For this reason, the contactors
can also be supplied without integrated overvoltage damping.
Without additional price.
The article number must be supplemented by "-Z" and the order code
"A02".
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/133
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF6 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 335 ... 450 kW
Contactors for DC operation and for AC operation which is subject to strong interference
• Main conductors: Busbar connections
• Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw terminals
• DC solenoid system with 3TC44 reversing contactor for series resistor
A1
A2
3TF68,
3TF69
V
V
3
Main
contactor
6 Connecting
NSB0_01374a
cable, 1 m
3TC44
Reversing
contactor
3TF6.33-.Q.7
Rated data
Auxiliary
contacts
Rated control
DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3TF6833-1DB4
1
1 unit
41B
3TF6833-8DB4
1
1 unit
41B
C
3TF6933-1DB4
1
1 unit
41B
24 DC
C
3TF6933-8DB4
1
1 unit
41B
AC-2 and AC-3 (up to 55 °C)
AC-1
OperaRatings1) of three-phase motors
tional
at 50 Hz and
current Ie 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 1 000 V
up to
690 V
OperaVersion
tional
current Ie
(at 40 °C)
A
A
NO
NC
V
--
700
3
3
24 DC
C
600
700
3
3
24 DC
C
--
910
3
3
24 DC
800
910
3
3
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
Article No.
Price
per PU
DC operation · DC economy circuit2)4)
Size 14
A1
A2
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 31 43 53 61 71 83
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 32 44 54 62 72 84
630
200
820
260
335
450
434
600
600
800
AC operation 50/60 Hz with DC economy circuit3)4)
For AC operation which is subject to strong interference
Size 14
A1
A2
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 31 43 53 61 71 83
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 32 44 54 62 72 84
630
200
335
434
600
820
260
450
600
800
--
700
3
3
110 ... 120 AC
220 ... 240 AC
380 ... 420 AC
C
A
C
3TF6833-1QG7
3TF6833-1QL7
3TF6833-1QV7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
600
700
3
3
220 ... 240 AC
C
3TF6833-8QL7
1
1 unit
41B
--
910
3
3
110 ... 120 AC
220 ... 240 AC
380 ... 420 AC
C
A
C
3TF6933-1QG7
3TF6933-1QL7
3TF6933-1QV7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
800
910
3
3
110 ... 120 AC
220 ... 240 AC
C
C
3TF6933-8QG7
3TF6933-8QL7
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
For footnotes, see page 3/133.
For accessories, see page 3/135, for spare parts, see
page 3/136.
Rated control supply voltages (change of the 10th and 11th digits of the Article No.)
Rated control supply
voltage Us
Contactor type 3TF6844-.C..,
3TF6944-.C..
Rated control supply
voltage Us
Size 14
AC operation
Contactor type 3TF6833-.D..,
3TF6933-.D..
Size 14
DC operation
Solenoid coils for 50/60 Hz
Solenoid coils for DC economy circuit
110 ... 132 V AC
F7
24 V DC
B4
200 ... 240 V AC
M7
110 V DC
F4
230 ... 277 V AC
P7
125 V DC
G4
380 ... 460 V AC
Q7
220 V DC
M4
500 ... 600 V AC
S7
230 V DC
P4
3/134
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF6 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 335 ... 450 kW
■ Accessories
Version
Rated control supply
voltage Us
V AC
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
V DC
Varistors2)
--
24 ... 48
C
3TX7572-3G
1
1 unit
41B
For DC economy circuit; for lateral snapping -onto auxiliary switches
--
48 ... 127
D
3TX7572-3H
1
1 unit
41B
127 ... 240 C
3TX7572-3J
1
1 unit
41B
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3TX7572-3.
1)
The surge suppressor (varistor) is included in the scope of supply of the
3TF68 and 3TF69 contactors with AC operation.
2)
Includes the peak value of the alternating voltage on the DC side.
Version
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks with screw terminals
For operation in dusty atmospheres and in solid-state circuits
with rated operational currents
Ie AC-14 and DC-13 of 1 ... 300 mA at 3 ... 60 V
For lateral mounting onto contactors
}
3TY7561-1UA00
1
1 unit
41B
B
3TX7686-0A
1
1 unit
41B
B
3TX7696-0A
1
1 unit
41B
C
3TX7680-0D
1
1 unit
41B
C
3TX7680-0E
1
1 unit
41B
D
3TX7570-1E
1
1 unit
41B
D
3TX7690-1F
1
1 unit
41B
With 1 changeover contact.
2nd auxiliary switch block, left or right
(replacement for 3TY6561-1U, 3TY6561-1V)
Mounting on the leftMounting on the right
5TY7561-1.
51
61
52 54
62 64
Terminal covers
For protection against inadvertent contact with exposed
busbar connections (for 3TF68 contactor)
Can be screwed onto free screw end on middle
connecting bar (for 3TF69 contactor).
2 units required per contactor.
(1 set = 2 units)
3TX76.6-0A
Links for paralleling (star jumpers), 3-pole
Link for paralleling
without connection terminals2)
Cover plates for links for paralleling
A cover plate must be used in order to protect against
inadvertent contact with exposed busbar connections
(EN 50274).
Box terminals for laminated copper bars
Without auxiliary conductor connection for 3TF68 (1 set = 3 units)
With single covers for protection against inadvertent
contact (EN 50274)
With auxiliary conductor connection for 3TF69 (1 set = 3 units)
Conductor cross-sections for auxiliary conductors:
• Solid 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5) mm2
• Finely stranded with end sleeve 2 x (0.5 ... 2.5) mm2
• Solid or stranded 2 x (18 ... 12) AWG
• Tightening torque 0.8 ... 1.4 Nm
(7 ... 12 lb.in)
1)
2)
Technical specifications for coupling links, see "Accessories for
3RT10 Contactors", page 3/113.
The link for paralleling can be reduced by one pole.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/135
3
Surge suppressors1) ⋅ Varistors
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF6 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 335 ... 450 kW
Spare parts
Version
Auxiliary contacts
Version
DT Screw terminals
Connections
Article No.
3
NO
NC
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
NC
Auxiliary switch blocks
Left
For lateral mounting
Right
1st auxiliary switch block
(replacement for 3TY7561-1A/-1B)
1
3TY7561-1.A00
1
--
13 21
31 43
14 22
32 44
13 25
35 43
14 26
36 44
1st auxiliary switch block
1
--
1
2nd auxiliary switch block
(replacement for 3TY7561-1K/-1L)
1
1
--
53 61
71 83
54 62
72 84
}
3TY7561-1AA00
1
1 unit
41B
}
3TY7561-1EA00
1
1 unit
41B
C
3TY7561-1KA00
1
1 unit
41B
}
3TY7681-1G
1
1 unit
41B
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
For reconnection of the coil with DC economy circuit
--
--
1
B1 25
--
B2 26
Version
For type
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
Solenoid coils
AC operation1)
The solenoid coils are fitted as standard with varistors
against overvoltage; the coil is supplied with switch-on
electronics.
DC operation
1)
3TF68
3TY7683-0C..
3TF69
3TY7693-0C..
3TF68
3TY7683-0D..
3TF69
3TY7693-0D..
· DC economy circuit
The solenoid coils for size 14 are supplied without
reversing contactor.
3TY76.3-0. . .
Vacuum interrupters
Set with 3 vacuum interrupters with components
1)
3TF68
B
3TY7680-0B
1
1 unit
41B
In order to ensure reliable operation of the contactors,
3TF69
only original replacement interrupters should be used.
C
3TY7690-0B
1
1 unit
41B
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Rated control supply voltages for solenoid coils: The 10th and 11th digits
of the article number must be supplemented according to page 3/134.
Version
Rated control supply DT Screw terminals
voltage Us
Article No.
Price
per PU
V AC
3TC44 reversing contactors
Complete with series resistor, 1 m connecting
cable and plug-in connector
110 ... 120
220 ... 240
380 ... 420
D
D
D
3TY7684-0QG7
3TY7684-0QL7
3TY7684-0QV7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
For 3TF68. .-.Q
110 ... 120
220 ... 240
380 ... 420
D
D
X
3TY7683-0QG7
3TY7683-0QL7
3TY7683-0QV7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
For 3TF69. .-.Q
110 ... 120
220 ... 240
380 ... 420
D
D
D
3TY7693-0QG7
3TY7693-0QL7
3TY7693-0QV7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
For 3TF68. .-.Q, 3TF69. .-.Q
Solenoid coils for main contactor, with rectifier bridge
3/136
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TB5 contactors with DC solenoid system, 3-pole, 55 ... 200 kW
■ Overview
The 3TB5 contactors are suitable for use in any climate.
Auxiliary contacts
They are finger-safe according to EN 50274. Terminal covers
may have to be fitted onto the connecting bars, depending on
the configuration with other devices; see Accessories and
Spare Parts on page 3/143.
The contactors are equipped with two lateral auxiliary switch
blocks each with 1 NO + 1 NC contact. Further auxiliary switch
blocks cannot be fitted to the DC-operated contactors.
Contactor
3
■ Technical specifications
Type
3TB50
3TB52 ... 3TB56
Size
6
8 ... 12
Rated data of the auxiliary contacts
According to IEC 60947-5-1
Rated insulation voltage Ui
(pollution degree 3)
V
690
Conventional thermal current
Ith = Rated operational current Ie/AC-12
A
10
AC load
Rated operational current Ie/AC-15/AC-14
• For rated operational voltage Ue
-
At 24 V
At 110 V
At 125 V
At 220 V
At 230 V
A
A
A
A
A
10
10
10
6
5.6
-
At 380 V
At 400 V
At 500 V
At 660 V
At 690 V
A
A
A
A
A
4
3.6
2.5
2.5
--
At 24 V
At 60 V
At 110 V
At 125 V
A
A
A
A
10
10
3.2
2.5
10
10
8
6
- At 220 V
- At 440 V
- At 600 V
A
A
A
0.9
0.33
0.22
2
0.6
0.4
DC load
Rated operational current Ie/DC-12
• For rated operational voltage Ue
-
Auxiliary contacts with
delayed NC contact:
Rated operational current Ie/DC-13
• For rated operational voltage Ue
Auxiliary contacts with
delayed NC contact:
At 24 V
At 60 V
At 110 V
At 125 V
A
A
A
A
10
5
1.14
0.98
10
7
3.2
2.5
10
5
2.4
2.1
10
4
1.8
1.6
- At 220 V
- At 440 V
- At 600 V
A
A
A
0.48
0.13
0.075
0.9
0.33
0.22
1.1
0.32
0.21
0.9
0.27
0.18
V AC
600
-
s and u rated data of the auxiliary contacts
Rated voltage, max.
Switching capacity
A 600, P 600
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/137
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TB5 contactors with DC solenoid system, 3-pole, 55 ... 200 kW
Contactor
3TB5
The characteristic curves show the contact
endurance of the contactors when switching
resistive and inductive AC loads (AC-1/AC-3)
depending on the breaking current and rated
operational voltage. It is assumed that the
operating mechanisms are switched randomly, i.e. not synchronized with the phase
angle of the supply system.
The rated operational current Ie complies with
utilization category AC-4 (breaking six times
the rated operational current) and is intended
for a contact endurance of approx.
200 000 operating cycles.
If a shorter contact endurance is sufficient,
the rated operational current Ie/AC-4 can be
increased.
If the contacts are used for mixed operation,
i.e. normal switching (breaking the rated
operational current according to utilization
category AC-3) in combination with intermittent inching (breaking several times the rated
operational current according to utilization
category AC-4), the contact endurance can
be calculated approximately from the
following equation:
A
X = ---------------------------------------------------------A
C
1 + ---------- § ---- – 1·
¹
100 © B
Characters in the equation:
X Contact endurance for mixed operation
in operating cycles
A Contact endurance for normal operation (Ia = Ie)
in operating cycles
B Contact endurance for inching (Ia = multiple of Ie)
in operating cycles
C Inching operations as a percentage of total
switching operations
3/138
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
Contactor type 3TB50 3TB54
3TB52
3TB56
7
Operating cycles at 400 V
3
Contact endurance of the main contacts
10
8
6
4
NSB0_00652a
2
6
10
8
6
4
2
5
10
8
6
4
2
4
10
8
6
4
2
3
10
10
30 40 50 60 80 100
110
170
55
90
200 300 400 600 800 1 000
250 400
132
Diagram legend:
Prated = Rated power for squirrel-cage motors at 400 V
= Breaking current
a
= Rated operational current
e
200
(A) 4 000
(A)
Prated (kW)
2 000
a
e
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TB5 contactors with DC solenoid system, 3-pole, 55 ... 200 kW
:
Type
Size
mm
3TB52
3TB54
3TB56
6
8
10
12
120 x 150 x 198
135 x 180 x 217
145 x 252 x 264
160 x 252 x 282
'
+
Dimensions (W x H x D)
3TB50
The contactors are designed for operation on a
vertical mounting surface.
Mechanical endurance
3
22,5° 22,5° 22,5° 22,5°
NSB0_00650c
General data
Permissible mounting position,
installation instructions1)
Operating cycles 10 million
2)
Electrical endurance
Rated insulation voltage Ui
V
1000
Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts
acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
V
690
Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
Mirror contacts
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be closed
simultaneously with an NO main contact.
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
°C
-25 ... +55
• During storage
°C
-50 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix C
IP00/open (where applicable, use additional terminal covers)
Touch protection acc. to EN 50274
Finger-safe only for vertical contact from the front
g/ms
5/10
5.9/10
5.9/10
5.9/10
• Type of coordination "1"
A
250
315
400
630
• Type of coordination "2"
A
224
250
315
500
• with fuse links of operational class gG:
LV HRC, type 3NA; DIAZED, type 5SB
with short-circuit current Ik = 1 kA according to IEC 60947-5-1
A
16
• with miniature circuit breakers with C characteristic
with short-circuit current Ik = 400 A
A
10
30
60
86
Shock resistance (rectangular pulse)
Short-circuit protection
Main circuit
Fuse links, gG operational class:
LV HRC, type 3NA; DIAZED, type 5SB
Auxiliary circuit
Short-circuit test
Control
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
Solenoid coil operating range
Power consumption of the solenoid coils
(for cold coil and 1.0 x Us)
• Closing = Closed
W
• Closing delay
• Opening delay3)
• Arcing time
25
(The values apply up to and including 20 % undervoltage,
10 % overvoltage, as well as when the coil is cold and warm)
Operating times for 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
Total break time = Opening delay + Arcing time
ms
ms
ms
105 ... 360
18 ... 30
10 ... 15
115 ... 400
22 ... 35
10 ... 15
105 ... 400
24 ... 55
10 ... 15
110 ... 400
40 ... 110
10 ... 15
ms
ms
120 ... 230
20 ... 26
130 ... 250
24 ... 32
115 ... 250
35 ... 50
120 ... 250
60 ... 95
Operating times for 1.0 x Us
• Closing delay
• Opening delay3)
1)
For reversing duty, deviations from the vertical axis are not permitted.
See "Contact endurance of the main contacts", page 3/138.
3)
The opening delay times can increase if the contactor coils are damped
against voltage peaks.
2)
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/139
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TB5 contactors with DC solenoid system, 3-pole, 55 ... 200 kW
Contactor
Type
3TB50
3TB52
3TB54
3TB56
Size
6
8
10
12
A
A
170
160
230
200
325
300
425
400
kW
kW
kW
kW
61
105
138
183
76
132
173
228
114
195
260
340
152
262
345
455
mm²
70
95
185
240
Main circuit
Load rating with AC
Utilization category AC-1,
Switching resistive loads
• Rated operational current Ie
3
- At 40 °C up to 690 V
- At 55 °C up to 690 V
1)
• Rated power for AC loads
with p.f. = 0.95 (at 55 °C)
-
At 230 V
At 400 V
At 500 V
At 690 V
• Minimum conductor cross-sections for loads with Ie
2)
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
Utilization category AC-4 (for Ia = 6 x Ie)
The following applies to a contact endurance of about 200 000 operating cycles:
• Rated operational current Ie
A
52
72
103
120
kW
kW
kW
kW
15.6
27
35
45
21
37
48
64
31
55
72
92
37.5
65
85.5
106
A
110
170
250
400
Up to 24 V A
60 V A
110 V A
160
80
18
200
80
18
300
300
33
400
330
33
220 V A
440 V A
600 V A
3.4
0.8
0.5
3.4
0.8
0.5
3.8
0.9
0.6
3.8
0.9
0.6
Up to 24 V A
60 V A
110 V A
160
160
160
200
200
200
300
300
300
400
400
400
220 V A
440 V A
600 V A
20
3.2
1.6
20
3.2
1.6
300
4
2
400
4
2
Up to 24 V A
60 V A
110 V A
160
160
160
200
200
200
300
300
300
400
400
400
220 V A
440 V A
600 V A
160
11.5
4
200
11.5
4
300
11
5.2
400
11
5.2
16
7.5
2.5
16
7.5
2.5
35
11
3
35
11
3
220 V A
440 V A
600 V A
0.6
0.17
0.12
0.6
0.17
0.12
0.6
0.18
0.125
0.6
0.18
0.125
Up to 24 V A
60 V A
110 V A
160
160
160
200
200
200
300
300
300
400
400
400
220 V A
440 V A
600 V A
2.5
0.65
0.37
2.5
0.65
0.37
2.5
0.65
0.37
2.5
0.65
0.37
Up to 24 V A
60 V A
110 V A
160
160
160
200
200
200
300
300
300
400
400
400
220 V A
440 V A
600 V A
160
1.4
0.75
200
1.4
0.75
300
1.4
0.75
400
1.4
0.75
• Rated power for squirrel-cage motors
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
-
At 230 V
At 400 V
At 500 V
At 690 V
• Max. permisible operational current Ie/AC-4
- At 400 V
Load rating with DC
Utilization category DC-1,
switching resistive loads (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 55 °C)
- 1 conducting path
- 2 conducting paths in series
- 3 conducting paths in series
Utilization category DC-3/DC-5,
shunt-wound and series-wound motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 55 °C)
- 1 conducting path
- 2 conducting paths in series
- 3 conducting paths in series
1)
Up to 24 V A
60 V A
110 V A
Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, etc.
(increased power consumption on heating up has been taken into
account).
3/140
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
2)
See "Selection and Ordering Data", page 3/142.
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TB5 contactors with DC solenoid system, 3-pole, 55 ... 200 kW
Contactor
Type
Size
3TB50
3TB52
3TB54
3TB56
6
8
10
12
35 ... 95
50 ... 120
20 x 3
M8
50 ... 240
70 ... 240
25 x 5
M10
50 ... 240
70 ... 240
2 x (25 x 3)
M10
Main circuit
Switching frequency
Switching frequency z in operating cycles/hour
-
AC-1
AC-2
AC-3
AC-4
• Contactors with overload relays (mean value)
h-1
h-1
h-1
h-1
1 000
500
500
250
h-1
15
3
• Contactors without overload relays
Conductor cross-sections
Main conductors:
•
•
•
•
Screw terminals
mm2
mm2
Finely stranded with cable lug
Stranded with cable lug
Busbars
Terminal screw
mm
16 ... 70
25 ... 70
15 x 3
M6
Auxiliary conductors:
• Solid
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
• Pin-end connector (DIN 46231)
mm2
mm2
mm2
1 ... 2.5
0.75 ... 1.5
2 x 1 ... 2.5
mm2
--
25 ... 70
35 ... 70
50 ... 120
A
A
150
135
170
153
240
215
300
270
hp
hp
hp
hp
25
50
100
125
30
60
120
160
40
75
150
200
50
100
200
250
3RB2056
3RB2056
3RB2066
3RB2066
50 ... 200
50 ... 200
50 ... 250
200 ... 540
4
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
A
A
150
135
150
135
240
215
390
350
hp
hp
hp
hp
25
50
100
125
25
50
100
125
30
75
150
200
-125
250
3001)
3RB2056
3RB2056
3RB2066
3RB2066
50 ... 200
50 ... 200
50 ... 250
200 ... 540
4
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
Protective conductors:
• Stranded with cable lug
s and u rated data
s rated data
• Uninterrupted current
- Open
- Enclosed
• Rated power for three-phase motors
at 60 Hz (enclosed)
-
115 V
230 V
460 V
575 V
• Overload relays
Type
- Setting range
A
• NEMA/EEMAC size
- Contactors
- Starters (= contactors + overload relay, enclosed)
u rated data
• Uninterrupted current
- Open
- In enclosure
• Rated power for three-phase motors
at 60 Hz
-
115 V
230 V
460 V
575 V
• Overload relays
- Setting range
Type
A
• NEMA/EEMAC size
- Contactors
- Starters (= contactors + overload relay, enclosed)
Short-circuit protection devices
• CLASS RK5 fuses
A
400
400
450
600
• Circuit breakers acc. to UL 489
A
175
175
250
600
1)
At 575/600 V AC max. rated motor current 325 A and
motor starting current 3 250 A.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/141
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TB5 contactors with DC solenoid system, 3-pole, 55 ... 200 kW
■ Selection and ordering data
3
Main conductors: Busbar connections
Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw terminals
3TB50
Size
Rated data
Auxiliary
contacts
Rated control
DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us
AC-2 and AC-3 (up to 55 °C)
AC-1
OperaRatings1) of
tional
three-phase motors
current Ie at 50 Hz and
up to
Operational
current Ie
(at 40 °C)
Version
kW
A
NO
NC
V DC
690 V
230 V
400 V 500 V
A
kW
kW
kW
Article No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
690 V
DC operation
A1
A2
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
6
110
37
55
75
90
170
2
2
24
A
3TB5017-0BB4
1
1 unit
41B
8
170
55
90
110
132
230
2
2
24
A
3TB5217-0BB4
1
1 unit
41B
10
250
75
132
160
200
325
2
2
24
C
3TB5417-0BB4
1
1 unit
41B
12
400
115
200
255
355
425
2
2
24
C
3TB5617-0BB4
1
1 unit
41B
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
For accessories, see page 3/143.
For spare parts, see page 3/144.
■ Options
Rated control supply voltages
(change of the 10th and 11th digits of the Article No.)
Contactor type 3TB50, 3TB52, 3TB54
Rated control supply voltage Us
3TB56
Size 6, 8, 10
12
24 V DC
B4
B4
110 V DC
F4
--
220 V DC
M4
M4
DC operation
3/142
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TB5 contactors with DC solenoid system, 3-pole, 55 ... 200 kW
■ Accessories
For contactors
Size
Version
Type
Rated control supply
voltage Us
V AC
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
V DC
6
3TB50
Varistors1)
for sticking onto the
contactor base or for
mounting separately
8 ... 12
3TB52
...
3TB56
-Varistors1)
for separate screw fixing or -snapping onto TH 35
-standard mounting rail
24 ... 48 24 ... 70
48 ... 127 70 ... 150
127 ... 240 150 ... 250
240 ... 400 -400 ... 600 --
A
B
A
B
B
3TX7462-3G
3TX7462-3H
3TX7462-3J
3TX7462-3K
3TX7462-3L
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
41B
24 ... 70 B
70 ... 150 B
150 ... 250 B
3TX7522-3G
3TX7522-3H
3TX7522-3J
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
------
B
B
B
B
B
3TX7522-3R
3TX7522-3S
3TX7522-3T
3TX7522-3U
3TX7522-3V
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
41B
24 ... 250 A
3TX7462-3D
1
1 unit
41B
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3TX7462-3.
3TX7522-3.
Surge suppressors · RC elements
6
3TB50
RC elements
For lateral snapping onto
auxiliary switch or TH 35
standard mounting rail
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
Diode assemblies2)
(diode and Zener diode)
for DC solenoid system,
for sticking onto the
contactor base or for
mounting separately
--
3TX7522-3.
Surge suppressors · Diodes
6 ... 12
3TB50
...
3TB56
3TX7462-3.
1)
2)
Includes the peak value of the alternating voltage on the DC side.
Not for DC economy circuit.
For contactors
Size
Type
6
3TB50
8
3TB52
10 and
12
3TB54,
3TB56
Version
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Terminal covers
For protection against inadvertent contact
with exposed busbar connections
Can be screwed on free screw end
For covering one busbar connection
(1 set = 6 units)
M6
B
3TX6506-3B
1
1 unit
41B
M8
B
3TX6526-3B
1
1 unit
41B
M10 B
3TX6546-3B
1
1 unit
41B
3TX6526-3B
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/143
3
Surge suppressors · Varistors
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TB5 contactors with DC solenoid system, 3-pole, 55 ... 200 kW
Spare parts
For contactors
Auxiliary contacts
Version
DT Screw terminals
Connections
Article No.
3
Size
Type
NO
NC
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
NC
Auxiliary switch blocks
Left
For lateral mounting
6
3TB50
1
1
--
1
1
--
1
1
--
--
31 43
1
--
1
--
35 43
13 21
14 22
8 ... 12
3TB52 ...
3TB56
Right
(replacement for 3TY6501-1A/-1B)
13 21
31 43
}
3TY6501-1AA00
1
1 unit
41B
}
3TY6561-1A
1
1 unit
41B
}
3TY6561-1B
1
1 unit
41B
}
3TY6561-1E
1
1 unit
41B
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
32 44
--
14 22
3TY6561-1A
32 44
36 44
For contactors
Size
Version
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
Type
Contacts with fixing parts
In order to ensure reliable operation of the contactors,
only original replacement contacts should be used.
3TY6520-0A
6
8
10
12
3TB50
3TB52
3TB54
3TB56
(1 set = 3 moving and 6 fixed switching
elements)
B
B
B
B
3TY6500-0A
3TY6520-0A
3TY6540-0A
3TY6560-0A
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
6
8
10
12
3TB50
3TB52
3TB54
3TB56
1 arc chute, 3-pole
}
}
}
}
3TY6502-0A
3TY6522-0A
3TY6542-0A
3TY6562-0A
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
Arc chutes
3TY6502-0A
Solenoid coils
DC operation1)
6
8
10
12
3TB50
3TB52
3TB54
3TB56
3TY6503-0B..
3TY6523-0B..
3TY6543-0B..
3TY6563-0B..
On request
On request
On request
On request
3TY65.
1)
Rated control supply voltages for solenoid coils: The 10th and 11th digit of
the article number must be supplemented according to page 3/142.
3/144
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF2 contactors, 3-pole, 2.2 ... 4 kW
■ Overview
The contactors with screw terminals are finger-safe
acc. to EN 50274.
Standards
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1,
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1,
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 (auxiliary switches)
The contactors are available in versions with screw terminals,
6.3 mm plug-in terminals and solder pin connections for
soldering in printed circuit boards.
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate.
■ Technical specifications
Contactor
Type
3TF2
Endurance of the auxiliary contacts
Diagram legend:
Ia = Breaking current
Ie = Rated operational current
30
NSB0_00659
Coupling links
Million operating cycles (106)
The contact endurance for utilization
category AC-12 or AC-15/AC-14 depends
mainly on the breaking current. It is
assumed that the operating mechanisms
are switched randomly, i.e. not synchronized with the phase angle of the supply
system.
10
5
3
2
Contactor relays
and coupling links
DC-13
220 V
1
0,5
DC-13
110 V
DC-13
24 V
AC-15/AC-14
0,1
0,05
0,01
0,01 0,03 0,05 0,1
0,3 0,5
1
2 3 4 5 7 10
a
(A)
-DC-13 e -DC-13 e-DC-13 e-AC-15/AC-14
110 V
24 V
≤ 230 V
220 V
e
Contact endurance of the main contacts
A
X = ---------------------------------------------------------C §A
1 + --------- ---- – 1·¹
100 © B
Characters in the equation:
X = Contact endurance for mixed operation in
operating cycles
A = Contact endurance for normal operation
(Ia = Ie) in operating cycles
B = Contact endurance for inching
(Ia = multiple of Ie) in operating cycles
C = Inching operations as a percentage of total
switching operations
106
8
6
4
2
105
8
6
4
6
4
2
106
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
5
4
2
2
105
8
6
4
NSB0_00653a
2
106
8
6
4
2
105
8
6
4
2
2
10
8
6
4
2
3TF20
3TK2
2
2
104
8
6
4
2
106
8
6
4
107
8
6
4
Operating cycles at 400 V
2
8
6
4
Operating cycles at 690 V
107
8
6
4
Operating cycles at 500 V
Contactor type 3TF28
Operating cycles at 230 V
The characteristic curves show the
contact endurance of the contactors when
switching inductive AC loads (AC-3)
depending on the breaking current and
rated operational voltage. It is assumed
that the operating mechanisms are
switched randomly, i.e. not synchronized
with the phase angle of the supply system.
The rated operational current Ie complies
with utilization category AC-4 (breaking
six times the rated operational current)
and is intended for a contact endurance of
approx. 200 000 operating cycles. If a
shorter contact endurance is sufficient,
the rated operational current Ie/AC-4 can
be increased.
If the contacts are used for mixed operation, i.e. normal switching (breaking the
rated operational current according to
utilization category AC-3) in combination
with intermittent inching (breaking several
times the rated operational current
according to utilization category AC-4),
the contact endurance can be calculated
approximately from the following equation:
103
104
8
6
4
104
8
6
4
2
103
2
103
1
2
3
4
5
6
8 10
5
9
2,2
4
20
30
40 50 60 80
(A)
(A)
Prated (kW)
Diagram legend:
Prated = Rated power for squirrel-cage motors at 400 V
= Breaking current
a
= Rated operational current
e
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/145
3
Connection methods
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF2 contactors, 3-pole, 2.2 ... 4 kW
3TF20, 3TF28
3TF22, 3TF29
Size
00
00
mm
45 x 48 x 63
--
mm
45 x 48 x 91
45 x 48 x 91
mm
45 x 48 x 88
45 x 48 x 116
• With mounted auxiliary switch block
W
D
Dimensions (W x H x D)
H
Type
• With 3TX4490 surge suppressor
General data
Any
3
Permissible mounting position
Mechanical endurance
• AC operation
• DC operation
Auxiliary switch block
Operating cycles 10 million
Operating cycles 30 million
Operating cycles 10 million
Rated insulation voltage Ui
(pollution degree 3)
• Screw terminals
• Flat connectors 6.3 mm x 0.8 mm
• Solder pin connections
V
V
V
690
500
500
6901)
---
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
(pollution degree 3)
• Screw terminals
• Flat connectors 6.3 mm x 0.8 mm
• Solder pin connections
kV
kV
kV
6
6
6
6
---
V
Up to 300
Protective separation between coil and main contacts
(according to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N)
Mirror contacts
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be closed simultaneously with an NO main contact.
Permissible ambient temperature2)
• During operation
• During storage
Yes, this applies to both the basic
Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1,
unit as well as to between the basic Appendix F and SUVA
unit and the mounted auxiliary switch
block acc. to IEC 60947-4-1,
Appendix F
°C
°C
-25 ... +55
-55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1 Appendix C
IP00/open
• Connection range for screw terminals
IP20
Touch protection acc. to EN 50274
Finger-safe for screw terminals
Shock resistance
• Without 3TX44 auxiliary switch block
- Rectangular pulse
AC operation g/ms
DC operation g/ms
8.3/5 and 5.2/10
11.3/5 and 9.2/10
---
- Sine pulse
AC operation g/ms
DC operation g/ms
13/5 and 8/10
17.4/5 and 12.9/10
---
- Rectangular pulse
AC operation g/ms
DC operation g/ms
5/5 and 3.6/10
9/5 and 6.9/10
5/5 and 3.6/10
9/5 and 7.3/10
- Sine pulse
AC operation g/ms
DC operation g/ms
7.8/5 and 5.6/10
13.9/5 and 10.1/10
7.8/5 and 5.6/10
14/5 and 11/10
• With 3TX44 auxiliary switch block
3)
Conductor cross-sections
Short-circuit protection for contactors without overload relays
Main circuit4)
• Fuse links, operational class gG:
LV HRC, type 3NA; DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
according to IEC 60947-4-1
- Type of coordination "1"
- Type of coordination "2"5)
- Weld-free
A
A
A
25
10
10
• Miniature circuit breaker with C characteristic
A
10
A
6
Auxiliary circuit
Short-circuit test
• with fuse links of operational class gG:
DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
with short-circuit current Ik = 1 kA acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
1)
Auxiliary contacts 500 V.
Applies to 50/60 Hz coil:
At 50 Hz, 1.1 x Us, , side-by-side mounting and 100 % ON period the
max. ambient temperature is +40 °C.
3) See "Conductor cross-sections" on page 3/149.
2)
3/146
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
4)
According to excerpt from IEC 60947-4-1
Type of coordination "1":
Destruction of the contactor and the overload relay is permissible.
The contactor and/or overload relay can be replaced if necessary.
Type of coordination "2":
The overload relay must not suffer any damage. Contact welding on the
contactor is permissible, however, if the contacts can be easily separated.
5)
A short-circuit current of Iq ≤ 6 kA applies to type of coordination "2".
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF2 contactors, 3-pole, 2.2 ... 4 kW
Contactor
Type
3TF2
Size
00
Control
Solenoid coil operating range1)
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils (for cold coil and 1.0 x Us)
Standard version:
• AC operation, 60 Hz
• AC operation, 50/60 Hz1)
Closing
P.f.
Closed
P.f.
Closing
P.f.
Closed
P.f.
VA
VA
VA
VA
Closing
P.f.
Closed
P.f.
VA
Closing
P.f.
Closed
P.f.
VA
VA
15
0.41
6.8
0.42
3
• AC operation, 50 Hz
14.4
0.36
6.1
0.46
16.5/13.2
0.43/0.38
8.0/5.4
0.48/0.42
For USA and Canada:
• AC operation, 50 Hz
• AC operation, 60 Hz
• DC operation
Closing
P.f.
Closed
P.f.
Closing = Closed
VA
VA
VA
14.6
0.38
6.5
0.40
14.4
0.30
6.0
0.44
W
3
mA
mA
≤ 3 x (230 V/Us)
≤ 1 x (230 V/Us)
Closing delay
Opening delay
ms
ms
5 ... 19
2 ... 22
To use the 3TF2 AC-operated contactor in reversing an additional dead
interval of 50 ms is required along with an NC contact interlock.
Closing delay
Opening delay
ms
ms
16 ... 65
2 ... 5
ms
10 ... 15
Closing delay
Opening delay
ms
ms
5 ... 18
3 ... 21
To use the 3TF2 AC-operated contactor in reversing an additional dead
interval of 50 ms is required along with an NC contact interlock.
Closing delay
Opening delay
ms
ms
19 ... 31
3 ... 4
ms
10 ... 15
Permissible residual current of the electronic circuit2) (with 0 signal)
• AC operation
• DC operation
Operating times for 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us3)
Total break time = Opening delay + Arcing time
Values apply with coil in cold state and at operating temperature for
operating range
• AC operation
- Dead interval
• DC operation
• Arcing time
Operating times for 1.0 x Us3)
• AC operation
- Dead interval
• DC operation
• Arcing time
1)
Applies to 50/60 Hz coil:
At 50 Hz, 1.1 x Us, side-by-side mounting and 100 % ON period the
max. ambient temperature is +40 °C.
2)
The 3TX4490-1J additional load module is recommended
for higher residual currents; see Accessories, page 3/154.
3)
The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the NC contact are
increased if the contactor coils are attenuated against voltage peaks
(noise suppression diode 6 to 10 times; diode assembly 2 to 6 times,
varistor +2 to 5 ms).
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/147
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF2 contactors, 3-pole, 2.2 ... 4 kW
Contactor
Type
3TF28,
3TF29
3TF20. .-0. . .,
3TF22. .-0. . .
3TF20. .-3. . .,
3TF20. .-6. . .,
3TF20. .-7. . .
Size
00
00
00
Main circuit
Load rating with AC
3
Utilization category AC-1
Switching resistive loads
• Rated operational current Ie (at 40 °C)
Up to 400/380 V
690/660 V
A
A
18
18
18
18
18
--
• Rated operational current Ie (at 55 °C)
400/380 V
690/660 V
A
A
16
16
16
16
16
--
kW
kW
kW
kW
6.0
10
13
17
6.0
10
13
17
6.0
10
13
--
mm2
2.5
2.5
2.5
Up to 220 V
230 V
380 V
A
A
A
5.1
5.1
5.1
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
400 V
500 V
660 V
690 V
A
A
A
A
5.1
4.8
4.8
4.8
8.4
6.5
5.2
5.2
8.4
6.5
---
At 110 V
115 V
120 V
kW
kW
kW
0.7
0.7
0.7
1.2
1.2
1.3
1.2
1.2
1.3
127 V
200 V
220 V
kW
kW
kW
0.8
1.2
1.3
1.4
2.2
2.4
1.4
2.2
2.4
230 V
240 V
380 V
kW
kW
kW
1.4
1.5
2.2
2.5
2.6
4.0
2.5
2.6
4.0
400 V
415 V
440 V
kW
kW
kW
2.2
2.5
2.5
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
460 V
500 V
575 V
kW
kW
kW
2.7
2.9
3.2
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
--
660 V
690 V
kW
kW
3.8
4.0
4.0
4.0
---
A
A
1.9
1.4
2.6
1.8
2.6
--
At 110 V
115 V
120 V
kW
kW
kW
0.23
0.24
0.26
0.32
0.33
0.35
0.32
0.33
0.35
127 V
200 V
220 V
kW
kW
kW
0.27
0.42
0.47
0.37
0.58
0.64
0.37
0.58
0.64
230 V
240 V
380 V
kW
kW
kW
0.49
0.51
0.81
0.67
0.70
1.10
0.67
0.70
1.10
400 V
415 V
440 V
kW
kW
kW
0.85
0.93
1.0
1.15
1.20
1.27
1.15
1.20
1.27
460 V
500 V
575 V
kW
kW
kW
1.0
1.1
1.0
1.33
1.45
1.30
1.33
1.45
--
660 V
690 V
kW
kW
0.86
0.89
1.10
1.15
---
10 s current
A
70
At Ie/AC-3
W
0.3
• Rated power of AC loads
P.f. = 1
At 230/220 V
400/380 V
500 V
690/660 V
• Minimum conductor cross-section for loads with Ie
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
• Rated operational current Ie
• Rated power for motors with slipring or squirrel cage
at 50 and 60 Hz and
Utilization category AC-4
(contact endurance approx. 200 000 operating cycles at Ia = 6 x Ie)
• Rated operational current Ie1)
• Rated power for motors with squirrel cage
at 50 and 60 Hz and
Thermal load capacity
Power loss per conducting path
1)
Up to 400 V
690 V
The following applies: Max. permissible rated operational current
Ie/AC-4 r Ie/AC-3 up to 500 V, for reduced contact endurance and
reduced switching frequency
3/148
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF2 contactors, 3-pole, 2.2 ... 4 kW
Contactor
Type
3TF28,
3TF29
3TF20. .-0. . .,
3TF22. .-0. . .
3TF20. .-3. . .,
3TF20. .-6. . .,
3TF20. .-7. . .
Size
00
00
00
Main circuit
Load rating with DC
3
Utilization category DC-1,
switching resistive loads (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 55 °C)
- 1 conducting path
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
220/240 V
A
A
A
A
10
4
1.5
0.6
16
6
2
1
16
6
2
1
- 2 conducting paths in series
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
220/240 V
A
A
A
A
10
10
4
1.5
16
16
6
2
16
16
6
2
- 3 conducting paths in series
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
220/240 V
A
A
A
A
10
10
10
4
16
16
16
6
16
16
16
6
- 1 conducting path
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
220/240 V
A
A
A
A
4
1.8
0.3
--
6
3
0.5
0.1
6
3
0.5
0.1
- 2 conducting paths in series
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
220/240 V
A
A
A
A
6
3
1.5
0.3
10
5
2
0.5
10
5
2
0.5
- 3 conducting paths in series
Up to 24 V
60 V
110 V
220/240 V
A
A
A
A
10
10
10
1.5
16
16
16
2
16
16
16
2
No-load switching frequency
h-1
10000
AC-1
AC-2
AC-3
h-1
h-1
h-1
1000
500
1000
h-1
15
Utilization category DC-3/DC-5,
shunt-wound and series-wound motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 55 °C)
Switching frequency
Switching frequency z in operating cycles/hour
• Contactors without overload relays
for rated operation1)
• Contactors with overload relays (mean value)
Conductor cross-sections
Main and auxiliary conductors
Screw terminals
• Solid
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5), 1 x 4
2 x (20 ... 14) AWG, 1 x 12 AWG
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm2
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5), 1 x 2.5
• Pin-end connector (DIN 46231)
• Terminal screw
• Prescribed tightening torque for terminal screws
mm2
1 x 1 ... 2.5
M3
0.8 ... 1.3
7 ... 11
Nm
lb.in
Flat connectors
• When using a plug-in sleeve 6.3 – 1
• Finely stranded with 6.3–2.5
mm2
mm2
0.5 ... 1
1 ... 2.5
Solder pin connections
(only for printed circuit boards)
• Solder pin cross-section
mm2
0.8 x 1.2
• Solder pin cross-section, plug-in base
mm2
0.32 x 1.0
1)
Dependence of the switching frequency z' on
the operational current I' and operational voltage U':
z’ = z x (Ie/I’ ) x (400 V/U’ ) 1.5 x 1/h
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/149
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF2 contactors, 3-pole, 2.2 ... 4 kW
Contactor
Type
3TF20. .-0. . .
3TF20. .-3. . .,
3TF20. .-6. . .,
3TF20. .-7. . .
Size
00
00
V AC
600
300
A
16
16 (10 for solder pin connection)
s and u rated data of the 3TF20 contactors
Rated insulation voltage Ui
3
Uninterrupted current
Open and enclosed
Maximum horsepower ratings
(s and u approved values)
• Rated power for three-phase motors at 60 Hz
- Single-phase
At 115 V
200 V
230 V
460/575 V
hp
hp
hp
hp
0.5
1
1.5
--
-1
1
--
- 3-phase
At 115 V
200 V
230 V
460/575 V
hp
hp
hp
hp
-3
3
5
-3 (1 for 3TF20..-6)
3 (1 for 3TF20..-6)
--
Overload relays
• Type
3UA7
• Setting range
Contactor
A
8 ... 10
Type
3TF2
Size
00
Rated data of the auxiliary contacts according to IEC 60947-1
Rated insulation voltage Ui
(pollution degree 3)
V
690
Conventional thermal current Ith =
Rated operational current Ie/AC-12
A
10
24 V
110 V
125 V
A
A
A
4
4
4
220 V
230 V
380 V
A
A
A
4
4
3
400 V
500 V
660 V
690 V
A
A
A
A
3
2
1
1
24 V
48 V
110 V
A
A
A
4
2.2
1.1
125 V
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
A
1.1
0.5
---
24 V
48 V
110 V
A
A
A
2.1
1.1
0.52
125 V
220 V
440 V
600 V
A
A
A
A
0.52
0.27
---
Rated voltage, max.
V AC
600
Auxiliary switch blocks, max.
V AC
300
AC load
Rated operational current Ie/AC-15/AC-14
• For rated operational voltage Ue
DC load
Rated operational current Ie/DC-12
• For rated operational voltage Ue
Rated operational current Ie/DC-13
• For rated operational voltage Ue
s, u and U rated data of the auxiliary contacts
A 600, Q 300
Switching capacity
Uninterrupted current at 240 V AC
3/150
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
A
10
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF2 contactors, 3-pole, 2.2 ... 4 kW
■ Selection and ordering data
Size 00
AC-1: Operational current Ie = 16 A (at 55 °C)
Screw terminals
Auxiliary contacts
Operational
current Ie
Ratings1) of three-phase motors Ident. No.
at 50 Hz and
At 400/
380 V
230/
220 V
400/
380 V
500 V
690/
660 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
DT Screw terminals
Version
NO
Article No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
1
1 unit
41B
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
1
1 unit
41B
Price
per PU
3
Rated data
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
NC
Contactors with screw terminals ·
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail
Ident. No. 10
A1(+)
A2(–)
Ident. No. 01
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
AC operation
5
1.3
2.2
2.9
3.8
10
01
1
--
-1
D
B
3TF2810-0AP0
3TF2801-0AP0
9
2.4
4
4
4
10
01
1
--
-1
A
A
3TF2010-0AP0
3TF2001-0AP0
DC operation
3TF20. .-0. . .,
3TF28. .-0. . .
5
1.3
2.2
2.9
3.8
10
01
1
--
-1
C
C
3TF2810-0BB4
3TF2801-0BB4
9
2.4
4
4
4
10
01
1
--
-1
A
C
3TF2010-0BB4
3TF2001-0BB4
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch blocks
Terminal designations of the auxiliary contacts according to EN 50012
Ident. No. 11
A1(+)
A2(–)
Ident. No. 22
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21
A1(+)
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
AC operation
5
1.3
2.2
2.9
3.8
11
22
1
2
1
2
D
D
3TF2911-0AP0
3TF2922-0AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
9
2.4
4
4
4
11
22
1
2
1
2
D
D
3TF2211-0AP0
3TF2222-0AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
DC operation
3TF22. .-0. . .,
3TF29. .-0. . .
1)
5
1.3
2.2
2.9
3.8
11
22
1
2
1
2
D
C
3TF2911-0BB4
3TF2922-0BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
9
2.4
4
4
4
11
22
1
2
1
2
C
C
3TF2211-0BB4
3TF2222-0BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
For accessories, see pages 3/153 and 3/154.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/151
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF2 contactors, 3-pole, 2.2 ... 4 kW
Size 00
AC-1: Operational current Ie = 16 A (at 55 °C)
Flat connectors and solder pin connections
3
Rated data
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
Auxiliary contacts
Operational
current Ie
Ratings1) of three-phase motors Ident. No.
at 50 Hz and
At 400/
380 V
230/
220 V
400/
380 V
500 V
690/
660 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
DT Article No.
A2(–)
NO
PS*
PG
NC
Ident. No. 01
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14
Contactors with 6.3 mm x 0.8 mm·flat connectors ·
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail
AC operation
9
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Version
Ident. No. 10
A1(+)
Price
per PU
2.4
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
Flat connectors
4
4
--
10
01
1
--
-1
D
D
3TF2010-3AP0
3TF2001-3AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
4
4
--
10
01
1
--
-1
C
D
3TF2010-3BB4
3TF2001-3BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
DC operation
9
2.4
3TF20. .-3. . .
Contactors with 6.3 mm x 0.8 mm flat connectors ·
For screw fixing (diagonal)
AC operation
9
2.4
4
4
--
10
01
1
--
-1
C
D
3TF2010-7AP0
3TF2001-7AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
4
4
--
10
01
1
--
-1
C
C
3TF2010-7BB4
3TF2001-7BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
DC operation
9
2.4
3TF20. .-7. . .
Contactors with solder pin connections for printed circuit boards ·
For screw fixing (diagonal)
AC operation
9
2.4
Solder pin
connections
4
4
--
10
01
1
--
-1
D
D
3TF2010-6AP0
3TF2001-6AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
4
4
--
10
01
1
--
-1
C
C
3TF2010-6BB4
3TF2001-6BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
DC operation
9
2.4
3TF20. .-6. . .
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
For accessories, see pages 3/153 and 3/154.
Rated control supply voltages (change of the 10th and 11th digits of the Article No.)
Rated control supply
voltage Us
Contactor type 3TF20, 3TF28
Size 00
AC operation
Contactor type 3TF22, 3TF29
Size 00
AC operation
Solenoid coils for AC 50 and 60 Hz
50 Hz
60 Hz
24 V AC
110 V AC
230/220 V AC
29 V AC
132 V AC
276 V AC
Solenoid coils for AC 50 and 60 Hz
B0
F0
P01)
L2
DC operation
24 V DC
60 Hz
230/220 V AC
276 V AC
P01)
DC operation
1)
Solenoid coils for AC 50/60 Hz
230 V AC
50 Hz
24 V DC
AC operation
3/152
Rated control supply
voltage Us
B4
Operating range at 220 V:
0.85 to 1.15 × Us; lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.
Please inquire about further voltages.
B4
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF2 contactors, 3-pole, 2.2 ... 4 kW
■ Accessories
230/
220 V
400/
380 V
500 V
A
A
A
Auxiliary contacts
DT Screw terminals
Ident. No. Version
Connections
Article No.
NO
NC
NO
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
NC
3
Rated operational
current
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 at
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks
For expansion to 2, 4 or 5 auxiliary contacts according to EN 50012
Only for 3TF2.Ident. No. 10 (with auxiliary contact 1 NO)
4
3TX44. .-.A
3
2
11
22
23
32
-1
1
2
1
2
3
2
-----
-----
}
}
}
}
3TX4401-1A
3TX4412-1A
3TX4413-1A
3TX4422-1A
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41A
41A
41A
41A
}
3TX4420-2A
1
1 unit
41A
}
3TX4411-2A
1
1 unit
41A
}
3TX4402-2A
1
1 unit
41A
D
3TX4411-2G
1
1 unit
41A
}
3TX4440-2A
1
1 unit
41A
}
3TX4431-2A
1
1 unit
41A
}
3TX4422-2A
1
1 unit
41A
B
3TX4422-2G
1
1 unit
41A
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
1
1 unit
41B
For expansion to 3 or 5 auxiliary contacts according to EN 50005
4
3
2
20
2
--
--
--
11
1
1
--
--
02
--
2
--
--
11; U
--
--
1
1
57 65
40
4
--
--
--
53 63 73 83
31
3
1
--
--
22
2
2
--
--
53 61 71 83
22; 2 U
--
--
2
2
57 67 75 85
53 63
54 64
53 61
54 62
51 61
52 62
58 66
4
3
2
54 64 74 84
53 61 73 83
54 62 74 84
54 62 72 84
58 68 76 86
For contactors
Rated control supply
voltage Us
Time setting range
(minimum times)
Type
V DC
s
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
OFF-delay devices
For DC-operated contactors for bridging
short-time power failures up to 0.8 s
3TF2. . .-0BB4
24
0.25 or 0.5
A
3TX4490-1H
3TX4490-1H
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/153
© Siemens AG 2015
Power Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF2 contactors, 3-pole, 2.2 ... 4 kW
For contactors
Rated control supply
voltage Us
Power consumption of DT Article No.
LED at Us
Type
V AC
mW
V DC
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Surge suppressors
for plugging onto contactors with and without auxiliary switch blocks
Version without LED
3
RC elements
3TF2. . .-0. . .,
3TF2. . .-1. . .
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
----
B
B
B
3TX4490-3R
3TX4490-3S
3TX4490-3T
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
---
---
B
B
3TX4490-3U
3TX4490-3V
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
≤ 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
----
}
B
B
3TX4490-3G
3TX4490-3H
3TX4490-3J
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
---
---
B
B
3TX4490-3K
3TX4490-3L
1 10 units
41B
1 10 units
41B
12 ... 250
--
}
3TX4490-3A
1
1 unit
41B
24 ... 250
--
B
3TX4490-3B
1
1 unit
41B
12 ... 24
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
10 ... 120
20 ... 470
50 ... 700
160 ... 950
B
B
B
D
3TX4490-4G
3TX4490-4H
3TX4490-4J
3TX4490-4K
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
20 ... 470
50 ... 700
160 ... 950
B
B
B
3TX4490-4A
3TX4490-4B
3TX4490-4C
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
D
3TX4490-1J
1
1 unit
41B
3TF20. .-3. . .,
3TF20. .-7. . .
For contactors with flat connectors 6.3 mm x 0.8 mm D
3TX4491-2A
1
5 units
41A
3TF2. . .-7. . .
For releasing contactors from
3TX4491-2A plug-in bases
3TX4491-2K
1
1 unit
41A
3TX4490-3A
Varistors
3TF2. . .-0. . .,
3TF2. . .-1. . .
Noise suppression diodes
3TF2. . .-0. . .,
3TF2. . .-1. . .
--
Diode assemblies (diode and Zener diode)
For DC operation and short break times
3TF2. . .-0. . .,
3TF2. . .-1. . .
--
Version with LED
Varistors
3TF2. . .-0. . .,
3TF2. . .-1. . .
3TX4490-4G
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
--
Noise suppression diodes
3TF2. . .-0. . .,
3TF2. . .-1. . .
----
Additional load modules
for plugging onto contactors with and without auxiliary switch blocks1)
For increasing the permissible residual current and for limiting the
residual voltage.
3TF2. . .-0A. .,
3TF2. . .-1A. .
230/220, 50 Hz
-230, 60 Hz
230, 50/60 Hz
Operating range 0.8 ... 1.1 × Us
Plug-in bases with solder pin connections for printed circuit boards,
width 45 mm
Rated insulation voltage Ui: 400 V (for pollution degree 3);
rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp: 6 kV;
rated operational current Ie: 6 A;
s and U rated data: max. 300 V, 6 A
3TX4491-2A
Release tools
1)
D
Dimensions as for 3TX4490-3 surge suppressor.
3/154
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Coupling Contactors
SIRIUS 3RT20 coupling contactors (interface), 3-pole, up to 15 kW
■ Overview
The coupling contactors cannot be extended with auxiliary
switch blocks.
DC operation
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1,
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1,
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 (auxiliary switches)
The 3RT20 coupling contactors for switching motors are tailored
to the special requirements of working with electronic controls.
Depending on the version, the solenoid coils are supplied
either without overvoltage damping (3RT201.-1HB4. and
3RT201.-.MB4.-0KT0) or with a diode, suppressor diode
or varistor connected as standard.
■ Technical specifications
All technical specifications not mentioned in the table below are
identical to those of the 3RT20 contactors for switching motors;
see pages 3/19 and 3/24.
Contactor
Type
3RT201.-.HB4.
3RT201.-.JB4.
3RT201.-.KB4.
3RT202.-.KB4.
Size
S00
S00
S00
S0
General data
Operating cycles 30 million
Mechanical endurance
Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts
acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
V
10 million
400
Control
0.7 ... 1.25 x Us
Solenoid coil operating range
At Us 17 V W
1.6
2.3
24 V W
2.8
4.5
30 V W
4.4
7
Permissible residual current
of the electronics (with 0 signal)
< 6 mA x (24 V/Us)
< 10 mA x (24 V/Us)
Overvoltage configuration of the solenoid coil
No overvoltage
damping
Power consumption of the
solenoid coil
(for cold coil)
Closing = Closed
With diode
With suppressor
diode
With varistor
U
Operating times
• Closing
- At 17 V
ON-delay NO
OFF-delay NC
ms
ms
40 ... 130
30 ... 80
70 ... 270
60 ... 250
- At 24 V
ON-delay NO
OFF-delay NC
ms
ms
35 ... 60
25 ... 40
65 ... 90
55 ... 80
- At 30 V
ON-delay NO
OFF-delay NC
ms
ms
25 ... 50
15 ... 30
52 ... 65
43 ... 57
• Closing at 17 ... 30 V
OFF-delay NO
ON-delay NC
ms
ms
7 ... 20
20 ... 30
Contactor
Type
3RT201. -1MB4. -0KT0
3RT201.-1VB4.
3RT201. -1SB4.
Size
S00
S00
S00
45
45
45
With diode
With suppressor diode
Width
mm
38 ... 65
55 ... 75
7 ... 20
20 ... 30
19 ... 21
25 ... 31
General data
Mechanical endurance
Operating cycles 30 million
Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts
acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
V
400
Control
0.85 ... 1.85 x Us
Solenoid coil operating range
Power consumption of the
solenoid coil
(for cold coil)
Closing = Closed
At Us 24 V W
1.6
Permissible residual current,
upright mounting position
On request
Overvoltage configuration of the solenoid coil
No overvoltage damping
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/155
3
Coupling contactors have a low power consumption and an
extended solenoid coil operating range.
© Siemens AG 2015
Coupling Contactors
SIRIUS 3RT20 coupling contactors (interface), 3-pole, up to 15 kW
Contactor
Type
3RT201. -1MB4. -0KT0
3RT201.-1VB4.
3RT201. -1SB4.
Size
S00
S00
S00
20 ... 80
30 ... 90
5 ... 20
10 ... 30
Control
Operating times
• Closing
ON-delay NO
OFF-delay NC
ms
ms
30 ... 120
20 ... 110
- At 24 V
ON-delay NO
OFF-delay NC
ms
ms
25 ... 90
15 ... 80
- At 44 V
ON-delay NO
OFF-delay NC
ms
ms
15 ... 60
10 ... 50
• Opening
OFF-delay NO
ON-delay NC
ms
ms
5 ... 20
10 ... 30
3
- At 20.5 V
■ Selection and ordering data
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
DC operation
Low power consumption
Extended operating range of the solenoid coil
3RT201.-1.B4.
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3
Tu: Up to 60 °C
Operational
current Ie up to
Auxiliary contacts
400 V
Rating1) of
three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
400 V
A
kW
3RT201.-2.B4.
DT Screw terminals
DT Spring-type terminals
Configurator
Ident. No.
Configurator
Version
Article No.
NO
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
NC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail
Size S00
Diode, varistor or RC element, attachable
(no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
• 1 NO, Ident. No. 10
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14
• 1 NC, Ident. No. 01
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21
A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
Rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC, coil operating range 0.7 to 1.25 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils 2.8 W at 24 V
7
3
10
1
-B
01
-1
B
9
4
10
1
-B
01
-1
B
12
5.5
10
1
-B
01
-1
}
Rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC, operating range 0.85 to 1.85 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils 1.6 W at 24 V
7
3
10
1
-B
01
-1
B
9
4
10
1
-B
01
-1
B
12
5.5
10
1
-B
01
-1
B
For online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
1)
3RT2015-1HB41
3RT2015-1HB42
3RT2016-1HB41
3RT2016-1HB42
3RT2017-1HB41
3RT2017-1HB42
B
B
B
B
B
B
3RT2015-2HB41
3RT2015-2HB42
3RT2016-2HB41
3RT2016-2HB42
3RT2017-2HB41
3RT2017-2HB42
3RT2015-1MB41-0KT0
3RT2015-1MB42-0KT0
3RT2016-1MB41-0KT0
3RT2016-1MB42-0KT0
3RT2017-1MB41-0KT0
3RT2017-1MB42-0KT0
B
B
B
B
B
B
3RT2015-2MB41-0KT0
3RT2015-2MB42-0KT0
3RT2016-2MB41-0KT0
3RT2016-2MB42-0KT0
3RT2017-2MB41-0KT0
3RT2017-2MB42-0KT0
For surge suppressors, see page 3/71.
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
3/156
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Coupling Contactors
SIRIUS 3RT20 coupling contactors (interface), 3-pole, up to 15 kW
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3
DC operation
Low power consumption
Extended operating range of the solenoid coil
Integrated coil circuit
3RT201.-1.B4 .
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3
Tu: Up to 60 °C
Auxiliary contacts
Operational
current Ie up to
Rating1) of
three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
400 V
400 V
A
kW
3RT201.-2.B4.
DT Screw terminals
DT Spring-type terminals
Configurator
Ident. No.
Configurator
Version
Article No.
NO
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
NC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail
Size S00
With integrated coil circuit (diode)
(no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
• 1 NO, Ident. No. 10
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14
• 1 NC, Ident. No. 01
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
Rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC, coil operating range 0.7 to 1.25 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils 2.8 W at 24 V
7
3
10
01
1
--
-1
B
B
3RT2015-1JB41
3RT2015-1JB42
B
B
3RT2015-2JB41
3RT2015-2JB42
9
4
10
01
1
--
-1
}
A
3RT2016-1JB41
3RT2016-1JB42
B
B
3RT2016-2JB41
3RT2016-2JB42
12
5.5
10
01
1
--
-1
B
B
3RT2017-1JB41
3RT2017-1JB42
B
B
3RT2017-2JB41
3RT2017-2JB42
Rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC, operating range 0.85 to 1.85 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils 1.6 W at 24 V
7
3
10
01
1
--
-1
B
B
3RT2015-1VB41
3RT2015-1VB42
B
B
3RT2015-2VB41
3RT2015-2VB42
9
4
10
01
1
--
-1
B
B
3RT2016-1VB41
3RT2016-1VB42
B
B
3RT2016-2VB41
3RT2016-2VB42
12
5.5
10
01
1
--
-1
B
B
3RT2017-1VB41
3RT2017-1VB42
B
B
3RT2017-2VB41
3RT2017-2VB42
For online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/157
© Siemens AG 2015
Coupling Contactors
SIRIUS 3RT20 coupling contactors (interface), 3-pole, up to 15 kW
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3
DC operation
Low power consumption
Extended operating range of the solenoid coil
Integrated coil circuit
3RT201.-1.B4 .
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3
Tu: Up to 60 °C
Auxiliary contacts
Operational
current Ie up to
Rating1) of
three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
400 V
400 V
A
kW
3RT201.-2.B4.
DT Screw terminals
DT Spring-type terminals
Configurator
Ident. No.
Configurator
Version
Article No.
NO
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
NC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail
Size S00
With integrated coil circuit (suppressor diode)
(no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
• 1 NO, Ident. No. 10
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14
• 1 NC, Ident. No. 01
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
21
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
Rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC, coil operating range 0.7 to 1.25 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils 2.8 W at 24 V
7
3
10
01
1
--
-1
B
B
3RT2015-1KB41
3RT2015-1KB42
B
}
3RT2015-2KB41
3RT2015-2KB42
9
4
10
01
1
--
-1
A
B
3RT2016-1KB41
3RT2016-1KB42
B
B
3RT2016-2KB41
3RT2016-2KB42
12
5.5
10
01
1
--
-1
B
B
3RT2017-1KB41
3RT2017-1KB42
}
}
3RT2017-2KB41
3RT2017-2KB42
Rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC, operating range 0.85 to 1.85 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils 1.6 W at 24 V
7
3
10
01
1
--
-1
B
B
3RT2015-1SB41
3RT2015-1SB42
B
B
3RT2015-2SB41
3RT2015-2SB42
9
4
10
01
1
--
-1
B
B
3RT2016-1SB41
3RT2016-1SB42
B
B
3RT2016-2SB41
3RT2016-2SB42
12
5.5
10
01
1
--
-1
B
B
3RT2017-1SB41
3RT2017-1SB42
B
B
3RT2017-2SB41
3RT2017-2SB42
For online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
3/158
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Coupling Contactors
SIRIUS 3RT20 coupling contactors (interface), 3-pole, up to 15 kW
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3
DC operation
Low power consumption
Extended operating range of the solenoid coil
Integrated coil circuit
3RT202.-1KB40
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3
Tu: Up to 60 °C
Auxiliary contacts
Operational
current Ie up to
Rating1) of
three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
400 V
400 V
A
kW
3RT202.-2KB40
DT Screw terminals
DT Spring-type terminals
Configurator
Ident. No.
Configurator
Version
Article No.
NO
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
NC
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail
Size S0
With integrated coil circuit (varistor)
(no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
1 NO + 1 NC, Ident. No. 11
A1(+)
A2(–)
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22
Rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC, coil operating range 0.7 to 1.25 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils 4.5 W at 24 V
9
4
11
1
1
}
3RT2023-1KB40
}
3RT2023-2KB40
12
5.5
11
1
1
}
3RT2024-1KB40
B
3RT2024-2KB40
17
7.5
11
1
1
}
3RT2025-1KB40
B
3RT2025-2KB40
25
11
11
1
1
}
3RT2026-1KB40
B
3RT2026-2KB40
32
15
11
1
1
}
3RT2027-1KB40
B
3RT2027-2KB40
For online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
1)
For accessories, see page 3/67.
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be considered
when selecting the units.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/159
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA23 reversing contactor assemblies
3
■ Overview
The 3RA23 contactor assemblies for reversing can be ordered
as follows:
The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked
(NC contact interlock).
Sizes S00 to S2
• Fully wired and tested, with mechanical and electrical
interlock
• As individual parts for customer assembly
For motor protection, either 3RU2 or 3RB3 overload relays for
direct mounting or stand-alone installation, or 3RN1 thermistor
motor protection releases must be ordered separately.
There is also a range of accessories (auxiliary switch blocks,
surge suppressors, etc.) that must be ordered separately.
The reversing contactor assemblies with voltage tap-off are
required for mounting the function modules for connection to the
controller via the IO-Link or AS-Interface communication
systems. The 3RA27 function modules must be ordered
separately.
Reversing contactor assemblies with voltage tap-off
Overload relays for motor protection, see Chapter 7
"Protection Equipment" ➞ "Overload Relays".
The 3RA23 contactor assemblies have screw or spring-type
terminals (main and control circuits) and are suitable For screw
fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting
rails.
For more information on IO-Link and AS-Interface, see
Chapter 2 "Industrial Communication".
Complete reversing contactor assemblies
Assembly kits for all sizes are available for customer assembly
of reversing contactor assemblies.
The fully wired reversing contactor assemblies are suitable for
use in any climate. They are finger-safe according to EN 50274.
The contactor assemblies size S00 to S2 each consist of
two contactors with the same power, with one NC contact (S00)
or one NO contact and one NC contact (S0, S2) in the basic unit.
Rated data AC-2 and AC-3
for 50 Hz 400 V AC
Rating
Operational current Ie
kW
A
Size
Components for customer assembly
Contactors, overload relays and – for momentary-contact
operation of size S00 – auxiliary switches (NO contacts) for
self-locking must be ordered separately. (With S0 and S2,
the NO contacts integrated into the basic unit can be used.)
Article No.
Contactor
Assembly kit
Fully wired and tested contactor
assemblies
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
3
4
5.5
7.5
7
9
12
16
S00
3RT2015-1...2
3RT2016-1...2
3RT2017-1...2
3RT2018-1...2
3RA2913-2AA11)
3RA2315-8XB30-1...
3RA2316-8XB30-1...
3RA2317-8XB30-1...
3RA2318-8XB30-1...
5.5
7.5
11
12
16
25
S0
3RT2024-1...0
3RT2025-1...0
3RT2026-1...0
3RA2923-2AA11)
3RA2324-8XB30-1...
3RA2325-8XB30-1...
3RA2326-8XB30-1...
15
18.5
32
38
18.5
22
40
55
30
37
65
80
3RT2027-1...0
3RT2028-1...0
S2
3RT2035-1...0
3RT2036-1...0
3RA2327-8XB30-1...
3RA2328-8XB30-1...
3RA2933-2AA12)
3RT2037-1...0
3RT2038-1...0
3RA2335-8XB30-1...
3RA2336-8XB30-1...
3RA2337-8XB30-1...
3RA2338-8XB30-1...
Spring-type
terminals
Spring-type
terminals
Spring-type terminals
3
4
5.5
7.5
7
9
12
16
S00
3RT2015-2...2
3RT2016-2...2
3RT2017-2...2
3RT2018-2...2
3RA2913-2AA21)
3RA2315-8XB30-2...
3RA2316-8XB30-2...
3RA2317-8XB30-2...
3RA2318-8XB30-2...
5.5
7.5
11
12
16
25
S0
3RT2024-2...0
3RT2025-2...0
3RT2026-2...0
3RA2923-2AA23)
3RA2324-8XB30-2...
3RA2325-8XB30-2...
3RA2326-8XB30-2...
15
18.5
32
38
3RT2027-2...0
3RT2028-2...0
1)
The assembly kit contains: Mechanical interlock; connecting clips for
2 contactors, wiring modules on the top and bottom (for main, auxiliary and
control circuits).
2)
The assembly kit contains: Connecting pins for 2 contactors,
wiring modules on the top and bottom (for main, control and auxiliary
circuits).
3)
The assembly kit contains: Mechanical interlock; connecting clips for
2 contactors, wiring modules on the top and bottom (for main circuits).
3/160
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3RA2327-8XB30-2...
3RA2328-8XB30-2...
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA23 reversing contactor assemblies
Operating times
a dead interval of 30 ms is recommended for use with voltages
≥ 400 V. These dead times do not apply to assemblies with
DC operation.
The operating times of the individual 3RT20 contactors are rated
in such a way that no overlapping of the contact making and the
arcing time between two contactors can occur on reversing,
providing they are interlocked by way of their auxiliary switches
(NC contact interlock) and the mechanical interlock.
The operating times of the individual contactors are not affected
by the mechanical interlock.
3
For assemblies with AC operation and 50/60 Hz, a dead interval
of 50 ms must be provided when used with voltages ≥ 500 V;
Article No. scheme
Digit of the Article No.
1st - 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
@@@
SIRIUS contactor assemblies
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
13th 14th 15th 16th
–
@
@
2nd generation
@
@
@
L
2
2
Device type (e.g. 3 = reversing contactor assembly)
3
@
Contactor size (1 = S00, 2 = S0, 3 = S2)
@
Power dependent on size (e.g. 7 = 15 kW for S0)
Type of overload relay (8X = without)
@
Assembly (B = ready-assembled, E = ready-assembled with communication)
@
Interlock (3 = mechanical and electrical)
@
Free auxiliary switches (e.g. S00: 0 = none; S0, S2: 0 = 2 NO total)
@
Connection type (1 = screw, 2 = spring)
@
Operating range / solenoid coil circuit (e.g. A = AC standard / without)
Rated control supply voltage (e.g. L2 = 230 V, 50/60 Hz)
Example
@
3RA
3RA
2
3
2
7
–
8
X
B
3
0
–
1
A
Note:
The article number scheme is presented here merely for information purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers.
■ Benefits
Using wiring kits for reversing starters has the following
advantages:
• Notable reduction of wiring in the control circuit
• Integrated mechanical interlocking
• Prevention of wiring errors in the main circuit
Connecting combs for screw terminals also result in:
• Prevention of wiring errors in the control circuit
• Reduction of testing costs
• Ready-jumpered actuation of the auxiliary switches and the
frame (A2)
• Integrated electrical interlocking
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
■ Accessories
Selecting the auxiliary switches
The following points should be noted:
Size S00
• For maintained-contact operation:
Use contactors with an NC contact in the basic unit for the
electrical interlock.
• For momentary-contact operation:
Use contactors with an NC contact in the basic unit for the
electrical interlock; in addition, an auxiliary switch block with
at least one NO contact for latching is required per contactor.
Sizes S0 and S2
• For maintained-contact operation:
The contactors have two integrated auxiliary contacts (1 NO
+ 1 NC); the NC contact can be used for electrical interlocking.
• For momentary-contact operation:
Electrical interlock as for maintained-contact operation;
the NO contact in the basic unit can be used for the latching.
Surge suppression
Sizes S00 to S2
All contactor assemblies can be fitted with RC elements or
varistors for damping opening surges in the coil.
As with the individual contactors, the surge suppressors can
either be plugged onto the top of the contactors (S00) or be
plugged into the front of the contactors (S0 and S2).
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/161
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA23 reversing contactor assemblies
■ Selection and ordering data
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S00 · up to 7.5 kW
The figure shows the version with screw terminals
6
3
14
12
5
11
1
NSB0_02064c
4
2
15
13
14
Mountable accessories (optional)
To be ordered separately
11
12
13
14
15
Auxiliary switch block, front1)
Auxiliary switch block, lateral
Surge suppressors
Solder pin adapters
Function module for connection to
the control system
Article No.
3RH2911-1. . . .
3RH2921-1DA. .
3RT2916-1. . . .
3RT1916-4KA1
3RA271.-1BA00
Page
3/64
3/66
3/71
3/75
3/169
1)
Auxiliary switch block according to EN 50005 must be used.
2)
The parts 4 and 5 can only be ordered together as 3RA2912-2H
mechanical connectors.
3)
3RT201. contactors with one NC contact in the basic unit are required for
the electrical interlock. An additional NO contact is required for momentary-contact operation.
3/162
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
6
Complete contactor assemblies
Article No.
Individual parts
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
4 5 6
Q11
Q12
3RT2015
3RT2015
3RT2016
3RT2016
3RT2017
3RT2017
3RT2018
3RT208
3RA2913-2AA1
Contactor, 3 kW
Contactor, 4 kW
Contactor, 5.5 kW
Contactor, 7.5 kW
Assembly kit
comprising:
4 Mechanical interlock2)
5 2 connecting clips for 2 contactors2)
6 Wiring modules on the top and bottom for
connecting the main current paths, electrical
interlock included3), interruptible
(NC contact interlock)
Page
3/35, 3/42
3/35, 3/42
3/35, 3/42
3/35, 3/42
3/168
3/168
3/168
3/168
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA23 reversing contactor assemblies
2)
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S00 · up to 7.5 kW
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RA231. -8XE30-1BB4
3RA231.-8XB30-1A. 0
Rated data AC-2 and AC-3
Rated control
supply voltage
Us1)
Operational
current Ie up to
Ratings of three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
400 V
230 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
V
3RA231.-8XB30-2A. 0
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
DT Spring-type terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
AC operation, 50/60 Hz
7
2.2
3
4
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
A
3RA2315-8XB30-1AB0
3RA2315-8XB30-1AF0
3RA2315-8XB30-1AP0
B
B
A
3RA2315-8XB30-2AB0
3RA2315-8XB30-2AF0
3RA2315-8XB30-2AP0
9
3
4
5.5
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
A
3RA2316-8XB30-1AB0
3RA2316-8XB30-1AF0
3RA2316-8XB30-1AP0
B
B
A
3RA2316-8XB30-2AB0
3RA2316-8XB30-2AF0
3RA2316-8XB30-2AP0
12
3
5.5
5.5
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
A
3RA2317-8XB30-1AB0
3RA2317-8XB30-1AF0
3RA2317-8XB30-1AP0
B
B
A
3RA2317-8XB30-2AB0
3RA2317-8XB30-2AF0
3RA2317-8XB30-2AP0
16
4
7.5
7.5
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
A
3RA2318-8XB30-1AB0
3RA2318-8XB30-1AF0
3RA2318-8XB30-1AP0
B
B
A
3RA2318-8XB30-2AB0
3RA2318-8XB30-2AF0
3RA2318-8XB30-2AP0
7
2.2
3
4
24 DC
A
3RA2315-8XB30-1BB4
A
3RA2315-8XB30-2BB4
9
3
4
5.5
24 DC
A
3RA2316-8XB30-1BB4
A
3RA2316-8XB30-2BB4
12
3
5.5
5.5
24 DC
A
3RA2317-8XB30-1BB4
A
3RA2317-8XB30-2BB4
16
4
7.5
7.5
24 DC
A
3RA2318-8XB30-1BB4
A
3RA2318-8XB30-2BB4
DC operation
With voltage tap-off
7
2.2
3
4
24 DC
A
3RA2315-8XE30-1BB4
B
3RA2315-8XE30-2BB4
9
3
4
5.5
24 DC
A
3RA2316-8XE30-1BB4
B
3RA2316-8XE30-2BB4
12
3
5.5
5.5
24 DC
A
3RA2317-8XE30-1BB4
A
3RA2317-8XE30-2BB4
16
4
7.5
7.5
24 DC
A
3RA2318-8XE30-1BB4
A
3RA2318-8XE30-2BB4
1)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us;
at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us.
2)
The contactors integrated in the contactor assemblies have no unassigned
auxiliary contacts. When used with a voltage tap-off and function module,
the auxiliary contacts are unassigned.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/163
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA23 reversing contactor assemblies
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S0 · up to 18.5 kW
The figure shows the version with screw terminals
3
6
12
5
15
1
11
2
6
Mountable accessories (optional)
To be ordered separately
11
12
13
15
Auxiliary switch block, front
Auxiliary switch block, lateral
Surge suppressor
Function module for connection to
the control system
Article No.
3RH2921-1. . . .
3RH2921-1DA. .
3RT2936-1. . . .
3RA271.-1BA00
Page
3/64
3/66
3/71
3/169
Complete contactor assemblies
Article No.
Individual parts
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
4 5 6
1)
The parts 4 and 5 can only be ordered together as 3RA2922-2H
mechanical connectors.
3/164
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
Q11
Q12
3RT2024
3RT2024
3RT2025
3RT2025
3RT2026
3RT2026
3RT2027
3RT2027
3RT2028
3RT2028
3RA2923-2AA1
Contactor, 5.5 kW
Contactor, 7.5 kW
Contactor, 11 kW
Contactor, 15 kW
Contactor, 18.5 kW
Assembly kit
comprising:
4 Mechanical interlock1)
5 2 connecting clips for 2 contactors1)
6 Wiring modules on the top and bottom for
connecting the main current paths, electrical
interlock included (NC contact interlock)
NSB0_02065b
4
13
Page
3/37, 3/44
3/37, 3/44
3/37, 3/44
3/37, 3/44
3/37, 3/44
3/168
3/168
3/168
3/168
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA23 reversing contactor assemblies
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S0 · up to 18.5 kW
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RA2324-8XE30-1BB4
3RA232.-8XB30-1A . 2
Rated data AC-2 and AC-3
Rated control
supply voltage
Us1)
Operational
current Ie up to
Ratings of three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
400 V
230 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
V
3RA232.-8XB30-2A . 2
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
DT Spring-type terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
AC operation, 50/60 Hz
12
3
5.5
7.5
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
B
3RA2324-8XB30-1AC2
3RA2324-8XB30-1AG2
3RA2324-8XB30-1AL2
B
B
B
3RA2324-8XB30-2AC2
3RA2324-8XB30-2AG2
3RA2324-8XB30-2AL2
17
4
7.5
11
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
B
3RA2325-8XB30-1AC2
3RA2325-8XB30-1AG2
3RA2325-8XB30-1AL2
B
B
B
3RA2325-8XB30-2AC2
3RA2325-8XB30-2AG2
3RA2325-8XB30-2AL2
25
5.5
11
11
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
B
3RA2326-8XB30-1AC2
3RA2326-8XB30-1AG2
3RA2326-8XB30-1AL2
B
B
B
3RA2326-8XB30-2AC2
3RA2326-8XB30-2AG2
3RA2326-8XB30-2AL2
32
7.5
15
18.5
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
B
3RA2327-8XB30-1AC2
3RA2327-8XB30-1AG2
3RA2327-8XB30-1AL2
B
B
B
3RA2327-8XB30-2AC2
3RA2327-8XB30-2AG2
3RA2327-8XB30-2AL2
38
11
18.5
18.5
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
B
3RA2328-8XB30-1AC2
3RA2328-8XB30-1AG2
3RA2328-8XB30-1AL2
B
B
B
3RA2328-8XB30-2AC2
3RA2328-8XB30-2AG2
3RA2328-8XB30-2AL2
12
3
5.5
7.5
24 DC
A
3RA2324-8XB30-1BB4
A
3RA2324-8XB30-2BB4
17
4
7.5
11
24 DC
A
3RA2325-8XB30-1BB4
A
3RA2325-8XB30-2BB4
25
5.5
11
11
24 DC
A
3RA2326-8XB30-1BB4
A
3RA2326-8XB30-2BB4
32
7.5
15
18.5
24 DC
A
3RA2327-8XB30-1BB4
A
3RA2327-8XB30-2BB4
38
11
18.5
18.5
24 DC
A
3RA2328-8XB30-1BB4
A
3RA2328-8XB30-2BB4
DC operation
With voltage tap-off
12
3
5.5
7.5
24 DC
A
3RA2324-8XE30-1BB4
A
3RA2324-8XE30-2BB4
17
4
7.5
11
24 DC
A
3RA2325-8XE30-1BB4
B
3RA2325-8XE30-2BB4
25
5.5
11
11
24 DC
A
3RA2326-8XE30-1BB4
A
3RA2326-8XE30-2BB4
32
7.5
15
18.5
24 DC
B
3RA2327-8XE30-1BB4
A
3RA2327-8XE30-2BB4
38
11
18.5
18.5
24 DC
A
3RA2328-8XE30-1BB4
A
3RA2328-8XE30-2BB4
1)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 × Us;
at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 × Us.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/165
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA23 reversing contactor assemblies
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S2 · up to 37 kW
The figure shows the version with screw terminals
3
5
12
6
15
11
IC01_00383
1
4
13
2
5
Mountable accessories (optional)
To be ordered separately
11
12
13
15
Auxiliary switch block, front
Auxiliary switch block, lateral
Surge suppressor
Function module for connection to
the control system
Article No.
3RH2921-1. . . .
3RH2921-1DA. .
3RT2936-1. . . .
3RA271.-1BA00
Page
3/64
3/66
3/71
3/169
Complete contactor assemblies
Article No.
Individual parts
1
1
1
1
4 5
6
3/166
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
2
2
2
2
Q11
Q12
3RT2035
3RT2035
3RT2036
3RT2036
3RT2037
3RT2037
3RT2038
3RT2038
3RA2933-2AA1
Contactor, 18.5 kW
Contactor, 22 kW
Contactor, 30 kW
Contactor, 37 kW
Assembly kit
comprising:
4 2 connecting pins for 2 contactors
5 Wiring modules on the top and bottom for
connecting the main and auxiliary current
paths, electrical interlock included
(NC contact interlock)
Mechanical interlock
3RA2934-2B
Page
3/40, 3/48
3/40, 3/48
3/40, 3/48
3/40, 3/48
3/168
3/168
3/168
3/168
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA23 reversing contactor assemblies
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S2 · up to 37 kW
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RA233.-8XE30-1NB3
3RA233.-8XB30-1A . 2
Rated data AC-2 and AC-3
Rated control
supply voltage
Us1)
Operational
current Ie up to
Ratings of three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
400 V
230 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
V
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
DT Spring-type terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
AC operation, 50/60 Hz
40
11
18.5
22
110 AC
230 AC
A
A
3RA2335-8XB30-1AG2
3RA2335-8XB30-1AL2
---
50
15
22
22
110 AC
230 AC
B
A
3RA2336-8XB30-1AG2
3RA2336-8XB30-1AL2
---
65
18.5
30
45
110 AC
230 AC
B
A
3RA2337-8XB30-1AG2
3RA2337-8XB30-1AL2
---
80
22
37
55
110 AC
230 AC
B
A
3RA2338-8XB30-1AG2
3RA2338-8XB30-1AL2
---
AC/DC operation2)
40
11
18.5
22
20 ... 33 AC/DC
A
3RA2335-8XB30-1NB3
--
50
15
22
22
20 ... 33 AC/DC
A
3RA2336-8XB30-1NB3
--
65
18.5
30
45
20 ... 33 AC/DC
A
3RA2337-8XB30-1NB3
--
80
22
37
55
20 ... 33 AC/DC
A
3RA2338-8XB30-1NB3
--
With voltage tap-off
40
11
18.5
22
20 ... 33 AC/DC
B
3RA2335-8XE30-1NB3
--
50
15
22
22
20 ... 33 AC/DC
B
3RA2336-8XE30-1NB3
--
65
18.5
30
45
20 ... 33 AC/DC
B
3RA2337-8XE30-1NB3
--
80
22
37
55
20 ... 33 AC/DC
B
3RA2338-8XE30-1NB3
--
1)
AC coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 × Us;
at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 × Us.
AC/DC coil operating range 0.8 ... 1.1 × Us.
2)
With integrated coil switch (varistor)
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/167
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA23 reversing contactor assemblies
Components for customer assembly
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit (unless otherwise specified)
PG
= 41B
3RA2933-2AA1
For
Size
contactors
3RA2923-2AA1
Version
3RA2923-2AA2
DT Screw terminals
Type
Article No.
DT Spring-type
terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
Assembly kits for making 3-pole contactor assemblies
3RT201
S00-S00
The assembly kit contains:
Mechanical interlock,
2 connecting clips for 2 contactors,
wiring modules on the top and bottom
3RT202
S0-S0
The assembly kit contains:
Mechanical interlock,
2 connecting clips for 2 contactors,
wiring modules on the top and bottom
• For main, auxiliary and control circuits
• For main, auxiliary and control circuits1)
}
3RA2913-2AA1
}
3RA2923-2AA1
• Only for main circuit2)
3RT203
S2-S2
--
}
3RA2913-2AA2
-}
3RA2923-2AA2
The assembly kit contains:
2 connecting pins for 2 contactors;
wiring modules on the top and bottom
}
• For main and auxiliary circuits
• Only for main circuit3)
3RA2933-2AA1
--
--
B
3RA2933-2AA2
Individual components for making 3 and 4-pole
contactor assemblies
Wiring modules
3RT201
3RT202
3RT203
S00-S00
S0-S0
S2-S2
Top (in-phase)
PS = 5 units
B
3RA2913-3DA1
B
3RA2913-3DA2
Bottom (with phase reversal)
PS = 5 units
B
3RA2913-3EA1
B
3RA2913-3EA2
Top (in-phase)
PS = 5 units
B
3RA2923-3DA1
B
3RA2923-3DA2
Bottom (with phase reversal)
PS = 5 units
B
3RA2923-3EA1
B
3RA2923-3EA2
Top (in-phase)
PS = 5 units
}
3RA1933-3D
}
3RA1933-3D
Bottom (with phase reversal)
PS = 5 units
}
3RA1933-3E
}
3RA1933-3E
PS = 10 units B
3RA2912-2H
B
3RA2912-2H
PS = 10 units B
3RA2922-2H
B
3RA2922-2H
For lateral interlock,
without contactor clearance
PS = 20 units }
3RA2932-2C
}
3RA2932-2C
For lateral interlock,
with 10 mm contactor clearance
PS = 20 units }
3RA2932-2D
}
3RA2932-2D
For lateral interlock,
with 10 mm contactor clearance
PS = 20 units A
3RA2932-2G
A
3RA2932-2G
}
3RA2934-2B
}
3RA2934-2B
Mechanical connectors
3RT201,
3RT231
S00-S00
For lateral interlock,
without contactor clearance
The connectors consist of a
mechanical interlock and
two connecting clips
3RT202,
3RT232
S0-S0
For lateral interlock,
without contactor clearance
The connectors consist of a
mechanical interlock and
two connecting clips
3RT203
3RT233
S2-S2
S2-S2
Mechanical interlocks
3RT203
S2-S2
For size S2, the mechanical locking
device must be ordered separately
1)
Use of the 3RA2923-2AA1 assembly kit in conjunction with the
3RT202.-.....-3MA0 contactors is limited because the auxiliary switches in
the basic unit are not allowed to be used on account of the permanently
mounted auxiliary switch block.
2)
Version in size S0 with spring-type terminals:
Only the wiring modules for the main circuit are included.
No connectors are included for the auxiliary and control circuit.
3/168
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3)
Version in size S2 with spring-type terminals in the auxiliary and control
circuits: Only the wiring modules for the main circuit are included. A cable
set is included for the auxiliary circuit.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA23 reversing contactor assemblies
Components for customer assembly
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit (unless otherwise specified)
PG
= 41B
3RA2711-1BA00
For
Size
contactors
Version
3RA2711-2BA00
DT Screw terminals
Type
Article No.
DT Spring-type
terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
Function modules for connection to the control system
3RT201,
3RT202,
3RT203
S00,
S0,
S2
IO-Link connection,
comprising one basic and one coupling
module and
an additional module connector for
assembling an IO-Link group
A
3RA2711-1BA00
A
3RA2711-2BA00
3RT201,
3RT202,
3RT203
S00,
S0,
S2
AS-Interface connection,
comprising one basic and one coupling
module
A
3RA2712-1BA00
A
3RA2712-2BA00
A
3RA2711-0EE10
A
3RA2711-0EE10
Accessories for 3RA27 function modules
3RT201,
3RT202,
3RT203
S00,
S0,
S2
Module connector set, comprising:
• 2 module connectors, 14-pole, short
+ 2 interface covers
3RT201,
3RT202,
3RT203
S00,
S0,
S2
• 14-pole, 9 cm
For size jump + 1 space
A
3RA2711-0EE06
A
3RA2711-0EE06
3RT201,
3RT202,
3RT203
S00,
S0,
S2
• 14-pole, 26 cm
For various space combinations
A
3RA2711-0EE07
A
3RA2711-0EE07
3RT201,
3RT202,
3RT203
S00,
S0,
S2
• 14-pole, 33.5 cm
For various space combinations
A
3RA2711-0EE08
A
3RA2711-0EE08
3RT201,
3RT202,
3RT203
S00,
S0,
S2
• 10-pole, 9 cm
For separate control signal infeed
within an IO-Link group
A
3RA2711-0EE16
A
3RA2711-0EE16
3RT201,
3RT202,
3RT203
S00,
S0,
S2
Sealable covers
A
3RA2910-0
A
3RA2910-0
Module connectors
PS = 5 units
Operator panels for IO-Link, see page 3/202.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/169
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA13 reversing contactor assemblies
■ Overview
The 3RA13 reversing contactor assemblies can be ordered as
follows:
3
Size S3
• Fully wired and tested, with mechanical and electrical interlock
• As individual parts for customer assembly
Sizes S6 to S12
• As individual parts for customer assembly
There is also a range of accessories (auxiliary switch blocks,
surge suppressors, etc.) that must be ordered separately.
Overload relays for motor protection, see Chapter 7
"Protection Equipment" ➞ "Overload Relays".
Rating
Operational
current Ie
kW
A
30
65
37
80
45
95
55
115
75
150
90
185
110
225
132
265
160
300
200
400
250
500
Size
S3
For motor protection, either 3RU11 or 3RB2 overload relays for
direct mounting or stand-alone installation or 3RN1 thermistor
motor protection releases must be ordered separately.
Assembly kits for all sizes are available for customer assembly
of reversing contactor assemblies.
Contactors, overload relays and the mechanical interlock and –
for momentary-contact operation – auxiliary switches
(NO contacts) for latching must be ordered separately.
Contactor
Mechanical
interlock1)
Mechanical
interlock2)
Mechanical
interlock3)
Assembly kit
3RT1044
3RA1924-1A
3RA1924-2B
--
3RA1943-2A4)
3RT1045
3RT1046
S6
3RT1054
Fully wired and tested
contactor assemblies
3RA1344-8XB30-1...
3RA1345-8XB30-1...
3RA1346-8XB30-1...
--
--
3RA1954-2A
3RA1953-2M5)
--
--
--
3RA1954-2A
3RA1963-2A5)
--
--
--
3RA1954-2A
3RA1973-2A5)
--
3RT1055
3RT1056
S10
3RT1064
3RT1065
3RT1066
S12
3RT1075
3RT1076
Can be mounted onto the front.
2)
Laterally mountable with one auxiliary contact.
3)
Laterally mountable without auxiliary contact.
4)
The assembly kit contains: two connecting clips for contactors as well as
wiring modules on the top and bottom.
5)
The assembly kit contains wiring modules on the top and bottom.
Operating times
The operating times of the individual 3RT10 contactors are rated
in such a way that no overlapping of the contact making and the
arcing time between two contactors can occur on reversing,
provided they are interlocked by way of their auxiliary switches
(NC contact interlock) and the mechanical interlock.
For assemblies with AC operation and 50/60 Hz, a dead interval
of 50 ms must be provided when used with voltages ≥ 500 V;
a dead interval of 30 ms is recommended for use with voltages
≥ 400 V. These dead times do not apply to assemblies with
DC operation.
The operating times of the individual contactors are not affected
by the mechanical interlock.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
The contactor assemblies consist of two contactors with the
same power, with one NC contact in the basic unit. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (NC contact
interlock).
Article No.
1)
3/170
The fully wired reversing contactor assemblies are suitable for
use in any climate. They are finger-safe according to EN 50274.
Components for customer assembly
The 3RA13 contactor assemblies have screw terminals. Size S3
is suitable For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35
standard mounting rails.
Rated data AC-2 and AC-3 for
50 Hz 400 V AC
Complete units
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA13 reversing contactor assemblies
■ Selection and ordering data
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S3 · up to 45 kW
3
6
16
1
5
2
NSB0_00462c
15
4
14
12
The connecting
cables are
not shown.
14
6
Mountable accessories (optional)
To be ordered separately
12
14
15
16
Mech. interlock, front
Auxiliary switch block, front
Auxiliary switch block, lateral
Surge suppressor
Complete contactor assemblies
Article No.
Page
3RA1924-1A
3RH1921-1CA. .
3RH1921-1EA. .
3RT1926-1. . . .
3RT1936-1. . . .
3/172
3/114
3/116
3/119
Individual parts
1 2
1 2
1 2
4
Article No.
Contactor, 30 kW
Contactor, 37 kW
Contactor, 45 kW
Mech. interlock,
Page
Q1
Q2
3RT1044
3RT1045
3RT1046
3RT1044
3RT1045
3RT1046
3/97
3/97
3/97
lateral
5 6
3RA1924-2B
Assembly kit
3RA1943-2A
The assembly kit contains:
5
6
Rated data AC-2 and AC-3
2 connecting clips for two contactors with 10 mm distance
Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the
main current paths
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us1)
Operational Ratings of
current Ie
three-phase motors
up to
at 50 Hz and
Article No.
500 V
230 V
400 V
500 V
690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
V
3/172
3/173
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
AC operation at 50/60 Hz
3RA134.-8XB30-1. . .
65
18.5
30
37
45
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
B
3RA1344-8XB30-1AC2
3RA1344-8XB30-1AG2
3RA1344-8XB30-1AL2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
80
22
37
45
55
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
B
3RA1345-8XB30-1AC2
3RA1345-8XB30-1AG2
3RA1345-8XB30-1AL2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
95
22
45
55
55
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
B
3RA1346-8XB30-1AC2
3RA1346-8XB30-1AG2
3RA1346-8XB30-1AL2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
30
37
45
37
45
55
45
55
55
24 DC
24 DC
24 DC
B
B
B
3RA1344-8XB30-1BB4
3RA1345-8XB30-1BB4
3RA1346-8XB30-1BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
DC operation
65
80
95
1)
18.5
22
22
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us; at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/171
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA13 reversing contactor assemblies
Components for customer assembly
For
Size
contactors
Version
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Type
3
Mechanical interlocks
3RT104
3RT134
3RT144
S3
Laterally mountable1)
}
Each with one auxiliary contact (1 NC
contact) per contactor (can only be used
to connect contactors which are not more
than 1 size larger or smaller.
The mounting depth of the smaller
contactor has to be adapted.)
3RA1924-2B
1
1 unit
41B
3RT104
S3
Can be mounted onto the front2)
Onto contactor sizes S2 and S3
(for contactors of the same size)
}
3RA1924-1A
1
1 unit
41B
Laterally mountable,
}
without auxiliary contacts
Contactor sizes S6, S10 and S12 can be
interlocked with each other as required;
no adaptation of mounting depth is necessary. Contactor clearance 10 mm.
3RA1954-2A
1
1 unit
41B
3RA1924-1A mounted
onto 2 contactors
Note:
Use 3RA1932-2C mechanical connectors.
3RT1.5
3RT1.6
3RT1.7
S6
S10
S12
3RA1954-2A
3RT104.-A S3
with
with
3RT105
S6
Adapter, laterally mountable,
for mechanical interlocking of contactor
S3 (only for AC operation) with contactor
S6 using 3RA1954-2A locking device
(must be ordered separately) incl.
connecting clips
A
3RA1954-2C
1
1 unit
41B
3RT104
S3
For the coil terminals A1 and A2 for
reversing starters with contactors of
size S3. 2 x A1 and 1 x A2 are required
per assembly.
(One set contains 10 x A1 and 5 x A2)
B
3RA1923-3B
1
1 unit
41B
3RT105
S6
3RA1952-2A
1
1 unit
41B
S10
For customer assembly of reversing
contactor assemblies
B
3RT1.6
B
3RA1962-2A
1
1 unit
41B
3RT1.7
S12
B
3RA1972-2A
1
1 unit
41B
}
3RA1943-2A
1
1 unit
41B
3RA1954-2C
Coil repeat terminals
3RA1923-3B
Base plates
Assembly kits for making 3-pole contactor assemblies
S3
The assembly kit contains:
2 connecting clips for two contactors,
wiring modules on the top and bottom
NSB0_00471a
3RT104
3RA1943-2A
1)
Can also be used for 4-pole contactors with sizes S2 and S3.
2)
Can also be used for size S0 4-pole contactors.
3/172
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA13 reversing contactor assemblies
For
Size
contactors
Version
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Type
Assembly kits for making 3-pole contactor assemblies
S6
The assembly kit contains:
Wiring modules on the top and bottom
(for connection with box terminal)
A
3RA1953-2A
1
1 unit
41B
3RT105
S6
3RA1953-2M
1
1 unit
41B
S10
A
3RA1963-2A
1
1 unit
41B
3RT1.7
S12
The assembly kit contains:
Wiring modules on the top and bottom
(for connection without box terminal)
A
3RT1.6
A
3RA1973-2A
1
1 unit
41B
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
NSB0_01724
3
3RT105
NSB0_01725
3RA1953-2A
3RA1953-2M
For
Size
contactors
Contactor Version
clearance
Type
mm
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
Wiring modules, single
3RT104
S6-S6
10
10
NSB0_01834
3RT105
S3-S3
Top (in-phase)
}
3RA1943-3D
1
1 unit
41B
Bottom (with phase reversal)
}
3RA1943-3E
1
1 unit
41B
Top (in-phase, for connection with A
box terminal)
3RA1953-3D
1
1 unit
41B
Top (with phase reversal, for
connection without box terminal)
3RA1953-3P
1
1 unit
41B
NSB0_01835
3RA1953-3D
A
3RA1953-3P
For
Size
contactors
Contactor Interlocking
clearance
Type
mm
Version
DT Article No.
For 3-pole
contactors
}
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3RA1932-2C
1 10 units
41B
}
3RA1932-2D
1 10 units
41B
B
3RA1942-2G
1 10 units
41B
Mechanical connectors
3RT1.4
S3-S3
0
On front
(1 unit corresponds to 2 parts
for 1 assembly)
3RA1932-2C
3RT1.4
3RT1.5
S3-S3
S6-S6
10
Lateral
For 3-pole
contactors
(1 unit corresponds to 2 parts
for 1 assembly)
3RA1932-2D
3RT1.4
S3-S3
3RA1942-2G
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
10
Lateral
For 4-pole
contactors
(1 unit corresponds to 2 parts
for 1 assembly)
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/173
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
■ Overview
These 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting are
designed for standard applications.
3
Note:
Contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting in special applications such as very heavy starting1) or wye-delta starting of
special motors must be customized. Help with designing such
special applications is available from Technical Assistance.
The 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting can be
ordered as follows:
Sizes S00 to S2
• Fully wired and tested, with electrical and mechanical
interlock
• As individual parts for customer assembly
A dead interval of 50 ms on reversing is already integrated in the
function module for wye-delta starting.
Rated data
at 50 Hz 400 V AC
Size
Rating
Operational
current Ie
Motor current
kW
A
A
5.5
12
7.5
16
9.5 ... 13.8
S00-S00-S00
12.1 ... 17
11
25
19
... 25
11
25
19
... 25
15
32
18.5
40
The 3RA24 contactor assemblies have screw or spring-type
terminals and are suitable for screwing or snapping onto TH 35
standard mounting rails. A base plate is also available for the
size S2 assembly.
With the fully wired and tested 3RA24 contactor assemblies,
the auxiliary contacts included in the basic devices are
unassigned.
There is also a range of accessories (lateral auxiliary switch
blocks, etc.) that must be ordered separately.
1)
For effective support from Technical Assistance you must provide the
following details:
- Rated motor voltage
- Rated motor current
- Service factor, operating values
- Motor starting current factor
- Starting time
- Ambient temperature
Article No.
Line/delta contactor
Star contactor
Complete assemblies
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
3RT2015-1....
3RT2015-1....
3RA2415-8XF31-1...
3RT2017-1....
3RT2015-1....
3RA2416-8XF31-1...
3RT2018-1....
3RT2016-1....
3RA2417-8XF31-1...
3RT2024-1...0
3RT2024-1...0
3RA2423-8XF32-1...
24.1 ... 34
3RT2026-1...0
3RT2024-1...0
3RA2425-8XF32-1...
34.5 ... 40
3RT2026-1...0
3RT2024-1...0
3RA2425-8XF32-1...
22
50
31
... 43
22/30
50
31
... 43
S0-S0-S0
S2-S2-S0
3RT2027-1...0
3RT2026-1...0
3RA2426-8XF32-1...
3RT2035-1...0
3RT2026-1...0
3RA2434-8XF32-1...
37
80
62.1 ... 77.8
3RT2035-1...0
3RT2027-1...0
3RA2435-8XF32-1...
45
86
69
3RT2036-1...0
3RT2028-1...0
3RA2436-8XF32-1...
55
115
77.6 ... 108.6
5.5
12
7.5
16
... 86
9.5 ... 13.8
S2-S2-S2
S00-S00-S00
12.1 ... 17
11
25
19
... 25
11
25
19
... 25
S0-S0-S0
3RT2037-1...0
3RT2035-1...0
3RA2437-8XF32-1...
Spring-type
terminals
Spring-type
terminals
Spring-type terminals
3RT2015-2....
3RT2015-2....
3RA2415-8XF31-2...
3RT2017-2....
3RT2015-2....
3RA2416-8XF31-2...
3RT2018-2....
3RT2016-2....
3RA2417-8XF31-2...
3RT2024-2...0
3RT2024-2...0
3RA2423-8XF32-2...
15
32
24.1 ... 34
3RT2026-2...0
3RT2024-2...0
3RA2425-8XF32-2...
18.5
40
34.5 ... 40
3RT2026-2...0
3RT2024-2...0
3RA2425-8XF32-2...
22
50
31
3RT2027-2...0
3RT2026-2...0
3RA2426-8XF32-2...
... 43
Note:
The selection of contactor types refers to fused designs.
Function modules for wye-delta starting
The 3RA2816-0EW20 wye-delta function module
(see page 3/187) replaces the complete wiring in the control
circuit and can be used in the voltage range from 24 to
240 V AC/DC. It is snapped onto the front of the contactor
assembly size S00, S0 or S2.
One function module comprises a complete module kit:
• 3RA2912-0 basic module with integrated control logic and
time setting
• Two 3RA2911-0 coupling modules with corresponding
connecting cables
The scope of supply thus comprises a complete module kit for
one contactor assembly for wye-delta starting size S00, S0 or
S2, regardless of the connection method.
3/174
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
Data of the control circuit
• Wide voltage range 24 to 240 V AC/DC
• Time setting range 0.5 to 60 s (3 selectable settings)
• Dead interval of 50 ms, non-adjustable
Surge suppression
Surge suppression (varistor) is included in the function modules
for wye-delta starting.
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
Motor protection
As overload protection, the 3RU21 or 3RB3 overload relays
(see table below) or 3RN1 thermistor motor protection releases
can be used.
Overload relays for motor protection, see Chapter 7
"Protection Equipment" ➞ "Overload Relays"
➞ "SIRIUS 3RB3 Electronic Overload Relays".
Components for customer assembly
Assembly kits with wiring modules and mechanical connectors
are available for contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting.
Contactors, overload relays, function modules for wye-delta
starting or wye-delta timing relays, auxiliary switches for
electrical interlock – if required also infeed terminals and base
plates – must be ordered separately.
Assemblies
3RT20
Accessories for
customer assembly
Rating
Function modules
for wye-delta starting
Assembly kit B,
for single infeed
Without external
connection
Screw terminals
Overload relay, thermal
(CLASS 10 trip class)
3RA2816-0EW20
3RA2913-2BB11)
kW
5.5
7.5
11
11
3RA2816-0EW20
The wiring kits for sizes S00 to S2 contain the top and bottom
main conducting path connections between the line and delta
contactors (top) and between the delta and star contactors
(bottom).
3RA2923-2BB11)
15
Setting range
Overload relay, electronic
(CLASS 10E trip class)
Article No.
Setting range
A
A
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
5.5 ... 8
3RU2116-1HB0
7
... 10
3RU2116-1JB0
11
... 16
3RU2116-4AB0
11
... 16
3RU2126-4AB0
14
... 20
3RU2126-4BB0
18.5
20
... 25
3RU2126-4DB0
22
20
... 25
3RU2126-4DB0
Article No.
4 ... 16
3RB3016-1TB0
6 ... 25
3RB3026-1QB0
3RA2933-2C3)
18
... 25
3RU2136-4DB0
12 ... 50
3RB3036-1UB0
3RA2933-2C
40
... 50
3RU2136-4HB0
20 ... 80
3RB3036-1WB0
45
3RA2933-2C
40
... 50
3RU2136-4HB0
55
3RA2933-2BB14)
54
... 65
3RU2136-4JB0
Without external
connection
Spring-type
terminals
Spring-type
terminals
3RA2816-0EW20
3RA2913-2BB21)
22/30
3RA2816-0EW20
37
5.5
7.5
11
11
3RA2816-0EW20
3RA2923-2BB22)
15
Spring-type
terminals
5.5 ... 8
3RU2116-1HC0
7
... 10
3RU2116-1JC0
11
... 16
3RU2116-4AC0
11
... 16
3RU2126-4AC0
14
... 20
3RU2126-4BC0
18.5
20
... 25
3RU2126-4DC0
22
20
... 25
3RU2126-4DC0
4 ... 16
3RB3016-1TE0
6 ... 25
3RB3026-1QE0
3RA2933-2C3)
18
... 25
3RU2136-4DC0
12 ... 50
3RB3036-1UD0
37
3RA2933-2C
40
... 50
3RU2136-4HC0
20 ... 80
3RB3036-1WD0
45
3RA2933-2C
40
... 50
3RU2136-4HC0
55
3RA2933-2BB25)
54
... 65
3RU2136-4JC0
22/30
3RA2816-0EW20
1)
The assembly kit contains: mechanical interlock, 4 connecting clips;
wiring modules on the top (connection between line and delta contactor)
and on the bottom (connection between delta and star contactor);
star jumper and auxiliary circuit wiring.
2)
The assembly kit contains: mechanical interlock, 4 connecting clips;
wiring modules on the top (connection between line and delta contactor)
and on the bottom (connection between delta and star contactor);
star jumper.
3)
The assembly kit contains: 2 connecting pins, wiring modules on the top
and bottom (S2 - S0) for the main circuit, a S0 star jumper, a spacer and a
cable set for the auxiliary circuit, and a cable for connecting the A2 coil
contact from the line contactor to the A2 coil contact of the delta contactor.
4)
The assembly kit contains: 4 connecting pins, wiring modules on the top
and bottom for the main circuit and the auxiliary circuit, an S2 star jumper
and a cable for connecting the A2 coil contact from the line contactor to
the A2 coil contact of the delta contactor.
5)
The assembly kit contains: 4 connecting pins, wiring modules on the top
and bottom for the main circuit, an S2 star jumper, a cable set for the
auxiliary circuit and a cable for connecting the A2 coil contact from the line
contactor to the A2 coil contact of the delta contactor.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/175
3
The overload relay can be either mounted onto the line contactor
or separately fitted. It must be set to 0.58 times the rated motor
current.
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
Article No. scheme
Digit of the Article No.
1st - 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
@@@
SIRIUS contactor assemblies
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
13th 14th 15th 16th
–
@
@
@
Assembly (B = ready-assembled, E, H = ready-assembled with communication)
@
Interlock (3 = mechanical and electrical)
@
Free auxiliary switches (e.g. S00: 1 = 3 NO total, S0: 2 = 3 NO + 3 NC total)
@
Connection type (1 = screw, 2 = spring)
@
Operating range / solenoid coil circuit (e.g. A = AC standard / without)
Rated control supply voltage (e.g. L2 = 230 V, 50/60 Hz)
3/176
3RA
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
2
@
Type of overload relay (8X = without)
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
@
L
@
Power dependent on size (e.g. 5 = 15 kW for S0)
The article number scheme is presented here merely for information purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers.
@
4
Contactor size (1 = S00, 2 = S0, 3 = S2)
Note:
@
2
Device type (e.g. 4 = contactor assembly for wye-delta starting)
Example
@
3RA
2nd generation
3
@
2
4
2
5
–
8
X
F
3
2
–
1
A
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
■ Technical specifications
All technical specifications not mentioned in the table below are
identical to those of the individual 3RT2 contactors and 3RU2
overload relays
3RA2415
3RA2416
3RA2417
3RA2423
3RA2425
3RA2426
Sizes S..-S..-S..
00-00-00
00-00-00
00-00-00
0-0-0
0-0-0
0-0-0
• DC operation1)
W
mm
135 x 68 x 145 / 135 x 84 x 145
135 x 101 x 171 / 135 x 114 x 171
mm
135 x 68 x 145 / 135 x 84 x 145
135 x 101 x 181 / 135 x 114 x 181
Type
Type
Type
3RT2015
3RT2015
3RT2015
General data
Individual contactors
• Q11 line contactor
• Q13 delta contactor
• Q12 star contactor
Mechanical endurance
3RT2017
3RT2017
3RT2015
3RT2018
3RT2018
3RT2016
3RT2024
3RT2024
3RT2024
3RT2026
3RT2026
3RT2024
3RT2027
3RT2027
3RT2026
Operating cycles 3 million
2)
Unassigned auxiliary contacts of the individual contactors
Short-circuit protection
Main circuit without overload relays3)
Fuse links, operational class gG:
LV HRC, type 3NA; DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
with single or double infeed
Highest rated current of the fuse
according to IEC 60947-4-1
• Type of coordination "1"
A
35
35
63
63
100
125
• Type of coordination "2"
A
20
20
25
25
35
63
• with fuse links of operational class gG:
DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
with short-circuit current Ik = 1 kA acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
A
A
10
64), if the auxiliary contact of the overload relay is connected
in the contactor coil circuit.
• with miniature circuit breakers with C characteristic
with short-circuit current Ik = 400 A
A
A
10
64), if the auxiliary contact of the overload relay is connected
in the contactor coil circuit.
Control circuit
Short-circuit test
Main circuit
Current-carrying capacity with reversing time up to 10 s
• Rated operational current Ie
At 400 V
690 V
A
A
12
6.9
17
9
25
20.8
25
20.8
40
22.5
55
35
• Rated power for three-phase motors
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
At 230 V
400 V
690 V
kW
kW
kW
3.3
5.8
5.8
4.7
8.2
7.5
7.2
12.5
18
7.2
12.5
18
12
21
20.4
16.6
30.1
33
h-1
15
15
15
15
15
15
• Switching frequency with overload relay
Current-carrying capacity with reversing time up to 15 s
• Rated operational current Ie
At 400 V
690 V
A
A
12
6.9
17
9
25
20.8
25
20.8
31
22.5
44
35
• Rated power for three-phase motors
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
At 230 V
400 V
690 V
kW
kW
kW
3.3
5.8
5.8
4.7
8.2
7.5
7.2
12.5
18
7.2
12.5
18
9.4
16.3
20.4
13.8
24
33
h-1
15
15
15
15
15
15
• Switching frequency with overload relay
Current-carrying capacity with reversing time up to 20 s
• Rated operational current Ie
At 400 V
690 V
A
A
12
6.9
17
9
25
20.8
25
20.8
28
22.5
39
35
• Rated power for three-phase motors
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
At 230 V
400 V
690 V
kW
kW
kW
3.3
5.8
5.8
4.7
8.2
7.5
7.2
12.5
18
7.2
12.5
18
8.5
14.7
20.4
12.2
21.3
33
h-1
15
15
15
15
15
15
• Switching frequency with overload relay
1)
Dimensions for devices with screw terminals / spring-type terminals.
2)
For circuit diagrams of the control circuit, see "Operating Instructions",
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/34291016.
3)
For short-circuit protection with overload relays, see the Configuration
Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations – Selection Data for Fuseless and
Fused Load Feeders",
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39714188.
4)
Up to Ik < 0.5 kA; ≤ 260 V.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/177
3
• AC operation1)
D
Dimensions (W x H x D) with function module
H
Type
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
3RA2434
3RA2435
3RA2436
3RA2437
Sizes S..-S..-S..
2-2-0
2-2-0
2-2-0
2-2-2
3RT2035
3RT2035
3RT2027
3RT2036
3RT2036
3RT2028
3RT2037
3RT2037
3RT2035
• Screw terminals
W
D
Dimensions (W x H x D) with function module
H
Type
mm
177.5 x 142 x 223
Type
Type
Type
3RT2035
3RT2035
3RT2026
General data
3
Individual contactors
• Q11 line contactor
• Q13 delta contactor
• Q12 star contactor
Mechanical endurance
Operating cycles 3 million
1)
Unassigned auxiliary contacts of the individual contactors
Short-circuit protection
Main circuit without overload relays2)
Fuse links, operational class gG:
LV HRC, type 3NA; DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
with single or double infeed
Highest rated current of the fuse
according to IEC 60947-4-1
• Type of coordination "1"
A
160
200
250
250
• Type of coordination "2"
A
80
80
125
160
• with fuse links of operational class gG:
DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
with short-circuit current Ik = 1 kA acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
A
A
10
63), if the auxiliary contact of the overload relay is connected
in the contactor coil circuit.
• with miniature circuit breakers with C characteristic
with short-circuit current Ik = 400 A
A
A
10
63), if the auxiliary contact of the overload relay is connected
in the contactor coil circuit.
Control circuit
Short-circuit test
Main circuit
Current-carrying capacity with reversing time up to 10 s
• Rated operational current Ie
At 400 V
690 V
A
A
On request
On request
• Rated power for three-phase motors
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
At 230 V
400 V
690 V
kW
kW
kW
On request
On request
On request
h-1
15
• Switching frequency with overload relay
Current-carrying capacity with reversing time up to 15 s
• Rated operational current Ie
At 400 V
690 V
A
A
On request
On request
• Rated power for three-phase motors
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
At 230 V
400 V
690 V
kW
kW
kW
On request
On request
On request
h-1
15
• Switching frequency with overload relay
Current-carrying capacity with reversing time up to 20 s
• Rated operational current Ie
At 400 V
690 V
A
A
On request
On request
• Rated power for three-phase motors
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
At 230 V
400 V
690 V
kW
kW
kW
On request
On request
On request
h-1
15
• Switching frequency with overload relay
1)
For circuit diagrams of the control circuit, see "Operating Instructions",
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/34291016.
2)
For short-circuit protection with overload relays, see the Configuration
Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations – Selection Data for Fuseless and
Fused Load Feeders",
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39714188.
3)
Up to Ik < 0.5 kA; ≤ 260 V.
3/178
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
■ Selection and ordering data
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S00-S00-S00 · up to 11 kW
The figure shows the version with screw terminals
3
16
6
5
1
2
7
NSB0_02066c
4
3
6
Mountable accessories (optional)
To be ordered separately
Article No.
16 Three-phase infeed terminal2) 3RA2913-3K
Complete contactor assemblies
Page
3/186
Individual parts
1
1
1
4
2
2
2
5
7
1)
The version with 1 NO is required for momentary-contact operation.
2)
Part 16 can only be mounted with contactors with screw terminal.
3
3
3
6
Article No.
Q111)
Q13
3RT2015 3RT2015
3RT2017 3RT2017
3RT2018 3RT2018
3RA2913-2BB1
Contactor, 5.5 kW
Contactor, 7.5 kW
Contactor, 11 kW
Assembly kit
comprising
4 Mechanical interlock
5 4 connecting clips for 3 contactors
6 Wiring modules on the top and bottom
for connecting the main current paths
Function modules
3RA2816-0EW20
for wye-delta starting
Page
Q12
3RT2015
3RT2015
3RT2016
3/35, 3/42
3/35, 3/42
3/35, 3/42
3/185
3/187
Note:
When using the function modules for contactor assemblies for
wye-delta starting, no other auxiliary switches are allowed to be
connected to the basic units.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/179
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S00-S00-S00 · up to 11 kW
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RA241.-8XF31-1A . 0
3RA241.-8XE31-1BB4
Rated data AC-3
Rated control
supply voltage
Us1)
Operational
current Ie up to
Ratings of three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
400 V
230 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
V
3RA241.-8XF31-2A.0
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
DT Spring-type terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
AC operation, 50/60 Hz
12
3.3
5.5
9.2
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
A
A
A
3RA2415-8XF31-1AB0
3RA2415-8XF31-1AF0
3RA2415-8XF31-1AP0
A
B
A
3RA2415-8XF31-2AB0
3RA2415-8XF31-2AF0
3RA2415-8XF31-2AP0
16
4.7
7.5
9.2
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
A
A
A
3RA2416-8XF31-1AB0
3RA2416-8XF31-1AF0
3RA2416-8XF31-1AP0
B
B
A
3RA2416-8XF31-2AB0
3RA2416-8XF31-2AF0
3RA2416-8XF31-2AP0
25
5.5
11
11
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
A
A
A
3RA2417-8XF31-1AB0
3RA2417-8XF31-1AF0
3RA2417-8XF31-1AP0
B
B
A
3RA2417-8XF31-2AB0
3RA2417-8XF31-2AF0
3RA2417-8XF31-2AP0
12
3.3
5.5
9.2
24 DC
A
3RA2415-8XF31-1BB4
A
3RA2415-8XF31-2BB4
16
4.7
7.5
9.2
24 DC
A
3RA2416-8XF31-1BB4
A
3RA2416-8XF31-2BB4
25
5.5
11
11
24 DC
A
3RA2417-8XF31-1BB4
A
3RA2417-8XF31-2BB4
DC operation
For IO-Link connection
12
3.3
5.5
9.2
24 DC
A
3RA2415-8XE31-1BB4
A
3RA2415-8XE31-2BB4
16
4.7
7.5
9.2
24 DC
A
3RA2416-8XE31-1BB4
A
3RA2416-8XE31-2BB4
25
5.5
11
11
24 DC
A
3RA2417-8XE31-1BB4
A
3RA2417-8XE31-2BB4
For AS-Interface connection
12
3.3
5.5
9.2
24 DC
B
3RA2415-8XH31-1BB4
A
3RA2415-8XH31-2BB4
16
4.7
7.5
9.2
24 DC
A
3RA2416-8XH31-1BB4
B
3RA2416-8XH31-2BB4
25
5.5
11
11
24 DC
A
3RA2417-8XH31-1BB4
A
3RA2417-8XH31-2BB4
1)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us; at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us.
3/180
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S0-S0-S0 · up to 22 kW
The figure shows the version with screw terminals
16
6
3
17
5
1
7
2
3
NSB0_02067d
4
6
Mountable accessories (optional)
To be ordered separately
Article No.
16 Three-phase infeed terminal1) 3RV2925-5AB
17 Three-phase busbar1)
3RV1915-1AB
Complete contactor assemblies
Page
Individual parts
3/186
3/186
1
1
1
4
2
2
2
5
7
1)
3
3
3
6
Article No.
Q11
Q13
Contactor, 11 kW
3RT2024 3RT2024
Contactors, 15/18.5 kW 3RT2026 3RT2026
Contactor, 22 kW
3RT2027 3RT2027
Assembly kit
3RA2923-2BB1
The assembly kit contains:
4 Mechanical interlock
5 4 connecting clips for 3 contactors
6 Wiring modules on the top and bottom
for connecting the main current paths
Function modules
3RA2816-0EW20
for wye-delta starting
Page
Q12
3RT2024
3RT2024
3RT2026
3/37, 3/44
3/37, 3/44
3/37, 3/44
3/185
3/187
The parts 16 and 17 can only be mounted with contactors with screw
terminal.
Note:
When using the function modules for contactor assemblies for
wye-delta starting, no other auxiliary switches are allowed to be
connected to the basic units.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/181
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S0-S0-S0 · up to 22 kW
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RA242.-8XF32-1A . 2
3RA242.-8XE32-1BB4
Rated data AC-3
Rated control
supply voltage
Us1)
Operational
current Ie up to
Ratings of three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
400 V
230 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
V
3RA242.-8XF32-2A . 2
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
DT Spring-type terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
AC operation, 50/60 Hz
25
7.1
11
19
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
A
A
B
3RA2423-8XF32-1AC2
3RA2423-8XF32-1AG2
3RA2423-8XF32-1AL2
A
B
B
3RA2423-8XF32-2AC2
3RA2423-8XF32-2AG2
3RA2423-8XF32-2AL2
32 / 40
11.4
15 / 18.5
19
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
A
A
B
3RA2425-8XF32-1AC2
3RA2425-8XF32-1AG2
3RA2425-8XF32-1AL2
A
B
B
3RA2425-8XF32-2AC2
3RA2425-8XF32-2AG2
3RA2425-8XF32-2AL2
50
--
22
19
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
A
A
B
3RA2426-8XF32-1AC2
3RA2426-8XF32-1AG2
3RA2426-8XF32-1AL2
B
B
B
3RA2426-8XF32-2AC2
3RA2426-8XF32-2AG2
3RA2426-8XF32-2AL2
25
7.1
11
19
24 DC
A
3RA2423-8XF32-1BB4
A
3RA2423-8XF32-2BB4
32 / 40
11.4
15 / 18.5
19
24 DC
A
3RA2425-8XF32-1BB4
A
3RA2425-8XF32-2BB4
50
--
22
19
24 DC
A
3RA2426-8XF32-1BB4
A
3RA2426-8XF32-2BB4
DC operation
For IO-Link connection
25
7.1
11
19
24 DC
A
3RA2423-8XE32-1BB4
B
3RA2423-8XE32-2BB4
32 / 40
11.4
15 / 18.5
19
24 DC
A
3RA2425-8XE32-1BB4
B
3RA2425-8XE32-2BB4
50
--
22
19
24 DC
A
3RA2426-8XE32-1BB4
B
3RA2426-8XE32-2BB4
For AS-Interface connection
25
7.1
11
19
24 DC
B
3RA2423-8XH32-1BB4
A
3RA2423-8XH32-2BB4
32 / 40
11.4
15 / 18.5
19
24 DC
B
3RA2425-8XH32-1BB4
B
3RA2425-8XH32-2BB4
50
--
22
19
24 DC
A
3RA2426-8XH32-1BB4
B
3RA2426-8XH32-2BB4
1)
Coil operating range
- at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us;
- at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us.
3/182
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S2-S2-S0 · up to 45 kW and S2-S2-S2 · 55 kW
The figure shows the version with screw terminals in S2-S2-S2
16
5
3
6
8
1
9
IC01_00402a
2
4
5
3
Mountable accessories (optional)
To be ordered separately
Article No.
16 Three-phase infeed terminal1) 3RV2935-5A
Complete contactor assemblies
Page
3/186
Individual parts
1
1
1
1
4
8
9
1)
2
2
2
2
...
3
3
3
3
7
Article No.
Q11
Q13
Q12
Contactor, 22/30 kW
3RT2035 3RT2035 3RT2026
Contactor, 37 kW
3RT2035 3RT2035 3RT2027
Contactor, 45 kW
3RT2036 3RT2036 3RT2028
Contactor, 55 kW
3RT2037 3RT2037 3RT2035
Assembly kit S2-S2-S2 3RA2933-2BB1
The assembly kit contains:
4 4 connecting pins for 3 contactors
5 Wiring modules on the top and bottom
for connecting the main and auxiliary circuits
6 1 star jumper S2
7 1 cable for connecting the A2 coil contact from the line
contactor to the A2 coil contact of the delta contactor
Mechanical interlock 3RA2934-2B
Function modules
3RA2816-0EW20
for wye-delta starting
Page
3/40, 3/48
3/40, 3/48
3/40, 3/48
3/40, 3/48
3/185
3/186
3/187
Three-phase infeed terminal 16 can only be mounted with contactors
with screw terminal.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/183
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S2-S2-S0 · up to 45 kW and S2-S2-S2 · 55 kW
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RA243.-8XE32-1NB3
3RA2437-8XF32-1A . 2
Rated data AC-3
Rated control
DT Screw terminals
supply voltage Us
Operational
current Ie up to
Ratings of three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
400 V
230 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
V
Article No.
DT Spring-type terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
AC operation, 50/60 Hz
50/65
19.6
22/30
34
24 AC1)
110 AC2)
230 AC2)
B
B
}
3RA2434-8XF32-1AC2
3RA2434-8XF32-1AG2
3RA2434-8XF32-1AL2
----
80
25
37
63
24 AC1)
110 AC2)
230 AC2)
A
A
}
3RA2435-8XF32-1AC2
3RA2435-8XF32-1AG2
3RA2435-8XF32-1AL2
----
86
27
45
63
24 AC1)
110 AC2)
230 AC2)
A
A
}
3RA2436-8XF32-1AC2
3RA2436-8XF32-1AG2
3RA2436-8XF32-1AL2
----
115
37
55
93
24 AC1)
110 AC2)
230 AC2)
B
B
}
3RA2437-8XF32-1AC2
3RA2437-8XF32-1AG2
3RA2437-8XF32-1AL2
----
AC/DC operation
50/65
19.6
22/30
34
20 ... 33 AC/DC1) }
3RA2434-8XF32-1NB3
--
80
25
37
63
20 ... 33 AC/DC1) A
3RA2435-8XF32-1NB3
--
86
27
45
63
20 ... 33 AC/DC1) A
3RA2436-8XF32-1NB3
--
115
37
55
93
20 ... 33 AC/DC1) B
3RA2437-8XF32-1NB3
--
DC operation
For IO-Link connection
50/65
19.6
22/30
34
24 DC1)
B
3RA2434-8XE32-1NB3
--
80
25
37
63
24 DC1)
B
3RA2435-8XE32-1NB3
--
86
27
45
63
24 DC1)
B
3RA2436-8XE32-1NB3
--
115
37
55
93
24 DC1)
B
3RA2437-8XE32-1NB3
--
For AS-Interface connection
50/65
19.6
22/30
34
24 DC1)
B
3RA2434-8XH32-1NB3
--
80
25
37
63
24 DC1)
B
3RA2435-8XH32-1NB3
--
86
27
45
63
24 DC1)
B
3RA2436-8XH32-1NB3
--
115
37
55
93
24 DC1)
B
3RA2437-8XH32-1NB3
--
1)
Operating range:
- AC coil: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
- AC/DC coil: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
- DC coil: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
2)
AC coil operating range
- at 50 Hz: 0,8 ... 1,1 x Us;
- at 60 Hz: 0,85 ... 1,1 x Us.
3/184
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
Components for customer assembly
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit (unless otherwise specified)
PG
= 41B
3RA2933-2BB1
For
Size
contactors
Version
3RA2923-2BB1
3RA2923-2BB2
DT Screw terminals
Type
Article No.
DT Spring-type
terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
Assembly kits1) for making 3-pole contactor assemblies
3RT201
S00-S00S00
The assembly kit contains:
Mechanical interlock,
4 connecting clips for 3 contactors;
a star jumper,
wiring modules on the top and bottom
3RT202
S0-S0-S0 The assembly kit contains:
Mechanical interlock,
4 connecting clips for 3 contactors,
a star jumper,
wiring modules on the top and bottom
• For main, auxiliary and control circuits
• For main, auxiliary and control circuits
}
3RA2913-2BB1
}
3RA2923-2BB1
• Only for main circuit2)
3RT202
S0-S0-S0 The assembly kit contains:
mechanical interlock;
4 connecting clips for 3 contactors,
wiring modules on the top and bottom,
3-phase infeed terminals
3RT203
S2-S2-S0 The assembly kit contains:
4 connecting pins for 3 contactors
an S0 star jumper,
a spacer,
wiring modules on the top and bottom
(S2-S0) for the main circuit,
a cable set for the auxiliary circuit,
a cable for connecting the A2 coil contact
from the line contactor to the A2 coil contact
of the delta contactor
3RT203
S2-S2-S2 The assembly kit contains:
4 connecting pins for 3 contactors;
an S2 star jumper and
• For main, auxiliary and control circuits
• wiring modules on the top and bottom for
the main circuit and the auxiliary circuit,
a cable for connecting the A2 coil contact
from the line contactor to the A2 coil
contact of the delta contactor.
• Wiring modules on the top and bottom for
the main circuit,
a cable set for the auxiliary circuit and a
cable for connecting the A2 coil contact
from the line contactor to the A2 coil
contact of the delta contactor.
1)
When using the function modules for wye-delta starting, the wiring
modules for the auxiliary current are not required.
2)
Version in size S0 with spring-type terminals:
Only the wiring modules for the main circuit are included.
No connectors are included for the auxiliary and control circuit.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
--
B
3RA2924-2BB1
}
3RA2933-2C
}
3RA2933-2BB1
--
}
3RA2913-2BB2
-}
3RA2923-2BB2
-}
3RA2933-2C
--
B
3RA2933-2BB2
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/185
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit (unless otherwise specified)
PG
= 41B
3RV2925-5AB
3RV1915-1AB
For
Size
contactors
Version
3RT1936-4BA31
3RT1916-4BA31
3RT2916-4BA32
DT Screw terminals
Type
Article No.
DT Spring-type
terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
Three-phase infeed terminals
Infeed terminal blocks for the line contactor
for large conductor cross-sections
3RT201
S00
• Conductor cross-section 6 mm2
3RA2913-3K
--
3RT202
S0
• Conductor cross-section 16 mm2
}
3RV2925-5AB
--
3RT203
S2
• Conductor cross-section max. 70 mm2
A
3RV2935-5A
--
A
3RV2935-5E
--
}
3RV1915-1AB
--
}
3RT1916-4BA31
A
3RT2916-4BA32
}
3RT1926-4BA31
A
3RT2926-4BA32
}
3RT1936-4BA31
}
3RT1936-4BA31
PS = 10 units A
Three-phase busbars
3RT202
S0
Bridging phase-by-phase of all input
terminals of the line contactor (Q11) and
the delta contactor (Q13)
Links for paralleling, 3-pole (star jumpers)
3RT201
S00
3RT202
S0
3RT203
S2
Without connection terminal
(the links for paralleling can be reduced by
one pole)
3RA2932-2F
Mechanical interlocks
3RT203
S2-S2-S0, For size S2, the mechanical locking
S2-S2-S2 device must be ordered separately
}
3RA2934-2B
}
3RA2934-2B
B
3RA2932-2F
B
3RA2932-2F
Base plates
3RT203
3/186
S2-S2-S0, For configuring contactor assemblies for
S2-S2-S2 wye-delta starting
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
Components for customer assembly
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit (unless otherwise specified)
PG
= 41B
For
Size
contactors
3RA2711-2CA00
3RA2712-1CA00
3RA2816-0EW20
Version
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
Type
Function modules for wye-delta starting
3RT201,
3RT202,
3RT203
S00,
S0,
S2
Comprising one basic module and
two coupling modules
A
3RA2816-0EW20
A 3RA2816-0EW20
A
3RA2910-0
A
Screw terminals
DT Spring-type
terminals
Rated control supply voltage
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
Time setting range 0.5 ... 60 s
(10, 30, 60 s selectable)
Accessories for 3RA28 function modules
3RT201,
3RT202,
3RT203
S00,
S0,
S2
Sealable covers
PS = 5 units
3RA2910-0
Function modules for wye-delta starting
for connection to the control system
3RT201,
3RT202,
3RT203
S00,
S0,
S2
IO-Link connection,
comprising one basic module and
two coupling modules, plus an additional
module connector
for assembling an IO-Link group
A
3RA2711-1CA00
A
3RA2711-2CA00
3RT201,
3RT202,
3RT203
S00,
S0,
S2
AS-Interface connection,
comprising one basic module and
two coupling modules
A
3RA2712-1CA00
A
3RA2712-2CA00
A
3RA2711-0EE10
A
3RA2711-0EE10
Accessories for 3RA27 function modules
3RT201,
3RT202,
3RT203
S00,
S0,
S2
Module connector set, comprising:
• 2 module connectors, 14-pole, short
+ 2 interface covers
3RT201,
3RT202,
3RT203
S00,
S0,
S2
• 14-pole, 9 cm
For size jump S00-S0
+ 1 space
A
3RA2711-0EE06
A
3RA2711-0EE06
3RT201,
3RT202,
3RT203
S00,
S0,
S2
• 14-pole, 26 cm
For various space combinations
A
3RA2711-0EE07
A
3RA2711-0EE07
3RT201,
3RT202,
3RT203
S00,
S0,
S2
• 14-pole, 33.5 cm
For various space combinations
A
3RA2711-0EE08
A
3RA2711-0EE08
3RT201,
3RT202,
3RT203
S00,
S0,
S2
• 10-pole, 9 cm
For separate control signal infeed
within an IO-Link group
A
3RA2711-0EE16
A
3RA2711-0EE16
3RT201,
3RT202,
3RT203
S00,
S0,
S2
Sealable covers
A
3RA2910-0
A
3RA2910-0
Module connectors
PS = 5 units
Operator panels for IO-Link, see page 3/202.
Note:
When using the function modules for contactor assemblies for
wye-delta starting, no other auxiliary switches are allowed to be
connected to the basic units.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/187
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA14 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
■ Overview
The 3RA14 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting are
designed for standard applications.
3
Note:
Contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting in special applications such as very heavy starting1) or wye-delta starting of
special motors must be customized. Help with designing such
special applications is available from Technical Assistance.
The 3RA14 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting can be
ordered as follows:
Size S3
• Fully wired and tested, with electrical interlock, reversing time
up to 10 s
• As individual parts for customer assembly
Sizes S6 to S12
• Only as individual parts for customer assembly
The 3RA14 contactor assemblies have screw terminals. Sizes S2
to S3 are suitable for screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto
TH 35 standard mounting rails.
Complete units
Fully wired and tested 3RA14 contactor assemblies have one
unassigned NO contact which is mounted onto the front of the
Q3 delta contactor.
With the preassembled contactor assembly sizes S2 and S3,
22 to 75 kW, a timing relay is laterally mounted. A dead interval
of 50 ms on reversing is already integrated in the time relay
function.
1)
There is also a range of accessories (auxiliary switch blocks,
surge suppressors, etc.) that must be ordered separately.
Rated data
at 50 Hz 400 V AC
Overload relays for motor protection, see Chapter 7,
"Protection Equipment" ➞ "Overload Relays"
➞ "SIRIUS 3RB2 Electronic Overload Relays".
For effective support from Technical Assistance you must provide the
following details:
- Rated motor voltage
- Rated motor current
- Service factor, operating values
- Motor starting current factor
- Starting time
- Ambient temperature
Size
Rating P
Operational
current Ie
Motor current
kW
A
A
77.6 ... 108.6
Line/delta contactor Star contactor
Article No.
complete assembly
55
115
75
150
90
160
86
... 160
110
195
86
... 195
132
230
86
... 230
3RT1055
3RT1045
160
280
86
... 280
3RT1056
3RT1046
200
350
95
... 350
250
430
95
... 430
315
540
277
... 540
355
610
277
... 610
400
690
277
... 690
500
850
277
... 850
S3-S3-S2
120.7 ... 150
S6-S6-S3
S10-S10-S6
S12-S12-S10
Surge suppression
Size S3
All contactor assemblies can be fitted with RC elements,
varistors or diode assemblies for damping opening surges in the
coil. As with the individual contactors, the surge suppressors
can either be plugged onto the top or bottom coil terminals.
Sizes S6 to S12
The contactors are fitted with varistors as standard.
Motor protection
As overload protection, the 3RU11 or 3RB2 overload relays
(see table on the next page) or 3RN1 thermistor motor protection
releases can be used.
The overload relay can be either mounted onto the line contactor
or separately fitted. It must be set to 0.58 times the rated motor
current.
3/188
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3RT1044
3RT1035
3RA1444-8XC21-1. . .
3RT1045
3RT1036
3RA1445-8XC21-1. . .
3RT1054
3RT1044
--
3RT1064
3RT1054
3RT1065
3RT1055
3RT1075
3RT1064
3RT1076
3RT1066
3RT1065
---
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA14 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
Assembly kits with wiring modules and, if necessary, mechanical
connectors are available for contactor assemblies for wye-delta
starting. Contactors, overload relays, wye-delta timing relays,
auxiliary switches for electrical interlock – if required also infeed
terminals, mechanical interlocks and base plates – must be
ordered separately.
In the case of sizes S2 to S12 only the bottom main conducting
path connection between the delta and star contactors is
included in the wiring module, owing to the larger conductor
cross-section at the infeed.
Note:
The selection of contactor types refers to fused design.
Accessories for
customer assembly
Timing relays
P
Assembly kit A, Assembly kit B, Star jumper
for double infeed for single infeed
Base plates
kW
55 3RP1574-1N.30 3RA1943-2C1)
--
3RT1936-4BA31 3RA1942-2E
75
90 3RP1574-1N.30 --
Overload relay, thermal
(CLASS 10 trip class)
Overload relay, electronic
(CLASS 10 trip class)
Setting
range
A
Setting
range
A
Article No.
45
... 63
3RU1146-4JB0
70
... 90
3RU1146-4LB0
3RA1953-3D2)
3RT1946-4BA31 3RA1952-2E
--
--
--
3RT1956-4BA31 3RA1962-2E
--
--
Article No.
25
... 100 3RB2046-1EB0
50
... 200 3RB2056-1FC2
110
132
160
200 3RP1574-1N.30 -250
315 3RP1574-1N.30 --
--
3RT1966-4BA31 3RA1972-2E
--
--
55
... 250 3RB2066-1GC2
160
... 630 3RB2066-1MC2
160
... 630 3RB2066-1MC2
355
400
500
1)
Assembly kit contains wiring module on the bottom (connection between
delta and star contactor) and star jumper.
2)
Wiring module on top from reversing contactor assembly (note conductor
cross-sections).
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/189
3
Components for customer assembly
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA14 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
■ Technical specifications
3RA1444
3RA1445
Size
S3-S3-S2
S3-S3-S2
Dimensions (W x H x D) with base plate
H
Type
• DC operation
D
3
All technical specifications not mentioned in the table below are
identical to those of the individual 3RT1 contactors and
3RU1 overload relays.
W
• AC operation
mm
218 x 180 x 207
mm
218 x 180 x 194
Type
Type
Type
3RT1044
3RT1044
3RT1035
General data
Individual contactors
• Q1 line contactor
• Q3 delta contactor
• Q2 star contactor
3RT1045
3RT1045
3RT1036
Operating cycles 3 million
Mechanical endurance
1)
Unassigned auxiliary contacts of the individual contactors
Short-circuit protection
Main circuit without overload relays2)
Fuse links, operational class gG:
LV HRC, type 3NA; DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
with single or double infeed
Highest rated current of the fuse
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1/EN 60947-4-1
• Type of coordination "1"
• Type of coordination "2"
A
A
250
125
250
160
• with fuse links of operational class gG:
DIAZED, type 5SB; NEOZED, type 5SE
with short-circuit current Ik = 1 kA acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
A
A
10
63), if the auxiliary contact of the overload relay is connected
in the contactor coil circuit
• with miniature circuit breakers with C characteristic
with short-circuit current Ik = 400 A
A
A
10
63), if the auxiliary contact of the overload relay is connected
in the contactor coil circuit.
Control circuit
Short-circuit test
Main circuit
Current-carrying capacity with reversing time up to 10 s
• Rated operational current Ie
At 400 V
500 V
690 V
A
A
A
115
112.6
98.7
150
138.6
138.6
• Rated power for three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz and
At 230 V
400 V
500 V
690 V
1 000 V
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
37
65
80
97
--
49
85
98
136
--
h-1
15
15
• Switching frequency with overload relay
Current-carrying capacity with reversing time up to 15 s
• Rated operational current Ie
At 400 V
500 V
690 V
A
A
A
97
97
97
106
106
106
• Rated power for three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz and
At 230 V
400 V
500 V
690 V
1 000 V
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
32
55
69
95
--
35
60
75
104
--
h-1
15
15
• Switching frequency with overload relay
Current-carrying capacity with reversing time up to 20 s
• Rated operational current Ie
At 400 V
500 V
690 V
A
A
A
85
85
85
92
92
92
• Rated power for three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz and
At 230 V
400 V
500 V
690 V
1 000 V
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
28
48
60
83
--
30
52
65
90
--
15
15
• Switching frequency with overload relay
h-1
1)
For circuit diagrams for the control circuit, see Reference Manual
"Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies",
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/35554359.
2)
For short-circuit protection with overload relay, see the Configuration
Manual "Configuring SIRIUS – Selection Data for Fuseless Load Feeders",
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/40625241.
3/190
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3)
Up to Ik < 0.5 kA; ≤ 260 V.
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA14 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
■ Selection and ordering data
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S3-S3-S2 · up to 75 kW
1
6
2
3
3
16
11
20
19
NSB0_00467e
15
10
8
9
10
4
10
The connecting cables
are not shown.
6
7
Mountable accessories (optional)
To be ordered separately
4
7
15
16
19
20
Mech. interlock, lateral,
depth compensation required
Q3: 0 mm; Q2: 27.5 mm1)
Solid-state time-delay
auxiliary switch block, front2)
Auxiliary switch block, lateral
Surge suppressor
Push-in lug for timing relay
screw mounting
Single-phase infeed terminals
Complete contactor assemblies
Article No.
Page
3RA1924-2B
Individual parts
3/172
3RT1926-2G. . .
3RH1921-1EA. .
3RT19.6-1 . . . .
3/118
3/116
3/119
Page
Q3
Q2
3RT1044
3RT1045
3RT1035
3RT1036
1 2 3
1 2 3
Contactor, 55 kW
Contactor, 75 kW
3RT1044
3RT1045
8
9
Timing relay, lateral
Auxiliary switch block with
1 unassigned NO
contact
Auxiliary switch block for
local control
2 units
3 units
Base plate
Assembly kit
3RP1574-1N.30
3)
3RH1921-1CA10
3/114
3RH1921-1CA01
3RH1921-1CA10
3RA1942-2E
3RA1943-2C
3/114
3/192
3/192
10
3)
3RP1903
3RA1943-3L
Article No.
Q1
3/192
11
6
3/97
3/98
The assembly kit contains the star jumper on the top and the wiring
module on the bottom for connecting the main current paths.
1)
Use the 3RA1942-2B base plate for this design.
2)
Generally possible. If a solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block is
mounted onto the front of Q3, an auxiliary switch block can only be
mounted onto the side.
3)
Rated data AC-3
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us1)
Operational
current Ie up to
Ratings of
three-phase motors
at 50 Hz and
400 V
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A
kW
kW
See Chapter 10 "Monitoring and Control Devices" ➞ "3RP, 7PV Timing
Relays" ➞ "3RP15 Timing Relays in Industrial Enclosure, 22.5 mm".
Article No.
kW
kW
V
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
AC operation, 50/60 Hz
115
37
55
81
93
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
}
3RA1444-8XC21-1AC2
3RA1444-8XC21-1AG2
3RA1444-8XC21-1AL2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
150
47
75
103
110
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
}
3RA1445-8XC21-1AC2
3RA1445-8XC21-1AG2
3RA1445-8XC21-1AL2
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
37
47
55
75
81
103
93
110
24 DC
24 DC
B
B
3RA1444-8XC21-1BB4
3RA1445-8XC21-1BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
DC operation
3RA144.-8XC21-1. . .
1)
115
150
Coil operating range at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us; at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/191
© Siemens AG 2015
Contactor Assemblies
3RA23, 3RA13, 3RA24, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA14 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
Components for customer assembly
Version
Size
DT Article No.
The assembly kit contains:
star jumper,
wiring module on the bottom
S3-S3-S2
}
S3-S3-S3
}
S6-S6-S6
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3RA1943-2C
1
1 unit
41B
3RA1943-2B
1
1 unit
41B
A
3RA1953-2B
1
1 unit
41B
A
3RA1953-2N
1
1 unit
41B
A
3RA1963-2B
1
1 unit
41B
B
3RA1973-2B
1
1 unit
41B
A
3RA1943-3L
1
1 unit
41B
S3
}
3RT1946-4BA31
1
1 unit
41B
S61)2)
}
3RT1956-4BA31
1
1 unit
41B
S10, S121)2)
}
3RT1966-4BA31
1
1 unit
41B
Side-by-side mounting
S3, S3, S2
B
3RA1942-2E
1
1 unit
41B
10 mm distance between Q1, Q3 and Q2
S6, S6, S3
S6, S6, S6
B
B
3RA1952-2E
3RA1952-2F
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
S10, S10, S6
S10, S10, S10
B
B
3RA1962-2E
3RA1962-2F
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
S12, S12, S10
S12, S12, S12
B
B
3RA1972-2E
3RA1972-2F
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
S3, S3, S2
B
3RA1942-2B
1
1 unit
41B
NSB0_01836
3
Assembly kits
(Wiring module on the top is not included in the
S6-S6-S6
scope of supply.
A double infeed between the line contactor and the S10-S10-S10
delta contactor is recommended.)
S12-S12-S12
NSB0_01837
3RA1953-2B
3RA1953-2N,
3RA1963-2B,
3RA1973-2B
Single-phase feeder terminals
Conductor cross-section: 95 mm2
S3
Links for paralleling, 3-pole (star jumpers)
Without connection terminal
(the links for paralleling can be reduced by
one pole)
3RT1936-4BA31
Base plates
For customer assembly of contactor assemblies
for wye-delta starting with a laterally mounted
timing relay
For customer assembly of contactor assemblies
for wye-delta starting with a front-mounted timing
relay
10 mm distance between Q1, Q3 and Q2
1)
The 3RT1956-4EA1 (for S6) or 3RT1966-4EA1 (for S10 and S12) cover can
be used for touch protection.
2)
Sizes S6 and S10/S12 are approved as star jumpers
according to UL and CSA.
3/192
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Function Modules
Introduction
■ Overview
They include the key control functions required for the particular
feeder, e.g. timing and interlocking, and can be connected to the
control system by either parallel wiring or through IO-Link or
AS-Interface.
Version
SIRIUS 3RA28 function modules
SIRIUS 3RA27 function modules
for IO-Link1)
For direct-on-line starting
Timing relays: ON-delay or OFF-delay with With screw or spring-type terminals
semiconductor output
SIRIUS 3RA27 function modules
for AS-Interface1)
With screw or spring-type terminals
With screw or spring-type terminals
For reversing starting
Wiring modules for size S00 to S2
contactors
With screw or spring-type terminals
(with screw terminals for main and control
circuit)
1 function module for size S00 to S2
1 function module for size S00 to S2
contactors with screw or spring-type termi- contactors with screw or spring-type termi1)
nals plus the respective wiring modules
nals plus the respective wiring modules1)
For wye-delta starting
1 function module for size S00 to S2
1 function module for size S00 to S2
1 function module for size S00 to S2
contactors with screw or spring-type termi- contactors with screw or spring-type termi- contactors with screw or spring-type terminals plus the respective wiring modules2) nals plus the respective wiring modules2) nals plus the respective wiring modules2)
Accessories
Sealable covers
Operator panel for autonomous control of
up to four feeders
Module connector for the grouping of
starters
AS-Interface addressing unit
3RK1904-2AB02 (see Chapter 2,
"Industrial Communication")
Sealable covers
Connection cable between the operator
panel and the feeder group
Sealable covers
1)
Use of the communication-capable function modules for IO-Link or
AS-Interface requires contactors with voltage tap-off; see pages 3/43 and
3/46.
2)
The modules for the control current wiring, which are included in the wiring
kit, are not required.
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/193
3
The function modules for mounting onto contactors enable the
assembly of starters and contactor assemblies for direct-on-line,
reversing and wye-delta starting without any additional,
complicated wiring of the individual components.
© Siemens AG 2015
Function Modules
SIRIUS 3RA28 Function Modules for Mounting on 3RT2 and 3RH21 Contactors
Introduction
■ Overview
■ Application
Simply by being plugged in place, the SIRIUS function modules
enable different functionalities required for the assembly of
starters to be realized in the feeder. The function modules and
wiring kits thus help to reduce the wiring work within the feeder
practically to zero.
3
SIRIUS function modules for direct-on-line starting
The electronic timing relays which can be mounted onto the
contactor are available in these versions:
• Sizes S00 and S0 for applications in the range from
24 to 240 V AC/DC (wide voltage range)
• Size S2 for applications in either the range from 24 to
90 V AC/DC or 90 to 240 V AC/DC
Both the electrical and mechanical connection are made by
simple snapping on and locking.
A protection circuit (varistor) is integrated in each module.
The electronic timing relay with semiconductor output uses
two contact legs to actuate the contactor underneath by means
of a semiconductor after the set time t has elapsed.
The switching state feedback is performed by a mechanical
switching state indicator (plunger). In addition, the auxiliary
switches in the contactors are freely accessible and can be used
for feedbacks to the control system or for signal lamps.
A sealable cover is available to protect against careless
adjustment of the set times.
SIRIUS function modules for reversing starting
The wiring kits for reversing starters enable the cost-effective
assembly of contactor assemblies. They can be used for all
applications with reversing duty up to 37 kW.
For detailed description, see page 3/160
SIRIUS function modules for wye-delta starting
Both interlocking and timing functions are required for the
assembly of wye-delta starters. With the function modules for
wye-delta starting and the matching link modules for the main
circuit, these starters can be assembled easily and with
absolutely no errors.
The entire sequence in the control circuit is integrated in the
snap-on modules. This covers:
• An adjustable star time t from 0.5 to 60 s
• A non-adjustable dead interval of 50 ms
• Electrical contacting to the contactors by means of coil
pick-off (contact legs)
• Feedback of the switching state at the contactor using a
mechanical switch position indicator (plunger)
• Electrical interlocking between the contactors
These modules do not require their own terminals and can therefore be used for contactors with both screw and spring-type
terminals in all the sizes S00 to S2. To start the wye-delta starter,
only the first of the three contactors (line contactor) is actuated.
All other functions then take place inside the individual modules.
This also offers advantages if the timing function was previously
implemented in a controller, as it again results in a significant
reduction in the number of PLC outputs, the programming work
and the wiring outlay.
The kits for the main circuit include the mechanical interlock,
the star jumper, the wiring modules at the top and at the bottom,
and the required connecting clips.
A protection circuit (varistor) is integrated in the basic module.
3/194
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
The snap-on function modules for direct-on-line starting are
used above all for realizing timing functions independently of the
control system.
With the OFF-delay variant of the timing relay it is possible for
example for the fan motor for cooling a main drive to be switched
off with a delay so that sufficient cooling after operation is
guaranteed even if the plant and its control system have already
been switched off.
The ON-delay timing relays enable for example the time-delayed
starting of several drives so that the summation starting current
does not rise too high, which could result in voltage failure.
The function modules for wye-delta starting are mostly used
where current-limiting measures for starting a drive are required,
e.g. for large fans and ventilators, and a high level of availability
is essential at the same time. This technology has been used
with success for several decades and has the additional advantage of requiring relatively little know-how. Through the use of
function modules, the assembly work with simple standard
components is even easier and error-free.
■ Benefits
The use of snap-on function modules for direct-on-line starting
(timing relays) results in the following advantages:
• Reduction of control current wiring
• Prevention of wiring errors
• Reduction of testing costs
• Implementation of timing functions independently of the
control system
• Less space required in the control cabinet compared to a
separate timing relay
• No additive protection circuit required (varistor integrated)
For advantages of using wiring kits for the assembly of reversing
starters, see page 3/161.
The use of function modules for wye-delta starting results in the
following advantages:
• Operation solely through the line contactor A1/A2 – no further
wiring needed
• Reduction of the control current wiring inside the contactor
assembly and to the higher-level control system where
applicable
• Prevention of wiring errors
• Reduction of testing costs
• Integrated electrical interlocking saves costs and prevents
errors
• Less space needed in the control cabinet compared to using
a separate timing relay
• Adjustable starting in star mode from 0.5 to 60 s
• Independent of the contactor's control supply voltage
(24 to 240 V AC/DC)
• Varistor integrated – no additive protection circuit required
• No control current wiring thanks to plug-in technology and
connecting cables
• Mechanically coded assembly enables easy configuration
and reliable wiring
• Fewer versions – one module kit for screw and spring-type
connection and for all the contactor sizes S00 to S2
• Mechanical interlocking (with wiring kit for the main circuit)
© Siemens AG 2015
Function Modules
SIRIUS 3RA28 Function Modules for Mounting on 3RT2 and 3RH21 Contactors
Introduction
■ Technical specifications
Type
3RA2811
3RA2831
3RA2812
3RA2832
3RA2816
Can be used for size
S00, S0
S2
S00, S0
S2
S00, S0, S2
Function
ON-delay
Dimensions
See 3RT20 contactors, pages 3/19 and 3/24
OFF-delay
with control signal
Wye-delta function
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III
V AC
300
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV AC
4
3
General data
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us,
0.95 ... 1.05 times the rated frequency
Operating range of excitation
Varistor integrated
Overvoltage protection
Rated power
W
1
1
• Power consumption at 230 V AC, 50 Hz
VA
1
2
A
--
4
Switching frequency for load
• With Ie at 230 V AC
• With 3RT2 contactor at 230 V AC
h-1
h-1
2 500
2 500
---
Recovery time
ms
50
Minimum ON period
ms
--
DIAZED protection
Operational class gG
150
35
--
Residual current
Max.
mA
5
--
--
Voltage drop
With conducting output
Max.
VA
3.5
--
--
Setting accuracy
With reference to upper limit of
scale
Typ.
±15 %
Repeat accuracy
Max.
±1 %
Electrical endurance
• With 3RT2028 contactor
• At AC-15, 250 V, 3 A
Operating cycles 100 000
Operating cycles --
-100 000
Mechanical endurance
Operating cycles 100 x 106
10 x 106
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
• During storage
°C
°C
IP20
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1, Appendix C
Shock resistance
Half-sine acc. to IEC 60068-2-27
Vibration resistance
According to IEC 60068-2-6
-25 ... +60
-40 ... +80
g/ms
15/11
Hz/mm
10 ... 55/0.35
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
IEC 61000-6-2, IEC 61000-6-4, IEC 61812-1, IEC 60947-4-1
Overvoltage protection
Varistor integrated
Permissible mounting position
Any (see contactor)
Conductor cross-sections
Connection type
(1 or 2 conductors can be connected)
•
•
•
•
•
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
Terminal screws
Tightening torque
Screw terminals
mm2
mm2
AWG
Nm
------
Spring-type terminals
Connection type
(1 or 2 conductors can be connected)
• Operating devices
• Solid
1 x (0.5 ... 4), 2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
1 x (0.5 ... 2.5), 2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
2 x (20 ... 14)
M3 (for standard screw driver size 2 or Pozidriv 2)
0.8 ... 1.2
mm
mm2
3.0 x 0.5
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
---
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm2
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
--
• Finely stranded
mm2
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
--
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
AWG
2 x (24 ... 16)
--
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/195
© Siemens AG 2015
Function Modules
SIRIUS 3RA28 Function Modules for Mounting on 3RT2 and 3RH21 Contactors
For direct-on-line starting
■ Selection and ordering data
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RA2811-1CW10
For contactors Rated control supply voltage Us
1)
Time setting range t
3RA2811-2CW10
DT Screw terminals
DT Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Type
V AC/DC
Price
per PU
s
Article No.
Price
per PU
Electronic timing relays with semiconductor output,
for snapping onto the front
The electrical connection between the timing relay and the
contactor underneath is established automatically when it is
snapped on and locked.
ON-delay
Two-wire design, varistor integrated
3RT201.,
3RT202.,
3RH212),
3RH24
24 ... 240
0.05 ...100
(1, 10, 100; selectable)
A
3RA2811-1CW10
A
3RA2811-2CW10
3RT203.
24 ... 90
0.05 ...100
(1, 10, 100; selectable)
A
3RA2831-1DG10
A
3RA2831-2DG10
A
3RA2831-1DH10
A
3RA2831-2DH10
90 ... 240
OFF-delay with control signal
Varistor integrated
3RT201.,
3RT202.,
3RH212),
3RH24
24 ... 240
0.05 ...100
(1, 10, 100; selectable)
A
3RA2812-1DW10
A
3RA2812-2DW10
3RT203.
24 ... 90
0.05 ...100
(1, 10, 100; selectable)
A
3RA2832-1DG10
A
3RA2832-2DG10
A
3RA2832-1DH10
A
3RA2832-2DH10
A
3RA2910-0
A
3RA2910-0
90 ... 240
Accessories
Sealable covers
for 3RA27, 3RA28, 3RA29
1)
AC voltage values apply for 50 Hz and 60 Hz.
2)
Cannot be fitted onto coupling relays.
Function
For manuals, see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/60279150
Function charts
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open
1 NO contact (semiconductor output)
3RA2812-.DW10
B1/A4
Q
35 ms
t
3/196
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
Q
t
3RA2832-.D.10
A3/A4
>
IC01_00339a
t
3RA28
A3/A4
NSB0_02099a
Q
A3/A4
3RA28
NSB0_02099a
OFF-delay
with control signal
3RA2831-.D.10
NSB0_02098a
3RA2811-.CW10
A3/A2
ON-delay
B1/A4
>
Q
35 ms
t
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Function Modules
SIRIUS 3RA28 Function Modules for Mounting on 3RT2 and 3RH21 Contactors
For reversing starting / for wye-delta starting
■ Selection and ordering data
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
3RA2816-0EW20
3RA2923-2AA1
For
contactors
Rated control supply voltage Us1) Time setting range t
Type
V AC/DC
3RA2923-2BB2
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
s
DT Spring-type
terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
Assembly kits for reversing starting
Assembly kits for making 3-pole contactor assemblies
The assembly kit contains:
Mechanical interlock,
2 connecting clips for 2 contactors,
wiring modules on the top and bottom
3RT201.
• For size S00
}
3RA2913-2AA1
}
3RA2913-2AA2
3RT202.
• For size S0
}
3RA2923-2AA1
}
3RA2923-2AA2
3RT203.
• For size S2 (only for main circuit for version with spring-type
terminals)
}
3RA2933-2AA1
B
3RA2933-2AA2
Assembly kits for wye-delta starting
Assembly kits for making 3-pole contactor assemblies
The assembly kit contains:
Mechanical interlock,
4 connecting clips for 3 contactors;
star jumper,
wiring modules on the top and bottom
3RT201.
• For size S00
}
3RA2913-2BB1
}
3RA2913-2BB2
3RT202.
• For size S0 (only for main circuit for version with spring-type
terminals)
}
3RA2923-2BB1
}
3RA2923-2BB2
3RT203.
• For size S2 (only for main circuit for version with spring-type
terminals)
}
3RA2933-2BB1
B
3RA2933-2BB2
A
3RA2816-0EW20
A
3RA2816-0EW20
A
3RA2910-0
A
3RA2910-0
Function modules for wye-delta starting
The electrical connection between the function module and the
contactor assembly is established automatically by snapping on and
plugging in the connecting cables.
Wye-delta function (varistor integrated)
3RT201.,
3RT202.,
3RT203.2)
24 ... 240
0.5 ... 60
(10, 30, 60; selectable)
Accessories
Sealable covers
for 3RA27, 3RA28, 3RA29
1)
AC voltage values apply for 50 Hz and 60 Hz.
2)
Cannot be fitted onto coupling relays.
For manuals, see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/60279150.
Function
Function charts
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open
2 NO contacts (interconnected internally)
3RA2816-0EW20
A1/A2 Q1
Y Q2
Q3
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
NSB0_02072a
Wye-delta function
• 1 NO contact delayed
• 1 NO contact instantaneous
t
50 ms
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/197
© Siemens AG 2015
Function Modules
SIRIUS 3RA27 Function Modules for IO-Link for Mounting on 3RT2 Contactors
Introduction
The SIRIUS function modules for IO-Link enable the assembly of
starters and contactor assemblies for direct-on-line, reversing
and wye-delta starting without any additional, complicated
wiring of the individual components. They include the key control
functions required for the particular feeder, e.g. timing and
interlocking.
The starters are connected to the higher-level control system
through IO-Link, with the possibility of connecting up to
four starters as a group to one port of the IO-Link master.
The electrical and mechanical connection to the contactor is
established by snapping on and locking. An additive protection
circuit for the individual contactors can be dispensed with
completely because a varistor is integrated in the modules.
Feedback from the contactor contacts is performed with Hall
sensors which provide reliable feedback concerning the
switching state even under extremely dusty conditions.
The following essential signals are transmitted:
• Availability of the feeder in response to an indirect inquiry from
the motor starter protector/circuit breaker
• Starter control
• Feedback concerning the switching state of the starter
Through this type of connection to the control system,
a maximum of wiring is saved.
Availability
Control
PLC
Feedback through
switching state
PLC
IO-Link
NSB0_02084a
Signal transmission through IO-Link
The inquiry from the motor starter protector/circuit breaker does
not take place through additive wiring between the auxiliary
switch and the module but by means of a voltage inquiry at the
contactor input.
This requires special versions of the contactors with voltage
tap-off (see pages 3/43 and 3/46).
Motor starter protector
Contactor
NSB0_02086
3
■ Overview
Availability signal through voltage tap-off
3/198
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Function Modules
SIRIUS 3RA27 Function Modules for IO-Link for Mounting on 3RT2 Contactors
Introduction
By grouping up to four starters it is possible to connect up to
16 starters to one master of the ET 200S. In this case all the
signals of the individual controls are made available directly in
the process image of the input through only three individual
wires per starter group. If the same potential is present at the
ET 200S master and at the switching devices, the wiring can be
reduced further by connecting the supply voltage of the
contactor coils to the communication wires via jumpers.
Group formation for 4 starters max. per IO-Link port
Direct-online starter
IO-link master
2
3
Direct-online starter
Reversing
starter
4
Reversing
starter
3
1
Port 1
NSB0_02087b
...
Port 2
Group formation with IO-Link
In case of a malfunction, the corresponding error signals are
also sent directly to the PLC in acyclic mode. This is in addition
to transmission of the switching signals and status signals.
Possible error signals:
• Switching element defective
• No main voltage (motor starter protector tripped)
• No control supply voltage
• Limit position on the right / on the left
• Manual mode
• Process image fault
■ Application
The use of SIRIUS function modules with IO-Link is recommended above all in machines and plants in which there are
several motor feeders in one control cabinet. Using IO-Link,
the connection of these feeders to the automation level is easy,
quick and error-free. And with IO modules no longer needed,
the width of the PLC is far smaller.
This easy integration of the starters in the TIA world does not limit
the flexibility in the field in the least. For example, all function
modules have special terminals in order to enable direct local
disconnection. These terminals can be connected for example
to a position switch. The input interrupts the voltage supply to the
contactor coil directly, i.e. without going through the PLC.
These terminals are jumpered in the as-delivered state.
Local manual operation of the complete starter group is also
straight-forward using a hand-held device. The latter is easily
connected to the last starter and can be built into the front panel
of the control cabinet if required. This offers significant advantages particularly for commissioning.
■ Benefits
• Reduction of the control current wiring to no more than
three cables for four feeders
• Elimination of testing costs and wiring errors
• Reduction of configuration work
• Integration in TIA means clear diagnostics if a fault occurs
• Dispensing with IO modules saves space in the control cabinet
• All essential timing and interlocking functions for reversing
duty and wye-delta starting are integrated
• No additive protection circuit required
For further information on the IO-Link, see Chapter 2
"Industrial Communication".
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/199
© Siemens AG 2015
Function Modules
SIRIUS 3RA27 Function Modules for IO-Link for Mounting on 3RT2 Contactors
Introduction
■ Technical specifications
Type
3RA2711
Dimensions
See 3RT20 contactors, pages 3/19 and 3/24
General data
1.1
3
Suitable for IO-Link masters acc. to specification
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
• During storage
• During transport
According to IEC 60947-1
According to IEC 60721-3-1
According to IEC 60721-3-2
°C
°C
°C
IP20
Degree of protection
Operational voltage UHi
Max. length of the cables
for the input Y1–Y2
-25 ... +60
-40 ... +80
-40 ... +80
According to EN 50295
V DC
24 ± 20 %
m
30
IEC 61000-6-2, IEC 61000-6-4, IEC 60947-4-1
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Conductor cross-sections
Connection type
(1 or 2 conductors can be connected)
•
•
•
•
•
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
AWG cables
Terminal screws
Tightening torque of the terminal screws
Screw terminals
mm2
mm2
AWG
Nm
Connection type
(1 or 2 conductors can be connected)
•
•
•
•
•
Operating devices
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
Finely stranded
AWG cables
3/200
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
1 x (0.5 ... 4), 2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
1 x (0.5 ... 2.5), 2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
2 x (20 ... 14)
M3 (for standard screwdriver Ø 6 mm or Pozidriv 2)
0.8 ... 1.2
Spring-type terminals
mm
mm2
mm2
mm2
AWG
3.0 x 0.5
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (24 ... 16)
© Siemens AG 2015
Function Modules
SIRIUS 3RA27 Function Modules for IO-Link for Mounting on 3RT2 Contactors
For direct-on-line starting / for reversing starting / for wye-delta starting
■ Selection and ordering data
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
DT Spring-type
terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
Function modules for direct-on-line starting
A
3RA2711-1AA00
A
3RA2711-2AA00
IO-Link connection,
A
comprising one basic and one coupling module and an
additional module connector for assembling an IO-Link
group
3RA2711-1BA00
A
3RA2711-2BA00
}
3RA2913-2AA1
}
3RA2913-2AA2
}
3RA2923-2AA1
IO-Link connection
Includes one module connector for assembling
an IO-Link group
3RA2711-1AA00
3RA2711-2AA00
Function modules for reversing starting1)
3RA2711-1BA00
3RA2711-2BA00
Assembly kits for making 3-pole contactor
assemblies
The assembly kit contains:
mechanical interlock,
2 connecting clips for two contactors,
wiring modules on the top and bottom
3RA2923-2AA1
• For size S00
• For size S0
- For main, auxiliary and control circuits
- Only for main circuit2)
--
-}
3RA2923-2AA2
• For size S2
3RA2923-2AA2
- For main, auxiliary and control circuits
- Only for main circuit2)
}
3RA2933-2AA1
--
-B
3RA2933-2AA2
1)
For prewired contactor assemblies for reversing starting with voltage
tap-off, see pages 3/163 and 3/165. When these contactor assemblies are
used, the assembly kit for the wiring is already integrated.
Matching contactors with voltage tap-off required; see pages
3/43 and 3/46.
2)
Version in sizes S0 and S2 with spring-type terminals:
Only the wiring modules for the main circuit are included.
No connectors are included for the auxiliary and control circuit.
For matching IO-Link masters, see Chapter 2
"Industrial Communication".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/201
3
Version
© Siemens AG 2015
Function Modules
SIRIUS 3RA27 Function Modules for IO-Link for Mounting on 3RT2 Contactors
For direct-on-line starting / for reversing starting / for wye-delta starting
Version
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
DT Spring-type
terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
Function modules for wye-delta starting1)
3
IO-Link connection,
comprising one basic module and two coupling
modules, plus an additional module connector for
assembling an IO-Link group
A
3RA2711-1CA00
A
3RA2711-2CA00
}
3RA2913-2BB1
}
3RA2913-2BB2
}
3RA2923-2BB1
3RA2711-1CA00
Assembly kits for making 3-pole contactor
assemblies2)
The assembly kit contains:
mechanical interlock,
4 connecting clips for 3 contactors;
star jumper,
wiring modules on the top and bottom
3RA2923-2BB1
• For size S00
• For size S0
- For main, auxiliary and control circuits
- Only for main circuit3)
--
-}
3RA2923-2BB2
• For size S2
}
- For main, auxiliary and control circuits
3RA2923-2BB2
- Only for main circuit3)
1)
For complete contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting including
function modules, see pages 3/180 and 3/182.
2)
When using the function modules for wye-delta starting, the wiring
modules for the auxiliary current are not required.
3)
Version in sizes S0 and S2 with spring-type terminals:
Only the wiring modules for the main circuit are included.
No connectors are included for the auxiliary and control circuit.
3RA2933-2BB1
--
-B
3RA2933-2BB2
Matching contactors with voltage tap-off required; see pages
3/43 and 3/46.
For matching IO-Link masters, see Chapter 2
"Industrial Communication".
Version
DT Article No.
Module connector set, comprising:
• 2 module connectors, 14-pole, short
• 2 interface covers
A
• 14-pole, 9 cm
For size jump + 1 space
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3RA2711-0EE10
1
1 unit
41B
A
3RA2711-0EE06
1
1 unit
41B
• 14-pole, 26 cm
For various space combinations
A
3RA2711-0EE07
1
1 unit
41B
• 14-pole, 33.5 cm
For various space combinations
A
3RA2711-0EE08
1
1 unit
41B
• 10-pole, 9 cm
For separate control signal infeed
within an IO-Link group
A
3RA2711-0EE16
1
1 unit
41B
Interface covers
(Set of 5)
A
3RA2711-0EE15
1
1 unit
41B
Sealable covers
For 3RA27, 3RA28, 3RA29
A
3RA2910-0
1
5 units
41B
Operator panel (set), comprising:
• 1 x operator panel
• 1 x enabling module
• 1 x interface cover
• 1 x fixing terminal
A
3RA6935-0A
1
1 unit
42F
Connection cable,
length 2 m, 10- to 14-pole
A
3RA2711-0EE11
1
1 unit
41B
Enabling modules (replacement)
A
3RA6936-0A
1
1 unit
42F
Interface covers (replacement)
A
3RA6936-0B
1
5 units
42F
Accessories
Module connectors
3RA2711-0EE10
3RA2711-0EE06
3RA2711-0EE15
3RA2910-0
Operator panels1)
3RA6935-0A
3RA2711-0EE11
1)
For connecting the operator panel to the communication
module
Suitable only for communication through IO-Link.
For manuals, see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39319600.
3/202
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Function Modules
SIRIUS 3RA27 Function Modules for AS-Interface for Mounting on 3RT2 Contactors
Introduction
■ Overview
The electrical and mechanical connection to the contactor is
established by snapping on and locking. An additive protection
circuit for the individual contactors can be dispensed with
completely because a varistor is integrated in the modules.
Feedback from the contactor contacts is performed with
Hall sensors which provide reliable feedback concerning the
switching state even under extremely dusty conditions.
A/B technology. As the result, up to 62 starters can be
connected to one master and the address is entered in normal
manner with an addressing unit.
Through this type of connection to the control system, a maximum of wiring is saved. The wiring outlay is reduced to the
control supply voltage and the two individual wires for
AS-Interface.
The following essential signals are transmitted:
• Availability of the feeder in response to an indirect inquiry from
the motor starter protector/circuit breaker
• Starter control
• Feedback concerning the switching state of the starter
Connection of the starters to the higher-level control system
takes place with AS-Interface Specification V2.1 and higher in
Availability
Control
PLC
Feedback through
switching state
PLC
AS-Interface
NSB0_02085a
Signal transmission through AS-Interface
The inquiry from the motor starter protector/circuit breaker does
not take place through additive wiring between the auxiliary
switch and the module but by means of a voltage inquiry at the
contactor input.
This requires special versions of the contactors with voltage
tap-off (see pages 3/43 and 3/46).
Motor starter protector
NSB0_02086
Contactor
Availability signal through voltage tap-off
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/203
3
The SIRIUS function modules for AS-Interface enable the
assembly of starters and contactor assemblies for direct-on-line,
reversing and wye-delta starting without any additional,
complicated wiring of the individual components. They include
the key control functions required for the particular feeder,
e.g. timing and interlocking.
© Siemens AG 2015
Function Modules
SIRIUS 3RA27 Function Modules for AS-Interface for Mounting on 3RT2 Contactors
Introduction
Wye-delta starter
NSB0_02088b
3
Direct-on-line starter Reversing starter
Addr. 1a
Addr. 1b
Addr. 2a
AS-Interface
Topology with AS-Interface
This easy integration of the starters in the TIA world does not limit
the flexibility in the field in the least. For example, all function
modules have special terminals in order to enable direct local
disconnection. These terminals can be connected for example
■ Application
The use of SIRIUS function modules with AS-Interface is recommended above all in machines and plants requiring easy
connection of several different sensors and actuators both
inside and outside the control cabinet to the higher-level control
system. And with IO modules no longer needed, the width of the
PLC is far smaller.
3/204
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
to a position switch. The input interrupts the voltage supply to the
contactor coil directly, i.e. without going through the PLC.
These terminals are jumpered in the as-delivered state.
■ Benefits
•
•
•
•
•
Reduction of control current wiring
Elimination of testing costs and wiring errors
Reduction of configuration work
Dispensing with IO modules saves space in the control cabinet
All essential timing and interlocking functions for reversing
duty and wye-delta starting are integrated
• No additive protection circuit required
© Siemens AG 2015
Function Modules
SIRIUS 3RA27 Function Modules for AS-Interface for Mounting on 3RT2 Contactors
Introduction
■ Technical specifications
Type
3RA2712
Dimensions
See 3RT20 contactors, pages 3/19 and 3/24
Slave type
A/B slave
Suitable for AS-i masters acc. to Spec.
2.1 or higher
AS-i Slave Profile IO.ID.ID2
7.A.E
ID1 Code (factory setting)
7
3
General data
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
According to IEC 60947-1
°C
-25 ... +60
• During storage
According to IEC 60721-3-1
°C
-40 ... +80
• During transport
According to IEC 60721-3-2
-40 ... +80
IP20
Degree of protection
Operational voltage
• AS-Interface
V
26.5 ... 31.6
• AUX PWR 24 V DC
V
24 ± 20 %
mA
30
Size S00
Size S0
Size S2
mA
mA
mA
200/200
300/300
1300/50
According to EN 50295
m
30
Power consumption, max.
• AS-Interface
• AUX PWR
- Maximum pick-up/hold current
Max. length of the cables
for the input Y1–Y2
IEC 61000-6-2, IEC 61000-6-4, IEC 60947-4-1
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Conductor cross-sections
Connection type
(1 or 2 conductors can be connected)
Screw terminals
• Solid
mm2
1 x (0.5 ... 4), 2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm2
1 x (0.5 ... 2.5), 2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
• AWG cables
AWG
2 x (20 ... 14)
• Terminal screws
• Tightening torque of the terminal screws
M3 (for standard screwdriver Ø 6 mm or Pozidriv 2)
Nm
0.8 ... 1.2
Spring-type terminals
Connection type
(1 or 2 conductors can be connected)
• Operating devices
mm
3.0 x 0.5
• Solid
mm2
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm2
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
• Finely stranded
mm2
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
• AWG cables
AWG
2 x (24 ... 16)
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/205
© Siemens AG 2015
Function Modules
SIRIUS 3RA27 Function Modules for AS-Interface for Mounting on 3RT2 Contactors
For direct-on-line starting / for reversing starting / for wye-delta starting
■ Selection and ordering data
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41B
Version
DT Screw terminals
3
Article No.
DT Spring-type
terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
Function modules for direct-on-line starting
AS-Interface connection
A
3RA2712-1AA00
A
3RA2712-2AA00
A
3RA2712-1BA00
A
3RA2712-2BA00
}
3RA2913-2AA1
}
3RA2913-2AA2
}
3RA2923-2AA1
3RA2712-1AA00
3RA2712-2AA00
Function modules for reversing starting1)
AS-Interface connection,
comprising one basic and one coupling module
3RA2712-1BA00
3RA2712-2BA00
Assembly kits for making 3-pole contactor
assemblies
The assembly kit contains:
mechanical interlock,
2 connecting clips for two contactors,
wiring modules on the top and bottom
3RA2923-2AA1
• For size S00
• For size S0
- For main, auxiliary and control current
- Only for main current
--
-}
3RA2923-2AA2
• For size S2
3RA2923-2AA2
1)
- For main, auxiliary and control current
- Only for main current
}
3RA2933-2AA1
--
-B
3RA2933-2AA2
For prewired contactor assemblies for reversing starting with voltage
tap-off, see pages 3/163 and 3/165. When these contactor assemblies are
used, the assembly kit for the wiring is already integrated.
Matching contactors with voltage tap-off required; see pages
3/43 and 3/46.
For matching AS-Interface masters, routers and power supply
units, see Chapter 2 "Industrial Communication".
3/206
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2015
Function Modules
SIRIUS 3RA27 Function Modules for AS-Interface for Mounting on 3RT2 Contactors
For direct-on-line starting / for reversing starting / for wye-delta starting
Version
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
DT Spring-type
terminals
Price
per PU
Article No.
Price
per PU
Function modules for wye-delta starting1)
A
3RA2712-1CA00
A
3RA2712-2CA00
}
3RA2913-2BB1
}
3RA2913-2BB2
}
3RA2923-2BB1
3
AS-Interface connection,
comprising one basic module and two coupling
modules
3RA2712-1CA00
3RA2712-2CA00
Assembly kits for making 3-pole contactor
assemblies
The assembly kit contains:
mechanical interlock,
4 connecting clips for 3 contactors;
star jumper,
wiring modules on the top and bottom
3RA2923-2BB1
• For size S00
• For size S0
- For main, auxiliary and control circuits
- Only for main circuit
--
-}
3RA2923-2BB2
• For size S2
- For main, auxiliary and control circuits
3RA2923-2BB2
1)
}
- Only for main circuit
For complete contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting including
function modules, see pages 3/180 and 3/182.
3RA2933-2BB1
--
-B
3RA2933-2BB2
Matching contactors with voltage tap-off required; see pages
3/43 and 3/46.
For matching AS-Interface masters, routers and power supply
units, see Chapter 2 "Industrial Communication".
Version
DT Article No.
Module connector set, comprising:
• 2 module connectors, 14-pole, short
• 2 interface covers
A
• 14-pole, 9 cm
For size jump + 1 space
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3RA2711-0EE10
1
1 unit
41B
A
3RA2711-0EE06
1
1 unit
41B
Interface covers
(Set of 5)
A
3RA2711-0EE15
1
1 unit
41B
Sealable covers
For 3RA27, 3RA28, 3RA29
A
3RA2910-0
1
5 units
41B
Accessories
3RA2711-0EE10
Module connectors
3RA2711-0EE06
3RA2711-0EE15
3RA2910-0
For manuals, see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39318922.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
3/207
© Siemens AG 2015
Function Modules
SIRIUS 3RA27 Function Modules for AS-Interface for Mounting on 3RT2 Contactors
3
Notes
3/208
Siemens IC 10 · 2015
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement